Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014
Or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period from                             to   
Commission file number- 001-32638
TAL International Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in the charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
20-1796526
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
 
100 Manhattanville Road, Purchase, New York
(Address of principal executive office)
 
10577-2135
(Zip Code)
 
 
 
(914) 251-9000
(Registrant's telephone number including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Exchange On Which Registered
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share
 
The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o     No ý 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer ý
 
Accelerated Filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer o
 
Smaller reporting company o
 
 
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES o    NO ý
The aggregate market value of voting common shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014 was approximately $1,461.0 million.
As of February 12, 2015, there were 33,253,190 shares of the Registrant's common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part of Form 10-K
Document Incorporated by Reference
Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14
Portion of the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders of the Registrant to be held on April 28, 2015.
 


Table of Contents

Table of Contents
 
 
Page No.

2

Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In addition, we, or our executive officers on our behalf, may from time to time make forward-looking statements in reports and other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or in connection with oral statements made to the press, potential investors or others. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. The words "expect," "estimate," "anticipate," "predict," "believe," "think," "plan," "will," "should," "intend," "seek," "potential" and similar expressions and variations are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.
Forward-looking statements in this report are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" in this report as well as in the other documents we file with the SEC from time to time, and such risks and uncertainties are specifically incorporated herein by reference.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. Except as required under the federal securities laws and rules and regulations of the SEC, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information. We caution you not to unduly rely on the forward-looking statements when evaluating the information presented in this report.
WEBSITE ACCESS TO COMPANY'S REPORTS AND CODE OF ETHICS

        Our Internet website address is http://www.talinternational.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

        We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. The text of our code of ethics is posted within the Corporate Governance portion of the Investors section of our website.

        Also, copies of our annual report and Code of Ethics will be made available, free of charge, upon written request to:

TAL International Group, Inc.
100 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577
Attn: Marc Pearlin, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Telephone: (914) 251-9000

SERVICE MARKS MATTERS

        The following items referred to in this annual report are registered or unregistered service marks in the United States and/or foreign jurisdictions pursuant to applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of TAL International Group, Inc. and our subsidiaries: TAL®.


3

Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are one of the world's largest and oldest lessors of intermodal containers and chassis. Intermodal containers are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport freight by ship, rail or truck. Because of the handling efficiencies they provide, intermodal containers are the primary means by which many goods and materials are shipped internationally. Chassis are used for the transportation of containers domestically.

Business Segments

        We operate our business in one industry, intermodal transportation equipment, and have two business segments:

Equipment leasing - We own, lease and ultimately dispose of containers and chassis from our lease fleet, as well as manage containers owned by third parties. The Equipment leasing segment contributed 96.7%, 96.1%, and 97.3% of the sum of our Total leasing revenue, Trading margin, and Net gain on sale of leasing equipment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Equipment trading - We purchase containers from shipping line customers and other sellers of containers, and resell these containers to container retailers and users of containers for storage or one-way shipment. The Equipment trading segment contributed 3.3%, 3.9%, and 2.7% of the sum of our Total leasing revenue, Trading margin, and Net gain on sale of leasing equipment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

 Certain financial information for each of our business segments is incorporated by reference to Note 7 "Segment and Geographic Information," to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 15 of this report.

Equipment Leasing Segment

        Our equipment leasing operations include the acquisition, leasing, re-leasing and ultimate sale of multiple types of intermodal transportation equipment, primarily intermodal containers. We have an extensive global presence, offering leasing services through approximately 230 third-party container depot facilities in 40 countries as of December 31, 2014. Our customers are among the world's largest shipping lines and include, among others, CMA CGM, NYK Line, Mediterranean Shipping Company, Mitsui O.S.K., and Hapag-Lloyd.

        We lease five types of equipment: (1) dry freight containers, which are used for general cargo such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel, (2) refrigerated containers, which are used for perishable items such as fresh and frozen foods, (3) special containers, which are used for heavy and oversized cargo such as marble slabs, building products and machinery, (4) tank containers, which are used to transport bulk liquid products such as chemicals, and (5) chassis, which are used for the transportation of containers domestically.

        We generally lease our equipment on a per diem basis to our customers under three types of leases: long-term leases, finance leases and service leases. Long-term leases typically have initial contractual terms ranging from three to eight years and provide us with stable cash flow and low transaction costs by requiring customers to maintain specific units on-hire for the duration of the lease. Finance leases are typically structured as full payout leases, and provide for a predictable recurring revenue stream with the lowest cost to the customer because customers are generally required to retain the equipment for the duration of its useful life. Service leases command a premium per diem rate in exchange for providing customers with a greater level of operational flexibility by allowing the pick-up and drop-off of units during the lease term. We also have expired long-term leases whose fixed terms have ended but for which the related units remain on-hire and for which we continue to receive rental payments pursuant to the terms of the initial contract. Some leases have contractual terms that have features reflective of both long-term and service leases, and we classify such leases as either long-term or service leases, depending upon which features we believe are more predominant.

        





4

Table of Contents

Our leases require lessees to maintain the equipment in good operating condition, defend and indemnify us from liabilities relating to the equipment contents and handling, and return the equipment to specified drop-off locations. The following table provides a summary of our equipment leasing fleet portfolio by lease type, based on cost equivalent units (CEU), as of December 31, 2014:
Lease Portfolio
 
December 31, 2014
Long-term leases
 
68.9
%
Finance leases
 
8.0

Service leases
 
17.7

Expired long-term leases (units on-hire)
 
5.4

Total
 
100.0
%

        As of December 31, 2014, our long-term and finance leases had an average remaining lease term of 41 months.

        The most important driver of our profitability is the extent to which leasing revenues, which are driven primarily by our owned equipment fleet size, utilization and average rental rates, exceed our ownership and operating costs. Our profitability is also driven by the gains or losses we realize on the sale of used containers because, in the ordinary course of our business, we sell certain containers when they are returned to us.

Equipment Trading Segment

        Through our extensive operating network, we purchase containers from shipping line customers and other sellers of containers and resell these containers to container retailers and users of containers for storage and one-way shipments. Over the last five years, we have sold an average of approximately 29,000 twenty-foot equivalent units (TEU) per year of containers purchased for resale.

        Total revenues for the equipment trading segment are primarily made up of equipment trading revenues, which represents the proceeds from sales of trading equipment. The profitability of this segment is largely driven by the volume of units purchased and sold, our per-unit selling margin, and our direct operating and administrative expenses.

Industry Overview

        Intermodal containers provide a secure and cost-effective method of transporting raw materials, component parts and finished goods because they can be used in multiple modes of transport. By making it possible to move cargo from a point of origin to a final destination without repeated unpacking and repacking, containers reduce freight and labor costs. In addition, automated handling of containers permits faster loading and unloading of vessels, more efficient utilization of transportation equipment and reduced transit time. The protection provided by sealed containers also reduces cargo damage and the loss and theft of goods during shipment.

        Over the last twenty-five years, containerized trade has grown at a rate greater than that of general worldwide economic growth. According to Clarkson Research Studies ("Clarkson"), worldwide containerized cargo volume increased at a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 8.8% from 1990 to 2014. We believe that this high historical growth was due to several factors, including the shift in global manufacturing capacity to lower labor cost areas such as China and India, the continued integration of developing high growth economies into global trade patterns and the continued conversion of cargo from bulk shipping into containers. However, worldwide containerized cargo volume growth has been lower over the last few years, averaging 4.4% CAGR from 2010 to 2014, due to weak economic growth in many developed countries.

        Container leasing firms maintain inventories of new and used containers in a wide range of worldwide locations and supply these containers primarily to shipping line customers under a variety of short and long-term lease structures. Based on container fleet information reported by Drewry Maritime Research, we estimate that container lessors owned approximately 17.3 million TEU, or approximately 48% of the total worldwide container fleet of 36.3 million TEU, as of the end of 2014.

        Leasing containers helps shipping lines improve their overall container fleet efficiency and provides the shipping lines with an alternative source of equipment financing. Given the uncertainty and variability of export volumes, and the fact that shipping lines have difficulty in accurately forecasting their container requirements on a day-by-day, port-by-port basis, the availability of containers for lease on short notice reduces a shipping line's need to purchase and maintain larger container inventory buffers. In addition, the drop-off flexibility provided by operating leases also allows the shipping lines to adjust their

5

Table of Contents

container fleet sizes and the mix of container types in their fleets both seasonally and over time and helps to balance trade flows. Leasing containers also provides shipping lines with an additional source of funding to help them manage a high-growth, asset intensive business.
        
Spot leasing rates are typically a function of, among other things, new equipment prices (which are heavily influenced by steel prices), interest rates and the equipment supply and demand balance at a particular time and location. Average leasing rates on an entire portfolio of leases respond more gradually to changes in new equipment prices or changes in the balance of container supply and demand because lease agreements are generally only re-priced upon the expiration of the lease. In addition, the value that lessors receive upon resale of equipment is closely related to the cost of new equipment.

Operations

        We operate our business through 17 offices located in 11 different countries as of December 31, 2014. Our field operations include a global sales force, a global container operations group, an equipment resale group, and a logistics services group. Our headquarters are located in Purchase, New York, USA.

Our Equipment

        Intermodal containers are designed to meet a number of criteria outlined by the International Standards Organization (ISO). The standard criteria include the size of the container and the gross weight rating of the container. This standardization ensures that containers can be used by the widest possible number of transporters and it facilitates container and vessel sharing by the shipping lines. The standardization of the container is also an important element of the container leasing business since we can operate one fleet of containers that can be used by all of our major customers.

        Our fleet consists of five types of equipment:

Dry Containers.  A dry container is essentially a steel constructed box with a set of doors on one end. Dry containers come in lengths of 20, 40 or 45 feet. They are 8 feet wide, and either 8½ or 9½ feet tall. Dry containers are the least expensive and most widely used type of intermodal container and are used to carry general cargo such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel.

Refrigerated Containers.  Refrigerated containers include an integrated cooling machine and an insulated container, come in lengths of 20 or 40 feet, are 8 feet wide, and are either 8½ or 9½ feet tall. These containers are typically used to carry perishable cargo such as fresh and frozen produce.

Special Containers.  Most of our special containers are open top and flat rack containers. Open top containers come in similar sizes as dry containers, but do not have a fixed roof. Flat rack containers come in varying sizes and are steel platforms with folding ends and no fixed sides. Open top and flat rack containers are generally used to move heavy or bulky cargos, such as marble slabs, steel coils or factory components, that cannot be easily loaded on a fork lift through the doors of a standard container.

Tank Containers.  Tank containers are stainless steel cylindrical tanks enclosed in rectangular steel frames with the same outside dimensions as 20 foot dry containers. They carry bulk liquids such as chemicals.

Chassis.  An intermodal chassis is a rectangular, wheeled steel frame, generally 23½, 40 or 45 feet in length, built specifically for the purpose of transporting intermodal containers domestically. Longer sized chassis, designed solely to accommodate domestic containers, can be up to 53 feet in length. Once mounted, the chassis and container are the functional equivalent of a trailer. When mounted on a chassis, the container may be trucked either to its destination or to a railroad terminal for loading onto a rail car. Our chassis are primarily used in the United States.

Our Leases

        Most of our revenues are derived from leasing our equipment fleet to our core shipping line customers. The majority of our leases are structured as operating leases, though we also provide customers with finance leases. Regardless of lease type, we seek to exceed our targeted return on our investments over the life cycle of the equipment by managing utilization, lease rates, and the used equipment sale process.
      



6

Table of Contents

  Our lease products provide numerous operational and financial benefits to our shipping line customers. These benefits include:

Operating Flexibility.  The timing, location and daily volume of cargo movements for a shipping line are often unpredictable. Leasing containers and chassis helps the shipping lines manage this uncertainty and minimizes the requirement for large inventory buffers by allowing them to pick-up leased equipment on short notice.

Fleet Size and Mix Flexibility.  The drop-off flexibility included in container and chassis operating leases allows shipping lines to more quickly adjust the size of their fleets and the mix of container types in their fleets as their trade volumes and patterns change due to seasonality, market changes or changes in company strategies.

Alternative Source of Financing.  Container and chassis leases provide an additional source of equipment financing to help shipping lines manage the high level of investment required to maintain pace with the rapid growth of the asset intensive container shipping industry.

        Operating Leases.    Operating leases are structured to allow customers flexibility to pick-up equipment on short notice and to drop-off equipment prior to the end of its useful life. Because of this flexibility, most of our containers and chassis will go through several pick-up and drop-off cycles. Our operating lease contracts specify a per diem rate for equipment on-hire, where and when such equipment can be returned, how the customer will be charged for damage and the charge for lost or destroyed equipment, among other things.

        We categorize our operating leases as either long-term leases or service leases. Some leases have contractual terms that have features reflective of both long-term and service leases. We classify such leases as either long-term or service leases, depending upon which features we believe are predominant. Long-term leases typically have initial contractual terms ranging from three to eight years with an average term of approximately five years at lease inception. Our long-term leases require our customers to maintain specific units on-hire for the duration of the lease term, and they provide us with predictable recurring cash flow. As of December 31, 2014, 68.9% of our on-hire containers and chassis were under long-term operating leases.

        We also have expired long-term leases whose fixed terms have ended but for which the related units remain on-hire and for which we continue to receive rental payments pursuant to the terms of the initial contract. As of December 31, 2014, 5.4% of our on-hire containers and chassis were on long-term leases whose fixed terms have expired but for which the related units remain on-hire and for which we continue to receive rental payments.

        Some of our long-term leases give our customers Early Termination Options ("ETOs"). If exercised, ETOs allow customers to return equipment prior to the expiration of the long-term lease. However, if an ETO is exercised, the customer is required to pay a penalty per diem rate that is applied retroactively to the beginning of the lease. As a result of this retroactive penalty, ETOs have historically been exercised infrequently.

        Service leases allow our customers to pick-up and drop-off equipment during the term of the lease, subject to contractual limitations. Service leases provide the customer with a higher level of flexibility than term leases and, as a result, typically carry a higher per diem rate. The terms of our service leases can range from twelve months to five years, though, because equipment can be returned during the term of a service lease and since service leases are generally renewed or modified and extended upon expiration, lease term does not dictate expected on-hire time for our equipment on service leases. As of December 31, 2014, 17.7% of our on-hire containers and chassis were under service leases and this equipment has been on-hire for an average of 35 months.

        Finance Leases.    Finance leases provide our customers with an alternative method to finance their equipment acquisitions. Finance leases typically have lease terms ranging from five to ten years. Finance leases are generally structured for specific quantities of equipment, generally require the customer to keep the equipment on-hire for its remaining useful life, and typically provide the customer with a purchase option at the end of the lease term. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 8.0% of our on-hire containers and chassis were under finance leases.

        As of December 31, 2014, our long-term and finance leases had an average remaining duration of 41 months, assuming no leases are renewed. However, we believe that many of our customers will renew operating leases for equipment that is less than sale age at the expiration of the lease. In addition, our equipment on operating leases typically remains on-hire at the contractual per diem rate for an additional six to twelve months beyond the end of the contractual lease term due to the logistical requirements of our customers having to return the containers and chassis to specific drop-off locations.

        

7

Table of Contents

Lease Documentation.    In general, our lease agreements consist of two basic elements, a master lease agreement and a lease addendum. Lease addenda typically contain the business terms (including daily rate, term duration and drop-off schedule, among other things) for specific leasing transactions, while master lease agreements typically outline the general rights and obligations of the lessor and lessee under all of the lease addenda covered by the master lease agreement (lease addenda will specify the master lease agreement that governs the addenda). For most customers, we have a small number of master lease agreements (often one) and a large number of lease addenda.

        Our master lease agreements generally require the lessees to pay rentals, depot charges, taxes and other charges when due, to maintain the equipment in good condition, to return the equipment in accordance with the return condition set forth in the master lease agreement, to use the equipment in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws, and to pay us for the value of the equipment as determined by us if the equipment is lost or destroyed. The default clause gives us certain legal remedies in the event that the lessee is in breach of the lease.

        The master lease agreements usually contain an exclusion of warranties clause and require lessees to defend and indemnify us in most instances from third-party claims arising out of the lessee's use, operation, possession or lease of the equipment. Lessees are generally required to maintain all risks physical damage insurance, comprehensive general liability insurance and to indemnify us against loss. We also maintain our own off-hire physical damage insurance to cover our equipment when it is not on-hire to lessees and third-party liability insurance for both on-hire and off-hire equipment. Nevertheless, such insurance or indemnities may not fully protect us against damages arising from the use of our containers.

Logistics Management, Re-leasing, Depot Management and Equipment Disposals

        We believe that managing the period after our equipment's first lease is the most important aspect of our business. Successful management of this period requires disciplined logistics management, extensive re-lease capability, careful cost control and effective sales of used equipment.

        Logistics Management.    Since the late 1990's, the shipping industry has been characterized by large regional trade imbalances, with loaded containers generally flowing from export oriented economies in Asia to North America and Western Europe. Because of these trade imbalances, shipping lines have an incentive to return leased containers in North America and Europe to reduce the cost of empty container backhaul. TAL attempts to mitigate the risk of these unbalanced trade flows by maintaining a large portion of our fleet on long-term and finance leases and by contractually restricting the ability of our customers to return containers outside of Asian demand locations.

        In addition, TAL attempts to minimize the costs of any container imbalances by finding local users in surplus locations and by moving empty containers as cheaply as possible. While we believe we manage our logistics risks and costs effectively, logistical risk remains an important element of our business due to competitive pressures, changing trade patterns and other market factors and uncertainties.

        Re-leasing.    Since our operating leases allow customers to return containers and chassis, we typically are required to place containers and chassis on several leases during their useful lives. Initial lease transactions for new containers and chassis can usually be generated with a limited sales and customer service infrastructure because initial leases for new containers and chassis typically cover large volumes of units and are fairly standardized transactions. Used equipment, on the other hand, is typically leased out in small transactions that are structured to accommodate pick-ups and returns in a variety of locations. As a result, leasing companies benefit from having a large number of customers and maintaining a high level of operating contact with these customers.

        Depot Management.    As of December 31, 2014, we managed our equipment fleet through approximately 230 third-party owned and operated depot facilities located in 40 countries. Depot facilities are generally responsible for repairing our containers and chassis when they are returned by lessees and for storing the equipment while it is off-hire. We have a global operations group that is responsible for managing our depot contracts and they also regularly visit the depot facilities to conduct inventory and repair audits. We also supplement our internal operations group with the use of independent inspection agents.

        We are in constant communication with our depot partners through the use of electronic data interchange, or EDI. Our depots gather and prepare all information related to the activity of our equipment at their facilities and transmit the information via EDI and the Internet to us. The information we receive from our depots updates our fully integrated container fleet management and tracking system.
     
  Most of the depot agency agreements follow a standard form and generally provide that the depot will be liable for loss or damage of equipment and, in the event of loss or damage, will pay us the previously agreed loss value of the applicable

8

Table of Contents

equipment. The agreements require the depots to maintain insurance against equipment loss or damage and we carry insurance to cover the risk that the depots' insurance proves insufficient.

        Our container repair standards and processes are generally managed in accordance with standards and procedures specified by the Institute of International Container Lessors (IICL). The IICL establishes and documents the acceptable interchange condition for containers and the repair procedures required to return damaged containers to the acceptable interchange condition. At the time that containers are returned by lessees, the depot arranges an inspection of the containers to assess the repairs required to return the containers to acceptable IICL condition. This inspection process also splits the damage into two components, customer damage and normal wear and tear. Items typically designated as customer damage include dents in the container and debris left in the container, while items such as rust are typically designated as normal wear and tear.

        Our leases are generally structured so that the lessee is responsible for the customer damage portion of the repair costs, and customers are billed for damages at the time the equipment is returned. We sometimes offer our customers a repair service program whereby we, for an additional payment by the lessee (in the form of a higher per-diem rate or a flat fee at off-hire), assume financial responsibility for all or a portion of the cost of repairs upon return of the equipment (but not of total loss of the equipment), up to a pre-negotiated amount.

        Equipment Disposals.    Our in-house equipment sales group has a worldwide team of specialists that manage the sale process for our used containers and chassis from our lease fleet. We generally sell to portable storage companies, freight forwarders (who often use the containers for one-way trips) and other purchasers of used containers. We believe we are one of the world's largest sellers of used containers.

        We have sold approximately 87,000 TEU per year of our owned and managed used containers on average over the last five years. The sale prices we receive for our used containers from our lease fleet are influenced by many factors, including the level of demand for used containers compared to the number of used containers available for disposal in a particular location, the cost of new containers, and the level of damage on the containers. While our total revenue is primarily made up of leasing revenues, gains or losses on the sale of used containers can have a significant positive or negative impact on our profitability.

        Equipment Trading.    We also buy and sell new and used containers and chassis acquired from third parties. We typically purchase our equipment trading fleet from our shipping line customers or other sellers of used or new equipment. Trading margins are dependent on the volume of units purchased and resold, selling prices, costs paid for equipment sold and selling and administrative costs. We have sold approximately 29,000 TEU per year of containers purchased from third parties for resale on average over the last five years.

Management Services

        Approximately 1.2% of our fleet is managed for third-party owners. We receive a specified percentage of the net revenue generated by our managed containers in return for our management services. If operating expenses were to exceed revenues, the owners are obligated to pay the excess or we may deduct the excess, including our management fee, from future net revenues. We typically receive a commission for selling managed containers, though in some cases, we are compensated for sales through a percentage sharing of sale proceeds over an agreed upon floor amount. Typically, the terms of the management agreements are 10 to 12 years from the acceptance dates of containers under the agreement.

Environmental

        We face a number of environmental concerns, including potential liability due to accidental discharge from our containers, potential equipment obsolescence, retrofitting expenses due to changes in environmental regulations and increased risk of container performance problems due to container design changes driven by environmental factors. While we maintain environmental liability insurance coverage, and the terms of our leases and other arrangements for use of our containers place the responsibility for environmental liability on the end user, we still may be subject to environmental liability in connection with our current or historical operations. In certain countries like the United States, the owner of a leased container may be liable for the costs of environmental damage from the discharge of the contents of the container even though the owner is not at fault. Our lessees are required to indemnify us from environmental claims and our standard master tank container lease agreement insurance clause requires our tank container lessees to provide pollution liability insurance.

        

9

Table of Contents

We also face risks from changing environmental regulations, particularly with our refrigerated container product line. Many countries, including the United States, restrict, prohibit or otherwise regulate the use of chemical refrigerants due to their ozone depleting and global warming effects. Our refrigerated containers currently use R134A or 404A refrigerant. While R134A and 404A do not contain CFC's (which have been restricted since 1995), the European Union has instituted regulations to phase out the use of R134A in automobile air conditioning systems beginning in 2011 due to concern that the release of R134A into the atmosphere may contribute to global warming. While the European Union regulations do not currently restrict the use of R134A or 404A in refrigerated containers or trailers, it has been proposed that R134A and 404A usage in intermodal containers will be banned beginning in 2025, although the final decision has not been made as of yet. Further, certain manufacturers of refrigerated containers, including the largest manufacturer of cooling machines for refrigerated containers, have begun testing units that utilize alternative refrigerants, such as carbon dioxide, that may have less global warming potential than R134A and 404A. If future regulations prohibit the use or servicing of containers using R134A or 404A refrigerants, we could be forced to incur large retrofitting expenses. In addition, refrigerated containers that are not retrofitted may become difficult to lease and command lower rental rates and disposal prices.

        Also, the insulation foam in the walls of refrigerated containers requires the use of a blowing agent that contains CFC's. Manufacturers are in various stages of phasing out the use of this blowing agent in the manufacturing process, however, if future regulations prohibit the use or servicing of containers with insulation manufactured with this blowing agent, we could be forced to incur large retrofitting expenses and refrigerated containers that are not retrofitted may become more difficult to lease and command lower rental rates and disposal prices.

        An additional environmental concern affecting our operations relates to the construction materials used in our dry containers. The floors of dry containers are plywood usually made from tropical hardwoods. Due to concerns regarding de-forestation of tropical rain forests and climate change, many countries which have been the source of these hardwoods have implemented severe restrictions on the cutting and export of these woods. Accordingly, container manufacturers have switched a significant portion of production to more readily available alternatives such as birch, bamboo, and other farm grown wood species. Container users are also evaluating alternative designs that would limit the amount of plywood required and are also considering possible synthetic materials to replace the plywood. These new woods or other alternatives have not proven their durability over the typical 13-15 year life of a dry container, and if they cannot perform as well as the hardwoods have historically, the future repair and operating costs for these containers could be significantly higher and the useful life of the containers may be decreased.

Credit Controls

        We monitor our customers' performance and our lease exposures on an ongoing basis. Our credit management processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of our customers and our broad network of relationships in the shipping industry that provides current information about our customers' market reputations. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, customer payment history, customer financial position and performance (e.g., net worth, leverage and profitability), trade routes, country of domicile and the type of, and location of, equipment that is to be supplied. To mitigate the impact from potential defaults, we currently maintain credit insurance that in certain circumstances covers losses and costs incurred in default situations. However, this insurance must be renewed annually and it has significant deductibles, exclusions, payment and other limitations, and therefore may not protect us from losses arising from customer defaults.

Marketing and Customer Service

        Our global sales force and our customer service representatives are responsible for developing and maintaining relationships with senior operations staff at our shipping line customers, negotiating lease contracts and maintaining day-to-day coordination with junior level staff at our customers. This close customer communication helps us to negotiate lease contracts that satisfy both our financial return requirements and our customers' operating needs, and ensures that we are aware of our customers' potential equipment shortages and that they are aware of our available equipment inventories.

Customers

        We believe that we have strong, long standing relationships with our largest customers, most of whom we have done business with for over 20 years. We currently have equipment on-hire to more than 300 customers, although our twenty largest customers account for 81% of our leasing revenues. Our customers are mainly international shipping lines, but we also lease containers to freight forwarding companies and manufacturers. The shipping industry has been consolidating for a number of years, and further consolidation could increase the portion of our revenues that come from our largest customers. Our five largest customers accounted for 52% of our leasing revenues in 2014. Our largest customer is CMA CGM, which accounted for 16%, 17%, and 16% of our leasing revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012. No other customer exceeded 10% of our leasing

10

Table of Contents

revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012. A default by one of our major customers could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and future prospects.

Currency

        Although we have significant foreign based operations, the U.S. dollar is the operating currency for the large majority of our leases and obligations, and most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However we pay our non-U.S. staff in local currencies; and our direct operating expenses and disposal transactions for our older containers are often structured in foreign currencies. We record realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses primarily due to fluctuations in exchange rates related to our Euro and Pound Sterling transactions and related assets and liabilities.

Systems and Information Technology

        We have a proprietary, fully integrated fleet management system. The system tracks all of our equipment individually by unit number, provides design specifications for the equipment, tracks on-hire and off-hire transactions, matches each on-hire unit to a lease contract and each off-hire unit to a depot contract, maintains the major terms for each lease contract, calculates the monthly bill for each customer and tracks and bills for equipment repairs. Our system is EDI capable, which means it can receive and process equipment activity and transactions electronically.

        In addition, our system allows our business partners to conduct business with us through the Internet. It allows customers to check our equipment inventories, review design specifications, request clearances for returning equipment (the system will issue the clearance electronically if the return to the specified location is currently allowed by the contract covering the equipment), request bookings for equipment pick-ups and review and approve repair bills.

Suppliers

        We have long relationships with all of our major suppliers. We purchase most of our containers and chassis in China. There are five large manufacturers of dry containers and three large manufacturers of refrigerated containers, though for both dry containers and refrigerated containers, the largest manufacturer accounts for nearly 50% of global production volume. Our operations staff reviews the designs for our containers and periodically audits the production facilities of our suppliers. In addition, we use our Asian operations group and third party inspectors to visit factories when our containers are being produced to provide an extra layer of quality control. Nevertheless, defects in our containers do sometimes occur. We work with the manufacturers to correct these defects, and our manufacturers have generally honored their warranty obligations in such cases.

Competition

        We compete with over ten other major intermodal equipment leasing companies, many smaller lessors, manufacturers of intermodal equipment and companies offering finance leases as distinct from operating leases. It is common for our customers to utilize several leasing companies to meet their equipment needs.

        Our competitors compete with us in many ways, including lease pricing, lease flexibility, supply reliability and customer service. In times of weak demand or excess supply, leasing companies often respond by lowering leasing rates and increasing the logistical flexibility offered in their lease agreements. In addition, new entrants into the leasing business have been attracted by the high rate of containerized trade growth in recent years, and they are often aggressive on pricing and lease flexibility.

        While we are forced to compete aggressively on price, we attempt to emphasize our supply reliability and high level of customer service to our customers. We invest heavily to ensure adequate equipment availability in high demand locations, dedicate large portions of our organization to building customer relationships and maintaining close day-to-day coordination with customers' operating staffs, and we have developed powerful and user-friendly systems that allow our customers to transact with us through the Internet.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2014, we employed 170 people in 17 offices, in 11 countries. We believe that our relations with our employees are good and we are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.


11

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties noted throughout this report, including those discussed below, which may affect the value of our securities. In addition to the risks discussed below, there may be additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem less significant that also may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and elsewhere in this report. Some statements in our risk factors constitute forward looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" in this report.

Market lease rates are currently historically very low. As a result, TAL’s profitability may decline due to reduced returns on new investments and reduced profitability on existing containers as leases expire and lease rates are re-priced.

Market leasing rates decreased significantly from 2012 through 2014 due to a substantial decrease in new container prices, widely available low-cost financing for leasing companies and aggressive competition. This decrease in market leasing rates has negatively impacted the expected investment returns on our new container investments and it is reducing the profitability of the existing containers in our fleet as existing leases expire and are re-priced. From 2012 to 2014, the average lease rate in our fleet decreased 7% on a CEU basis. We expect our average lease rates will decrease in 2015. If market lease rates remain near their current low level for an extended period of time, we expect the decrease in our average lease rates to accelerate in 2016 and 2017 and have a substantial negative impact on our profitability.

The size of our owned fleet increased significantly in 2010 to 2011 due to our large purchases of new equipment and investments in sale-leaseback transactions. Many of the containers purchased in those years were purchased at relatively high prices and leased out at lease rates well above our portfolio average. As a result, the high level of procurement from 2010 through 2011 has created a concentration of leases with historically high leasing rates that will generally expire from 2015 through 2020. If container prices and market leasing rates remain near their current level for an extended period of time, we could be forced to re-lease those containers at significantly reduced lease rates. We estimate that the average lease rates on containers purchased in 2010 and 2011 are roughly 41% higher than current market leasing rates. We calculate that our annual leasing revenue would decrease by $2.0 million for each 1% reduction in the average lease rate on the containers purchased in 2010 and 2011.

Container leasing demand can be negatively affected by numerous market factors as well as external political and economic events that are beyond our control. Decreasing leasing demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        Demand for containers depends largely on the rate of world trade and economic growth. Demand for leased containers is also driven by our customers' "lease vs. buy" decisions. Cyclical recessions can negatively affect lessors' operating results because during economic downturns or periods of reduced trade, shipping lines tend to lease fewer containers, or lease containers only at reduced rates, and tend to rely more on their own fleets to satisfy a greater percentage of their requirements. As a result, during periods of weak global economic activity, we typically experience decreasing leasing demand, decreasing equipment utilization, lower average rental rates, decreased leasing revenue, decreased used container resale prices and significantly decreased profitability. These effects can be severe.

        For example, our profitability decreased significantly from the third quarter of 2008 to the third quarter of 2009 due to the effects of the global financial crisis, and our profitability would have decreased further if trade activity did not start to recover at the end of 2009. TAL's performance and profitability will likely be similarly impacted if current economic uncertainties or other events lead to slower global economic growth and reduced containerized trade growth in the future.

        Other general factors affecting demand for leased containers, container utilization and per diem rental rates include:

the available supply and prices of new and used containers;

changes in the operating efficiency of our customers, economic conditions and competitive pressures in the shipping industry;

the availability and terms of equipment financing for our customers;

fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency values;


12

Table of Contents

import/export tariffs and restrictions;

customs procedures;

foreign exchange controls and

other governmental regulations and political or economic factors that are inherently unpredictable and may be beyond our control.

        Any of the aforementioned factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Lease rates may further decrease due to a decrease in new container prices, weak leasing demand, increased competition or other factors, resulting in reduced revenues, lower margins, and reduced profitability and cash flows.

        Market leasing rates are typically a function of, among other things, new equipment prices (which are heavily influenced by steel prices), interest rates, the type and length of the lease, the equipment supply and demand balance at a particular time and location, and other factors more fully described below. A decrease in leasing rates can have a materially adverse effect on our leasing revenues, profitability and cash flow.

        A decrease in market leasing rates negatively impacts the leasing rates on both our new container investments and the existing containers in our fleet. Most of our existing containers are on operating leases, which means that the lease term is shorter than the expected life of the container, so the lease rate we receive for the container is subject to change at the expiration of the current lease. Lower new container prices, widespread availability of attractively priced financing, and aggressive competition for new leasing transactions continue to pressure market lease rates, and market lease rates are currently well below our portfolio average. As a result, during periods of low market lease rates, the average lease rate we receive for our containers is negatively impacted by both the addition of new containers at low lease rates as well as the turnover of existing containers from leases with higher lease rates to leases with lower lease rates.

Lessee defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow by decreasing revenues and increasing storage, positioning, collection, recovery and lost equipment expenses.

        Our containers and chassis are leased to numerous customers. Lease rentals and other charges, as well as indemnification for damage to or loss of our equipment, are payable under the leases and other arrangements by the lessees. Inherent in the nature of the leases and other arrangements for use of the equipment is the risk that once the lease is consummated, we may not receive, or may experience delay in realizing, all of the amounts to be paid in respect of the equipment. A delay or diminution in amounts received under the leases and other arrangements could adversely affect our business and financial prospects and our ability to make payments on our debt.

        The cash flow from our equipment, principally lease rentals, management fees and proceeds from the sale of owned equipment, is affected significantly by our ability to collect payments under leases and other arrangements for the use of the equipment and our ability to replace cash flows from terminating leases by re-leasing or selling equipment on favorable terms. All of these factors are subject to external economic conditions and performance by lessees and service providers that are beyond our control.

        In addition, when lessees or sub-lessees of our containers and chassis default, we may fail to recover all of our equipment, and the containers and chassis we do recover may be returned in damaged condition or to locations where we will not be able to efficiently re-lease or sell them. As a result, we may have to repair and reposition these containers and chassis to other places where we can re-lease or sell them, and we may lose lease revenues and incur additional operating expenses in repossessing, repositioning and storing the equipment.

        We believe that the risk of large lessee defaults remains elevated. Persistent excess vessel capacity has pressured the freight rates our customers receive for moving cargo, and many of our customers have generated large financial losses over the last several years. Several of our customers have or are going through significant financial restructurings as a result of the large losses they incurred. Over the next several years, new vessel deliveries are anticipated to remain at a high level. As a result, we expect excess vessel capacity to persist for several more years and expect the financial performance of our customers to remain under pressure.



13

Table of Contents

        Our balance sheet includes an allowance for doubtful accounts as well as an equipment reserve related to the expected costs of recovering and remarketing containers currently in the possession of customers that have either defaulted or that we believe currently present a significant risk of loss. However, we do not maintain a general equipment reserve for equipment on-hire under operating leases to performing customers. As a result, any major customer default would have a significant impact on our profitability at the time the customer defaulted. Such a default could also have a material adverse effect on our business condition and financial prospects.

Our customer base is highly concentrated. A default from any large customer, and especially our largest customer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and future prospects. In addition, a significant reduction in leasing business from any of our large customers could have a material adverse impact on demand for our containers and our financial performance.

        Our five largest customers represented approximately 52% of our leasing revenues in 2014, with our single largest customer representing 16% of our leasing revenues during this period. Furthermore, the shipping industry has been consolidating for a number of years, and further consolidation is expected and could increase the portion of our revenues that come from our largest customers.

        Several of our major customers underwent significant financial restructurings as a result of the large financial losses they incurred in recent years and they continue to face significant financial headwinds due to excess vessel capacity. Given the high concentration of our customer base, a default by any of our largest customers would result in a major reduction in our leasing revenue, large repossession expenses, potentially large lost equipment charges and a material adverse impact on our performance and financial condition. In addition, the loss or significant reduction in orders from any of our major customers could materially reduce the demand for our containers and result in lower leasing revenue, higher operating expenses and diminished growth prospects.
      
Used container selling prices may decrease, leading to lower gains or potentially large losses on the disposal of our equipment.

        Although our revenues primarily depend upon equipment leasing, our profitability is also affected by the gains or losses we realize on the sale of used containers because, in the ordinary course of our business, we sell certain containers when they are returned to us. The volatility of the selling prices and gains or losses from the disposal of such equipment may be significant. Used container selling prices, which can vary substantially, depend upon, among other factors, the cost of new containers, the global supply and demand balance for containers, the location of the containers, the supply and demand balance for used containers at a particular location, the repair condition of the container, refurbishment needs, materials and labor costs and equipment obsolescence. Most of these factors are outside of our control. Operating leases, which represent the predominant form of leases in our portfolio, are subject to greater selling price risk than finance leases.

        Containers are typically sold if it is in our best interest to do so after taking into consideration local and global leasing and sale market conditions and the age, location, repair condition and net book value of the container. As these considerations vary, gains or losses on sale of equipment will also fluctuate and may be significant if we sell large quantities of containers.

        Used container selling prices and the gains or losses that we have recognized from selling used containers have varied widely over the last fifteen years. From 1999 through 2003, our average sale prices for used containers were historically low due to low prices for new containers and an extreme over-supply of used containers in North America and Europe following the Asia crisis. We recorded large losses on the disposal of our equipment during those years.

        Selling prices for used containers and our disposal gains were exceptionally high from 2010 to 2012 due to a generally tight global supply and demand balance for containers. Since then, used container prices and our disposal gains have decreased and disposal prices are nearing our current residual values. However, they could decrease further from current levels which would have a negative impact on our financial performance and cash flow. These effects could be significant if used container sale prices decreased rapidly.

Equipment trading is dependent upon a steady supply of used equipment.

        We purchase used containers for resale from our shipping line customers and other sellers. If the supply of equipment becomes limited because these sellers develop other means for disposing of their equipment or develop their own sales network, we may not be able to purchase the inventory necessary to meet our goals, and our equipment trading revenues and our profitability could be negatively impacted.


14

Table of Contents

Abrupt changes in selling prices on equipment purchased for resale could negatively affect our equipment trading margins.

        We purchase and sell containers opportunistically as part of our equipment trading segment. We purchase equipment for resale on the premise that we will be able to sell this inventory in a relatively short time frame. If selling prices rapidly deteriorate and we are holding a large inventory that was purchased when prices for equipment were higher, then our gross margins could decline or become negative.

Our customers may decide to lease fewer containers. Should shipping lines decide to buy a larger percentage of the containers they operate, our utilization rate and level of investment would decrease, resulting in decreased leasing revenues, increased storage costs, increased positioning costs and lower growth.

        We, like other suppliers of leased containers, are dependent upon decisions by shipping lines to lease rather than buy their container equipment. Should shipping lines decide to buy a larger percentage of the containers they operate, our utilization rate would decrease, resulting in decreased leasing revenues, increased storage costs and increased positioning costs. A decrease in the portion of leased containers would also reduce our investment opportunities and significantly constrain our growth. Most of the factors affecting the decisions of our customers are outside of our control.

        While the percentage of leased containers has been fairly consistent historically, this percentage decreased steadily from 2004 to 2008. We believe that the increasing share of containers owned directly by the shipping lines during this time was the result of the improved financial performance, increased operating scale and improved information systems of our customers, which made it easier for our customers to finance and deploy new container purchases efficiently.

We face extensive competition in the container leasing industry.

        We may be unable to compete favorably in the highly competitive container leasing and sales business. We compete with more than ten other major leasing companies, many smaller lessors, manufacturers of container equipment, companies offering finance leases as distinct from operating leases, promoters of container ownership and leasing as a tax shelter investment, shipping lines, which sometimes lease their excess container stocks, and suppliers of alternative types of equipment for freight transport. Some of these competitors may have greater financial resources and access to capital than we do. Additionally, some of these competitors may, at times, accumulate a high volume of underutilized inventories of containers, which could lead to significant downward pressure on lease rates and margins.

        Competition among container leasing companies depends upon many factors, including, among others, lease rates, lease terms (including lease duration, drop-off restrictions and repair provisions), customer service, and the location, availability, quality and individual characteristics of equipment. New entrants into the leasing business have been attracted by the high rate of containerized trade growth, and new entrants have generally been less disciplined than we are in pricing and structuring leases. As a result, the entry of new market participants together with the already highly competitive nature of our industry may reduce lease rates and undermine our ability to maintain our current level of container utilization or achieve our growth plans.

If we are unable to finance capital expenditures, our business and growth plans will be adversely affected.

We make capital investments to, among other things, maintain and expand the size of our container fleet. We have relied heavily on debt financing to help us fund our new container investments. During the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009, bank financing became much more difficult to obtain and the asset securitization market was not available to us. In the future, our bank financing and asset-backed financing capacity could decrease, our financing costs and interest rates could increase, or our future access to the financial markets could be limited, as a result of risks and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control, including: (i) the acceptance by credit markets of the structures and structural risks associated with our bank financing and asset-backed financing arrangements; (ii) the credit ratings provided by credit rating agencies for our asset-backed indebtedness; (iii) third parties requiring changes in the terms and structure of our asset-backed financing arrangements, including increased credit enhancements (such as lower advance rates) or required cash collateral and/or other liquid reserves; or (iv) changes in laws or regulations that negatively impact the terms on which the banks may finance us or any of our asset-backed financing arrangements. If we are unsuccessful in obtaining sufficient additional financing on acceptable terms, on a timely basis, or at all, then our costs of financing could increase significantly and have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, interest costs, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.






15

Table of Contents

We have a substantial amount of debt outstanding on a consolidated basis and have significant debt service requirements. This increases the risk that adverse changes in our operating performance, our industry or the financial markets could severely diminish our financial performance and future business and growth prospects, and increases the chance that we might face insolvency due to a default on our debt obligations.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding indebtedness of $3.0 billion under our asset backed securities, capital lease obligations and other debt facilities. Our interest and debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $109.3 million. As of December 31, 2014, our total net debt (total debt plus equipment purchases payable less cash) to total revenue earning assets was 76%.       

Our substantial amount of debt could have important consequences for investors, including:

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt facilities. Any failure to comply with such obligations, including a failure to make timely interest or principal payments, or a breach of financial or other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness, which could lead to, among other things, an acceleration of our indebtedness or foreclosure on the assets securing our indebtedness and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, future prospects and solvency;

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities and other purposes;

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds, or to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;

making it difficult for us to pay dividends on our common stock;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates; and

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors having less debt.

Despite our substantial leverage, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although our asset backed securities and other credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, such restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and, under certain circumstances, indebtedness incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be substantial. To the extent that new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries' current debt levels, the risks described above would increase.

We will require a significant amount of cash to service and repay our outstanding indebtedness. This may limit our ability to fund future capital expenditures, pursue future business opportunities or make acquisitions.

        Our high level of indebtedness requires us to make large interest and principal payments. These debt service payments currently represent a significant portion of our cash flow, and if our operating cash flow decreases in the future, or if it becomes more difficult for us to arrange financing to refinance existing debt facilities or fund our new equipment purchases, we may need to reduce or delay future capital expenditures or other business investments, which could have a material adverse impact on our growth rate, profitability and cash flow.

Our asset backed securities and other credit facilities impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and taking certain actions.

        Our asset backed securities and other credit facilities impose, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, significant operating, financial and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. These restrictions will limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to:


16

Table of Contents

incur additional indebtedness;

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our stock;

issue capital stock of TAL and our subsidiaries;

make loans and investments;

create liens;

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;

enter into certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates;

cause our subsidiaries to make dividends, distributions and other payments to TAL; and

otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities.

        These restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs and pursue available business opportunities. A breach of any of these restrictions could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the relevant lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness, which will constitute substantially all of our material container assets.

Environmental regulations may result in equipment obsolescence or require substantial investments to retrofit existing equipment, especially for our refrigerated containers. Additionally, environmental concerns are leading to significant design changes for new containers that have not been extensively tested, which increases the risks we face from potential technical problems.

        Many countries, including the United States, restrict, prohibit or otherwise regulate the use of chemical refrigerants due to their ozone depleting and global warming effects. Our refrigerated containers currently use R134A or 404A refrigerant. While R134A and 404A do not contain CFC's (which have been restricted since 1995), the European Union has instituted regulations to phase out the use of R134A in automobile air conditioning systems beginning in 2011 due to concern that the release of R134A into the atmosphere may contribute to global warming. While the European Union regulations do not currently restrict the use of R134A or 404A in refrigerated containers or trailers, it has been proposed that R134A and 404A usage in intermodal containers will be banned beginning in 2025, although the final decision has not been made as of yet. Further, certain manufacturers of refrigerated containers, including the largest manufacturer of cooling machines for refrigerated containers, have begun testing units that utilize alternative refrigerants, such as carbon dioxide, that may have less global warming potential than R134A and 404A. If future regulations prohibit the use or servicing of containers using R134A or 404A refrigerants, we could be forced to incur large retrofitting expenses. In addition, refrigerated containers that are not retrofitted may become difficult to lease, command lower rental rates and disposal prices, or may have to be scrapped.

        Also, the insulation foam in the walls of refrigerated containers requires the use of a blowing agent that contains CFC's. Manufacturers are in various stages of phasing out the use of this blowing agent in the manufacturing process, however, if future regulations prohibit the use or servicing of containers with insulation manufactured with this blowing agent we could be forced to incur large retrofitting expenses and those that are not retrofitted may become more difficult to lease and command lower rental rates and disposal prices.

        An additional environmental concern affecting our operations relates to the construction materials used in our dry containers. The floors of dry containers are plywood usually made from tropical hardwoods. Due to concerns regarding the de-forestation of tropical rain forests and climate change, many countries which have been the source of these hardwoods have implemented severe restrictions on the cutting and export of these woods. Accordingly, container manufacturers have switched a significant portion of production to more readily available alternatives such as birch, bamboo, and other farm grown wood species. Container users are also evaluating alternative designs that would limit the amount of plywood required and are also considering possible synthetic materials to replace the plywood. These new woods or other alternatives have not proven their durability over the typical 13-15 year life of a dry container, and if they cannot perform as well as the hardwoods have historically, the future repair and operating costs for these containers could be significantly higher and the useful life of the containers may be decreased.


17

Table of Contents

Litigation to enforce our leases and recover our containers has inherent uncertainties that are increased by the location of our containers in jurisdictions that have less developed legal systems.

        While almost all of our lease agreements are governed by New York law and provide for the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in the state of New York, our ability to enforce the lessees' obligations under the leases and other arrangements for use of the containers often is subject to applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. It is not possible to predict, with any degree of certainty, the jurisdictions in which enforcement proceedings may be commenced. Our containers are manufactured primarily in China, and a substantial portion of our containers are leased out of Asia, primarily China, and are used by our customers in a wide range of global trades. Litigation and enforcement proceedings have inherent uncertainties in any jurisdiction and are expensive. These uncertainties are enhanced in countries that have less developed legal systems where the interpretation of laws and regulations is not consistent, may be influenced by factors other than legal merits and may be cumbersome, time-consuming and even more expensive. For example, repossession from defaulting lessees may be difficult and more expensive in jurisdictions whose laws do not confer the same security interests and rights to creditors and lessors as those in the United States and where the legal system is not as well developed. As a result, the remedies available and the relative success and expedience of collection and enforcement proceedings with respect to the containers in various jurisdictions cannot be predicted. As more of our business shifts to areas outside of the United States and Europe, such as China, it may become more difficult and expensive to enforce our rights and recover our containers.

        The success of our recovery efforts for defaulted leases has been hampered by undeveloped creditor protections and legal systems in a number of countries. In these situations, we experienced an increase in average recovery costs per unit and a decrease in the percentage of containers recovered in default situations primarily due to excessive charges applied to our containers by the depot or terminal facilities that had been storing the containers for the defaulted lessee. In these cases, the payments demanded by the depot or terminal operators often significantly exceeded the amount of storage costs that we would reasonably expect to pay for the release of the containers. However, our legal remedies were limited in many of the jurisdictions where the containers were being stored, and we were sometimes forced to accept the excessive storage charges to gain control of our containers. If the number and size of defaults increases in the future, and if a large percentage of the defaulted containers are being stored in countries with less developed legal systems, losses resulting from recovery payments and unrecovered containers could be large and our profitability significantly reduced.

We may incur future asset impairment charges.

        An asset impairment charge may result from the occurrence of unexpected adverse events or management decisions that impact our estimates of expected cash flows generated from our long-lived assets. We review our long-lived assets, including our container and chassis equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment, when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. We may be required to recognize asset impairment charges in the future as a result of reductions in demand for specific container and chassis types, a weak economic environment, challenging market conditions, events related to particular customers or asset types, or as a result of asset or portfolio sale decisions by management.

        Effective October 1, 2012, we further increased the estimated residual values used in our depreciation calculations for several of our containers types from the last increase made in the fourth quarter of 2010. If, in the future, we experience weak demand for these specific container types the amount of a potential impairment charge would be higher than if we had not increased our residual estimates.

Manufacturers of our equipment may be unwilling or unable to honor manufacturer warranties covering defects in our equipment.

        We obtain warranties from the manufacturers of our equipment. When defects in the containers occur, we work with the manufacturers to identify and rectify the problem. However, there is no assurance that manufacturers will be willing or able to honor warranty obligations. If defects are discovered in containers that are not covered by manufacturer warranties we could be required to expend significant amounts of money to repair the containers, the useful lives of the containers could be shortened and the value of the containers reduced.

        For example, there has been an increase in the number of premature failures of wood floors on our containers. A shortage of mature tropical hardwood has forced manufacturers to use younger and alternative species of wood to make container floors, and it is likely that the number and magnitude of warranty claims related to premature floor failure will increase. If container manufacturers do not honor warranties covering these failures, or if the failures occur after the warranty period expires, we could be required to expend significant amounts of money to repair or sell containers earlier than expected. This could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

18

Table of Contents

Changes in market price or availability of containers in China could adversely affect our ability to maintain our supply of containers.

        China is currently the largest container producing nation in the world, and we currently purchase substantially all of our dry containers, special containers and refrigerated containers from manufacturers based there. Currently, there are two manufacturers controlling a majority of the market. In the event that it were to become more expensive for us to procure containers in China because of further consolidation among container suppliers, a dispute with one of our manufacturers, increased tariffs imposed by the United States or other governments or for any other reason, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. We may not be able to make alternative arrangements quickly enough to meet our equipment needs, and the alternative arrangements may increase our costs.

We may incur significant costs associated with relocation of leased equipment.

        When lessees return equipment to locations where supply exceeds demand, we routinely reposition containers to higher demand areas. Positioning expenses vary depending on geographic location, distance, freight rates and other factors. Positioning expenses can be significant if a large portion of our containers are returned to locations with weak demand. For example, prior to the Asia crisis of the late 1990's containerized trade was relatively evenly balanced globally, and as a result, many of our lease contracts provided extensive drop-off flexibility in North America and Europe. However, global containerized trade patterns changed dramatically in the aftermath of the Asia crisis, and demand for leased containers in North America and Europe substantially decreased. We incurred significant positioning expenses from 2000-2003 to shift our inventory of containers from North America and Europe to Asia.

        We currently seek to limit the number of containers that can be returned to areas where demand for such containers is not expected to be strong. However, future market conditions may not enable us to continue such practices. In addition, we may not be successful in accurately anticipating which port locations will be characterized by weak or strong demand in the future, and our current contracts will not provide much protection against positioning costs if ports that we expect to be strong demand ports turn out to be surplus container ports at the time leases expire. In particular, we could incur significant positioning costs in the future if trade flows change from net exports to net imports in locations such as the main ports in China that we currently consider to be high demand locations and where our leases typically allow large numbers of containers to be returned to us.

Sustained Asian economic, social or political instability could reduce demand for leasing.

        Many of the shipping lines to which we lease containers are entities domiciled in Asian countries. In addition, many of our customers are substantially dependent upon shipments of goods exported from Asia. From time to time, there have been economic disruptions, financial turmoil and political instability in this region. If these events were to occur in the future, they could adversely affect these customers and lead to reduced demand for leasing of our containers or otherwise adversely affect us.

It may become more expensive for us to store our off-hire containers.

        We are dependent on third party depot operators to repair and store our equipment in port areas throughout the world. In many locations the land occupied by these depots is increasingly being considered as prime real estate. Accordingly, local communities are considering increasing restrictions on the depot operations which would increase their costs and in some cases force depots to relocate to sites further from the port areas. If these changes affect a large number of our depots it could significantly increase the cost of maintaining and storing our off-hire containers.

We rely on our information technology systems to conduct our business. If these systems fail to adequately perform their functions, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

        The efficient operation of our business is highly dependent on two of our information technology systems: our equipment tracking and billing system and our customer interface system. For example, these systems allow customers to place pick-up and drop-off orders on the Internet, view current inventory and check contractual terms in effect with respect to any given container lease agreement. We correspondingly rely on such information systems to track transactions, such as container pick-ups and drop-offs, repairs, and to bill our customers for the use and damage to our equipment. We also use the information provided by these systems in our day-to-day business decisions in order to effectively manage our lease portfolio and improve customer service. The failure of these systems to perform as we anticipate could limit our ability to bill customers for the use of our containers, disrupt our business and cause our relationships with our customers to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural

19

Table of Contents

disasters, power loss and computer systems failures and viruses. Any such interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business.

A number of key personnel are critical to the success of our business.

        Most of our senior executives and other management level employees have been with us for over ten years and have significant industry experience. We rely on this knowledge and experience in our strategic planning and in our day-to-day business operations. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain our senior management, the loss of one or more of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our success also depends on our ability to retain our experienced sales force and technical personnel as well as recruiting new skilled sales, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for experienced managers in our industry can be intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business and our ability to retain customers and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer.

The international nature of the container industry exposes us to numerous risks.

        We are subject to risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. These risks include:

regional or local economic downturns;

changes in governmental policy or regulation;

restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of countries in which we operate;

compliance with U.S. Treasury sanctions regulations restricting doing business with certain nations or specially designated nationals;

import and export duties and quotas;

domestic and foreign customs and tariffs;

international incidents;

military outbreaks;

government instability;

nationalization of foreign assets;

government protectionism;

compliance with export controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Commerce;

compliance with import procedures and controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security;

potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

labor or other disruptions at key ports;

difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; and

restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in these jurisdictions.

        Any one or more of these factors could impair our current or future international operations and, as a result, harm our overall business.

20

Table of Contents

The lack of an international title registry for containers increases the risk of ownership disputes.

        There is no internationally recognized system of recordation or filing to evidence our title to containers nor is there an internationally recognized system for filing security interests in containers. Although this has not occurred to date, the lack of a title recordation system with respect to containers could result in disputes with lessees, end-users, or third parties who may improperly claim ownership of the containers.

Certain liens may arise on our containers.

        Depot operators, repairmen and transporters may come into possession of our containers from time to time and have sums due to them from the lessees or sublessees of the containers. In the event of nonpayment of those charges by the lessees or sublessees, we may be delayed in, or entirely barred from, repossessing the containers, or be required to make payments or incur expenses to discharge such liens on the containers.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and any determination that we violated this act may affect our business and operations adversely.

        As a U.S. corporation, we are subject to the regulations imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), which generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business. Any determination that we have violated the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to U.S. Executive Orders and U.S. Treasury Sanctions Regulations regarding doing business in or with certain nations and specially designated nationals (SDNs).

        As a U.S. corporation, we are subject to U.S. Executive Orders and U.S. Treasury sanctions regulations restricting or prohibiting business dealings in or with certain nations and with certain SDNs (individuals and legal entities). Any determination that we have violated such Executive Orders and U.S. Treasury sanctions regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may incur increased costs associated with the implementation of new security regulations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the United States, seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Safety Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the United States. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972 (CSC), as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur increased compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet any new requirements imposed by such regulations. Additionally, certain companies are currently developing or may in the future develop products designed to enhance the security of containers transported in international commerce. Regardless of the existence of current or future government regulations mandating the safety standards of intermodal shipping containers, our competitors may adopt such products or our customers may require that we adopt such products in the conduct of our container leasing business. In responding to such market pressures, we may incur increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks could negatively impact our operations and our profitability and may expose us to liability and reputational damage.

        Terrorist attacks may negatively affect our operations. Such attacks have contributed to economic instability in the United States and elsewhere, and further acts of terrorism, violence or war could similarly affect world trade and the industries in which we and our customers operate. In addition, terrorist attacks or hostilities may directly impact ports our containers come in and out of, depots, our physical facilities or those of our suppliers or customers and could impact our sales and our supply chain. A severe disruption to the worldwide ports system and flow of goods could result in a reduction in the level of international trade and lower demand for our containers. The consequences of any terrorist attacks or hostilities are

21

Table of Contents

unpredictable, and we may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse effect on our operations.

        It is also possible that one of our containers could be involved in a terrorist attack. Although our lease agreements require our lessees to indemnify us against all damages arising out of the use of our containers, and we carry insurance to potentially offset any costs in the event that our customer indemnifications prove to be insufficient, our insurance does not cover certain types of terrorist attacks, and we may not be fully protected from liability or the reputational damage that could arise from a terrorist attack which utilizes one of our containers.

Environmental liability may adversely affect our business and financial situation.

        We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our current or historical operations. Under some environmental laws in the United States and certain other countries, the owner of a leased container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from a container without regard to the owner's fault. We have not yet experienced any such claims, although we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to such claims in the future. Liability insurance policies, including ours, usually exclude claims for environmental damage. Some of our lessees may have separate insurance coverage for environmental damage, but we cannot assure you that any such policies would cover or otherwise offset any liability we may have as the owner of a leased container. Our standard master tank container lease agreement insurance clause requires our tank container lessees to provide pollution liability insurance. Such insurance or indemnities may not fully protect us against damages arising from environmental damage.

Adverse changes in U.S. tax rules or a reduction in our level of investment and growth could negatively impact our income tax provision or future cash tax payments.

        While we record a tax provision in our financial statements, we currently do not pay any meaningful income taxes primarily due to the benefit we receive from accelerated tax depreciation on our container investments. A change in the rules governing the tax depreciation for our containers, in particular, a change that increases the period over which we can depreciate our containers for tax purposes, could reduce or eliminate this tax benefit and significantly increase our cash tax payments.

        In addition, even under current tax rules, we need to make substantial, ongoing investments in new containers in order to continue to benefit from the tax deferral generated by accelerated tax depreciation. If our investment level slows due to a decrease in the growth rate of world trade, decisions by our customers to buy more of their containers, a loss of market share to one or more of our peers, or for any other reason, the favorable tax treatment from accelerated tax depreciation would diminish, and we could face significantly increased cash tax payments.

        Also, our net deferred tax liability balance includes a deferred tax asset for U.S. federal and various states resulting from net operating loss carryforwards. A reduction to our future earnings, which will lower taxable income, may require us to record a charge against earnings in the form of a valuation allowance, if it is determined that it is more-likely-than-not that some or all of the loss carryforwards will not be realized.

Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates could reduce our profitability.

        The majority of our revenues and costs are billed in U.S. dollars. Most of our non-U.S. dollar transactions are individually of small amounts and in various denominations and thus are not suitable for cost-effective hedging. In addition, almost all of our container purchases are paid for in U.S. dollars.

        Our operations and used container sales in locations outside of the U.S. have some exposure to foreign currency fluctuations, and trade growth and the direction of trade flows can be influenced by large changes in relative currency values. Adverse or large exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
     
Most of our equipment fleet is manufactured in China. Although the purchase price is in U.S. dollars, our manufacturers pay labor and other costs in the local currency, the Chinese Yuan. To the extent that our manufacturers' costs increase due to changes in the valuation of the Chinese Yuan, the dollar price we pay for equipment could be affected.




22

Table of Contents

Increases in the cost of or the lack of availability of insurance could increase our risk exposure and reduce our profitability.

        Our lessees and depots are required to maintain all risks physical damage insurance, comprehensive general liability insurance and to indemnify us against loss. We also maintain our own contingent liability insurance and off-hire physical damage insurance. Nevertheless, lessees' and depots' insurance or indemnities and our insurance may not fully protect us. The cost of such insurance may increase or become prohibitively expensive for us and our customers and such insurance may not continue to be available.

        We also maintain director and officer liability insurance. Potential new accounting standards and new corporate governance regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain increased levels of coverage or it may not continue to be available.

        We currently maintain credit insurance that in certain circumstances covers losses and costs incurred due to defaults by our lessees. However, this insurance has significant deductibles, exclusions, payment and other limitations, and therefore may not protect us from losses arising from customer defaults. We typically need to renew these insurance policies on an annual basis, and the cost of such insurance may increase or become prohibitively expensive for us and our customers and such insurance may not continue to be available.

The price of our common stock may be highly volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance.

        The trading price of our common shares is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations. Factors affecting the trading price of our common shares may include:

variations in our financial results;

changes in financial estimates or investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business;

the public's response to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance or interpretations or principles;

future sales of common stock by us and our directors, officers and significant stockholders;

announcements of technological innovations or enhanced or new products by us or our competitors;

our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts' projections;

the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to us;

changes in our dividend policy;

fluctuations in the worldwide equity markets;

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

our failure to timely address changing customer preferences;

broad market and industry factors; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events.

        In addition, if the market for intermodal equipment leasing company stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common shares could decline for reasons unrelated to our business or financial results. The trading price of our common shares might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us.



23

Table of Contents

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common shares relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business or our industry. We have no influence or control over these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Our failure to comply with required public company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and regulations could materially and adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and the price of our common stock. Further, our internal controls over financial reporting may not detect all errors or omissions in the financial statements.

We are subject to meet the regulatory compliance and reporting requirements applicable to us as a public company, including those issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange. Failure to meeting these requirements may lead to adverse regulatory consequences, and could lead to a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. If we fail to maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner or otherwise comply with the standards applicable to us as a public company. Any failure by us to timely provide the required financial information could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and the market value of our common shares. Furthermore, testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business.

The Sarbanes Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. If we do not maintain compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could suffer a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline. We can also be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities for failure to comply with public company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and regulations.

        Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act requires an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of internal controls over financial accounting, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes Oxley Act and related regulations. Although our management has concluded that adequate internal control procedures are currently in place, no system of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that the financial statements are accurate and free of material errors. As a result, the risk exists that our internal controls may not detect all errors or omissions in the financial statements.

We may decide to pursue acquisitions and joint ventures that may present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs.

        We may selectively pursue acquisitions and joint ventures, which could involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

dilution of shareholders' ownership interest of TAL if new shares are issued to fund an acquisition;

potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

difficulty with integration of personnel and financial and other systems;

hiring additional management and other critical personnel; and

increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.

        In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of acquired businesses. Also, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our business. Our acquisition and joint venture strategy may not be successfully received by customers, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint ventures.

24

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        Office Locations.    As of December 31, 2014, our employees are located in 17 offices in 11 different countries. We have 6 offices in the U.S. including our headquarters in Purchase, New York. We have 11 offices outside the U.S. We lease all of our office space.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        From time to time we are a party to litigation matters arising in connection with the normal course of our business. While we cannot predict the outcome of these matters, in the opinion of our management, any liability arising from these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Nevertheless, unexpected adverse future events, such as an unforeseen development in our existing proceedings, a significant increase in the number of new cases or changes in our current insurance arrangements could result in liabilities that have a material adverse impact on our business.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.


25

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        Our common stock has been traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TAL" since October 12, 2005. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock.

        The following table reflects the range of high and low sales prices, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, for our common stock in each quarter of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
 
 
High
 
Low
2014:
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
$45.91
 
$37.67
Third Quarter
 
$47.60
 
$41.09
Second Quarter
 
$45.63
 
$41.18
First Quarter
 
$57.60
 
$40.35
2013:
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
$57.82
 
$45.32
Third Quarter
 
$48.76
 
$38.50
Second Quarter
 
$45.40
 
$39.26
First Quarter
 
$46.87
 
$36.42
      
  On February 12, 2015, the closing price of our common stock was $40.63, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. On that date, there were approximately 48 holders of record of our common stock and approximately 37,144 beneficial holders, based on information obtained from our transfer agent.


26

Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

        The graph below compares our cumulative shareholder returns with the S&P 500 Stock Index and the Russell 2000 Stock Index for the five years ended December 31, 2014. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the Russell 2000 Stock Index was $100 as of December 31, 2009, and that all dividends were reinvested.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Five Years Ended December 31, 2014

 
Base Period as of
 
INDEXED RETURNS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
Company / Index
12/31/2009
 
12/31/2010
 
12/31/2011
 
12/31/2012
 
12/31/2013
 
12/31/2014
TAL International Group, Inc.
100.00
 
245.94
 
245.01
 
330.99
 
561.29
 
461.19
S&P 500 Index
100.00
 
115.06
 
117.49
 
136.29
 
180.43
 
205.13
Russell 2000 Index
100.00
 
126.85
 
121.55
 
141.42
 
196.32
 
205.92



27

Table of Contents

Dividends

        We paid the following quarterly dividends during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 on our issued and outstanding common stock:

Record Date
Payment Date
 
Aggregate
Payment
 
Per Share
Payment
December 2, 2014
December 23, 2014
 
$23.8 Million
 
$0.72
September 3, 2014
September 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
June 3, 2014
June 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
March 3, 2014
March 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
December 2, 2013
December 23, 2013
 
$23.4 Million
 
$0.70
September 3, 2013
September 24, 2013
 
$22.8 Million
 
$0.68
June 4, 2013
June 25, 2013
 
$22.1 Million
 
$0.66
March 7, 2013
March 28, 2013
 
$21.4 Million
 
$0.64
      
        Historically, most of our dividends have been treated as a return of capital, and we believe that 100% our dividends paid in 2014 will also be treated as a return of capital to TAL shareholders. The taxability of the dividends to TAL shareholders does not impact TAL's corporate tax position. Investors should consult with a tax advisor to determine the proper tax treatment of these distributions.

Stock Repurchase Program

        On March 13, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program for the repurchase of our common stock. The stock repurchase program, as now amended, authorizes us to repurchase up to 4.0 million shares of our common stock. Since September 1, 2014, TAL repurchased 900,000 shares of its stock at an average price of $41.95. As of February 10, 2015, there were 88,157 shares authorized for purchase under TAL's stock repurchase program.

On February 11, 2015, TAL's Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program of up to 3.0 million of its outstanding shares. These shares augment the remaining 88,157 shares authorized for purchase under TAL's existing stock repurchase program. Repurchases will be made from time to time at TAL's discretion, based on ongoing assessments of the capital needs of the business, the market price of TAL's common stock and general market and other conditions. No time limit was set for the completion of the repurchase program.

 Stock repurchases under this program may be made through open market and/or privately negotiated transactions at such times and in such amounts as a committee of our Board of Directors deems appropriate. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions regarding a repurchase program included in our credit facilities and other market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time without prior notice.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds From Registered Securities

        None.




28

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain selected historical financial, operating and other data of TAL International Group, Inc. The selected historical consolidated statements of income data, balance sheet data and other financial data for each of the five years ended December 31, 2014 were derived from the Company's audited consolidated financial statements and related notes. The data below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our Management's Discussion and Analysis and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained elsewhere in this report. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

29

Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Statements of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leasing revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
$
573,778

 
$
552,640

 
$
511,189

 
$
434,668

 
$
310,221

Finance leases
18,355

 
14,728

 
13,781

 
16,394

 
18,309

Other revenues
1,873

 
2,485

 
3,227

 
3,301

 
3,634

Total leasing revenues
594,006

 
569,853


528,197


454,363


332,164

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment trading revenues
56,436

 
73,004

 
60,975

 
62,324

 
34,636

Equipment trading expenses
(49,246
)
 
(62,726
)

(53,431
)

(51,330
)

(28,814
)
Trading margin
7,190

 
10,278


7,544


10,994


5,822

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
6,987

 
26,751

 
44,509


51,969


25,765

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization(1)
224,753

 
205,073

 
193,466

 
152,576

 
115,927

Direct operating expenses
33,076

 
27,142

 
25,039

 
18,157

 
24,489

Administrative expenses
45,399

 
44,197

 
43,991

 
42,727

 
41,724

Provision (reversal) for doubtful accounts
212

 
2,827

 
(208
)
 
162

 
(843
)
Total operating expenses
303,440

 
279,239


262,288


213,622


181,297

Operating income
304,743

 
327,643


317,962


303,704


182,454

Other expenses (income):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and debt expense
109,265

 
111,725

 
114,629

 
105,470

 
79,104

Write-off of deferred financing costs
5,192

 
4,000

 

 
1,143

 
675

Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps(2)
780

 
(8,947
)
 
2,469

 
27,354

 
13,029

Total other expenses
115,237

 
106,778


117,098


133,967


92,808

Income before income taxes
189,506

 
220,865

 
200,864


169,737


89,646

Income tax expense
65,461

 
77,699

 
70,732

 
60,013

 
31,922

Net income
$
124,045

 
$
143,166

 
$
130,132


$
109,724


$
57,724

Earnings Per Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income per share applicable to common stockholders
$
3.70

 
$
4.28

 
$
3.92

 
$
3.39

 
$
1.90

Diluted income per share applicable to common stockholders
$
3.68

 
$
4.25

 
$
3.87

 
$
3.34

 
$
1.88

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
33,482

 
33,483

 
33,224

 
32,414

 
30,441

Diluted
33,664

 
33,694

 
33,623

 
32,821

 
30,717

Cash dividends paid per common share
$
2.88

 
$
2.68

 
$
2.35

 
$
1.99

 
$
1.30

_____________________
(1)
Depreciation expense was reduced by $5.2 million ($3.4 million after tax or $0.10 per diluted share) beginning October 1, 2012 and by $5.5 million ($3.6 million after tax or $0.12 per diluted share) beginning October 1, 2010 as the result of the increase in residual value estimates included in the Company's depreciation policy (see Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).
(2)
Net losses and gains on interest rate swaps are primarily due to changes in interest rates, and reflect changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps not designated as cash flow hedges.

30

Table of Contents

 
As of December 31,
(In thousands, except fleet data)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash)
$
114,781

 
$
98,001

 
$
101,680

 
$
175,343

 
$
85,612

Accounts receivable, net
85,681

 
74,174

 
71,363

 
56,491

 
46,342

Revenue earning assets, net
3,953,764

 
3,730,122

 
3,418,446

 
2,857,233

 
2,286,831

Total assets
4,274,984

 
4,045,296

 
3,701,194

 
3,197,303

 
2,517,557

Total debt
3,040,842

 
2,817,933

 
2,604,015

 
2,235,585

 
1,770,332

Stockholders' equity
666,528

 
691,918

 
615,975

 
562,802

 
428,410

Other Financial Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
670,529

 
660,492

 
831,826

 
815,730

 
844,214

Proceeds from sale of equipment leasing fleet, net of selling costs
165,990

 
140,724

 
133,367

 
123,659

 
102,176

Selected Fleet Data(1)(2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dry container units
1,189,707

 
1,105,433

 
1,021,642

 
847,902

 
720,008

Refrigerated container units
65,010

 
64,030

 
57,229

 
50,751

 
45,215

Special container units
56,180

 
56,761

 
57,198

 
48,039

 
45,234

Tank container units
9,282

 
8,100

 
6,608

 
5,396

 
2,648

Chassis
19,116

 
13,724

 
13,146

 
10,789

 
9,208

Equipment trading units
32,448

 
40,374

 
45,860

 
46,767

 
33,373

Total container units/chassis
1,371,743

 
1,288,422

 
1,201,683

 
1,009,644

 
855,686

Total containers/chassis in TEU
2,249,619

 
2,113,215

 
1,957,776

 
1,645,868

 
1,397,183

Total containers/chassis in cost equivalent units(3)
2,778,284

 
2,640,743

 
2,404,516

 
2,044,012

 
1,699,053

Average utilization %(4)
97.6
%
 
97.4
%
 
97.9
%
 
98.7
%
 
97.6
%
____________________
(1)
Includes both owned and managed units, as well as units on finance leases.
(2)
Calculated as of the end of the relevant period.
(3)
The Company has included total fleet count information based on cost equivalent units (CEU). CEU is a ratio used to convert the actual number of containers in the Company's fleet to a figure based on the relative purchase price of various equipment types to that of a 20 foot dry container. For example, the CEU ratio for a 40 foot standard height dry container is 1.6, and a 40 foot high cube refrigerated container is 10.0. These CEU ratios are from the Company's debt agreements and may differ slightly from CEU ratios used by others in the industry.
(4)
Average utilization is computed by dividing total units on lease (in CEU) by the total units in the Company's fleet (in CEU) excluding new units not yet leased and off-hire units designated for sale.

31

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
        The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" as discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.
Our Company
We are one of the world's largest and oldest lessors of intermodal containers and chassis. Intermodal containers are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport freight by ship, rail or truck. Because of the handling efficiencies they provide, intermodal containers are the primary means by which many goods and materials are shipped internationally. Chassis are used for the transportation of containers domestically.
We operate our business in one industry, intermodal transportation equipment, and have two business segments:
Equipment leasing—we own, lease and ultimately dispose of containers and chassis from our lease fleet, as well as manage containers owned by third parties.

Equipment trading—we purchase containers from shipping line customers, and other sellers of containers, and resell these containers to container retailers and users of containers for storage or one-way shipment.
Operations
Our consolidated operations include the acquisition, leasing, re-leasing and subsequent sale of multiple types of intermodal containers and chassis. As of December 31, 2014, our total fleet consisted of 1,371,743 containers and chassis, including 16,378 containers under management for third parties, representing 2,249,619 twenty-foot equivalent units (TEU). We have an extensive global presence, offering leasing services through 17 offices in 11 countries and approximately 230 third party container depot facilities in approximately 40 countries as of December 31, 2014. Our customers are among the largest shipping lines in the world. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our twenty largest customers accounted for 81% of our leasing revenues, our five largest customers accounted for 52% of our leasing revenues, and our largest customer, CMA CGM, accounted for 16% of our leasing revenues.

32

Table of Contents

The following tables provide the composition of our equipment fleet as of the dates indicated (in units, TEU and cost-equivalent units, or "CEU"):
 
Equipment Fleet in Units
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
Dry
1,174,154

 
15,553

 
1,189,707

 
1,087,462

 
17,971

 
1,105,433

 
1,000,612

 
21,030

 
1,021,642

Refrigerated
64,977

 
33

 
65,010

 
63,967

 
63

 
64,030

 
57,124

 
105

 
57,229

Special
55,388

 
792

 
56,180

 
55,295

 
1,466

 
56,761

 
55,485

 
1,713

 
57,198

Tank
9,282

 

 
9,282

 
8,100

 

 
8,100

 
6,608

 

 
6,608

Chassis
19,116

 

 
19,116

 
13,724

 

 
13,724

 
13,146

 

 
13,146

Equipment leasing fleet
1,322,917

 
16,378

 
1,339,295

 
1,228,548

 
19,500

 
1,248,048

 
1,132,975

 
22,848

 
1,155,823

Equipment trading fleet
32,448

 

 
32,448

 
40,374

 

 
40,374

 
45,860

 

 
45,860

Total
1,355,365

 
16,378

 
1,371,743

 
1,268,922

 
19,500

 
1,288,422

 
1,178,835

 
22,848

 
1,201,683

Percentage
98.8
%
 
1.2
%
 
100.0
%
 
98.5
%
 
1.5
%
 
100.0
%
 
98.1
%
 
1.9
%
 
100.0
%
 
Equipment Fleet in TEU
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
Dry
1,901,299

 
27,183

 
1,928,482

 
1,759,100

 
31,875

 
1,790,975

 
1,607,232

 
37,796

 
1,645,028

Refrigerated
123,288

 
54

 
123,342

 
122,466

 
113

 
122,579

 
109,316

 
186

 
109,502

Special
100,680

 
1,385

 
102,065

 
99,473

 
2,481

 
101,954

 
98,888

 
2,883

 
101,771

Tank
9,282

 

 
9,282

 
8,100

 

 
8,100

 
6,608

 

 
6,608

Chassis
33,877

 

 
33,877

 
24,505

 

 
24,505

 
23,432

 

 
23,432

Equipment leasing fleet
2,168,426

 
28,622

 
2,197,048

 
2,013,644

 
34,469

 
2,048,113

 
1,845,476

 
40,865

 
1,886,341

Equipment trading fleet
52,571

 

 
52,571

 
65,102

 

 
65,102

 
71,435

 

 
71,435

Total
2,220,997

 
28,622

 
2,249,619

 
2,078,746

 
34,469

 
2,113,215

 
1,916,911

 
40,865

 
1,957,776

Percentage
98.7
%
 
1.3
%
 
100.0
%
 
98.4
%
 
1.6
%
 
100.0
%
 
97.9
%
 
2.1
%
 
100.0
%
 
Equipment Fleet in CEU
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
 
Owned
 
Managed
 
Total
Operating leases
2,451,007

 
24,511

 
2,475,518

 
2,260,404

 
30,232

 
2,290,636

 
2,104,460

 
36,062

 
2,140,522

Finance leases
196,712

 
825

 
197,537

 
210,535

 
830

 
211,365

 
137,909

 
818

 
138,727

Equipment trading fleet
105,229

 

 
105,229

 
138,742

 

 
138,742

 
125,267

 

 
125,267

Total
2,752,948

 
25,336

 
2,778,284

 
2,609,681

 
31,062

 
2,640,743

 
2,367,636

 
36,880

 
2,404,516

Percentage
99.1
%
 
0.9
%
 
100.0
%
 
98.8
%
 
1.2
%
 
100.0
%
 
98.5
%
 
1.5
%
 
100.0
%
In the equipment fleet tables above, we have included total fleet count information based on CEU. CEU is a ratio used to convert the actual number of containers in our fleet to a figure based on the relative purchase prices of our various equipment types to that of a 20 foot dry container. For example, the CEU ratio for a 40 foot standard height dry container is 1.6, and a 40 foot high cube refrigerated container is 10.0. The CEU ratios used in this calculation are from our debt agreements and may differ slightly from CEU ratios used by others in the industry.
We lease five types of equipment: (1) dry freight containers, which are used for general cargo such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel, (2) refrigerated containers, which are used for perishable items such as fresh and frozen foods, (3) special containers, which are used for heavy and over-sized cargo such as marble slabs, building products and machinery, (4) tank containers, which are used to transport bulk liquid products such as chemicals, and (5) chassis, which are used for the transportation of containers domestically. Our in-house equipment sales group manages the

33

Table of Contents

sale process for our used containers and chassis from our equipment leasing fleet and buys and sells used and new containers and chassis acquired from third parties.
The percentage of our equipment fleet by equipment type as of December 31, 2014 and the percentage of our leasing revenues by equipment type for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:
Equipment Type
Percent of
total fleet
in units
 
Percent of total fleet in CEU
 
Percent of
leasing
revenues
Dry
86.7
%
 
60.6
%
 
64.1
%
Refrigerated
4.7

 
22.7

 
20.9

Special
4.1

 
4.9

 
7.2

Tank
0.7

 
5.3

 
3.5

Chassis
1.4

 
2.7

 
2.2

Equipment leasing fleet
97.6

 
96.2

 
97.9

Equipment trading fleet
2.4

 
3.8

 
2.1

Total
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
We generally lease our equipment on a per diem basis to our customers under three types of leases: long-term leases, finance leases and service leases. Long-term leases, typically with initial contractual terms ranging from three to eight years, provide us with stable cash flow and low transaction costs by requiring customers to maintain specific units on-hire for the duration of the lease. Finance leases, which are typically structured as full payout leases, provide for a predictable recurring revenue stream with the lowest cost to the customer because customers are generally required to retain the equipment for the duration of its useful life. Service leases command a premium per diem rate in exchange for providing customers with a greater level of operational flexibility by allowing the pick-up and drop-off of units during the lease term. We also have expired long-term leases whose fixed terms have ended but for which the related units remain on-hire and for which we continue to receive rental payments pursuant to the terms of the initial contract. Some leases have contractual terms that have features reflective of both long-term and service leases and we classify such leases as either long-term or service leases, depending upon which features we believe are predominant.
The following table provides a summary of our equipment leasing fleet portfolio by lease type, based on CEU as of the dates indicated below:
Lease Portfolio
December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012
Long-term leases
68.9
%
 
68.0
%
 
67.5
%
Finance leases
8.0

 
9.2

 
6.6

Service leases
17.7

 
18.0

 
21.0

Expired long-term leases (units remaining on-hire)
5.4

 
4.8

 
4.9

Total
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our long-term and finance leases combined had average remaining contractual term of approximately 41 months, 44 months, and 43 months, respectively, assuming no leases are renewed.

34

Table of Contents

Operating Performance
Our profitability is primarily determined by the extent to which our leasing and other revenues exceed our ownership, operating and administrative expenses. Our profitability is also impacted by the gains or losses that we realize on the sale of our used equipment and the net sales margins on our equipment trading activities.
Our leasing revenues are primarily driven by the size of our owned fleet, our equipment utilization and the average lease rates in our lease portfolio. Our leasing revenues also include ancillary fees driven by container pick-up and drop-off volumes. Leasing revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 4.2% from 2013.
Owned fleet size.    As of December 31, 2014, our owned fleet included 2,752,948 CEU, an increase of 5.5% from December 31, 2013. The increase in our fleet size in 2014 was primarily due to our purchases of new containers and the completion of several large sale-leaseback transactions. In 2014, we invested approximately $638 million in our fleet, purchasing approximately 231,000 TEU of new containers and approximately 71,000 TEU of used containers through sale-leaseback transactions.
These investments in our fleet were supported by solid leasing demand. In 2014, leasing demand was supported by improved trade growth and the continued market share shift from owned to leased containers. Global trade growth was estimated to be between 5% and 6% in 2014 and our customers have continued to lease a larger than normal share of their new container requirements due to strains on their financial performance created by excess vessel capacity and weak freight weights.
Utilization.    Our average utilization was 97.6% during 2014, up slightly from 97.4% in 2013, and our ending utilization was 98.1%, up from 97.2% at the end of 2013. Our high utilization in 2014 was supported by a relatively tight supply/demand balance for containers and the high percentage of our units that are on-hire to customers on long-term or finance leases. In general, we expect our utilization will remain historically high in 2015.
The following tables set forth our equipment fleet utilization (1) for the periods indicated below:
 
 
 
 
Quarter Ended
Average Utilization
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
December 31,
 
September 30,
 
June 30,
 
March 31,
2014
 
97.6%
 
98.1%
 
97.9%
 
97.3%
 
97.1%
2013
 
97.4%
 
97.0%
 
97.3%
 
97.5%
 
97.7%
2012
 
97.9%
 
97.7%
 
97.7%
 
97.8%
 
98.2%
 
 
 
Quarter Ended
Ending Utilization
 
 
December 31,
 
September 30,
 
June 30,
 
March 31,
2014
 
98.1%
 
98.1%
 
97.7%
 
96.9%
2013
 
97.2%
 
97.0%
 
97.5%
 
97.6%
2012
 
97.9%
 
97.4%
 
97.6%
 
97.7%
_______________________________________________________________________________

(1)
Utilization is computed by dividing our total units on lease (in CEU) by the total units in our fleet (in CEU) excluding new units not yet leased and off-hire units designated for sale.

35

Table of Contents

Average lease rates.    Average lease rates for our dry container product line decreased by 4.9% in 2014 compared to 2013. Excluding the impact of sale-leaseback transactions, average lease rates for our dry container product line decreased by 5.8% in 2014 compared to 2013. Lower new container prices, widespread availability of attractively priced financing, and aggressive competition for new leasing transactions continue to pressure market lease rates, and market lease rates for dry containers are currently well below our portfolio average. Low market lease rates negatively impact our overall average lease rates as we add new containers to our fleet and as existing containers either have leases renegotiated and re-priced at expiration or as the containers are dropped-off from older leases with higher lease rates and picked-up onto new leases with lower lease rates. We expect our average dry container lease rates will decrease in 2015 and if market lease rates remain near their current low level for an extended period of time, we expect the decrease in our average dry container lease rates will accelerate in 2016 and 2017 due to the large number of leases with high lease rates that are scheduled to expire in those years.
Average lease rates for refrigerated containers decreased by 4.2% in 2014 compared to 2013. For several years our average lease rates for refrigerated containers have been negatively impacted by the addition of new refrigerated containers placed on lease at rates lower than our portfolio average. The cost of the refrigeration machines included in refrigerated containers has trended down over the last few years, which has led to lower refrigerated container prices and lease rates. Lease rates for new refrigerated containers are also being negatively impacted by aggressive pricing from new entrants seeking to build market share and the widespread availability of attractively priced financing and aggressive competition.
The average lease rates for special containers were approximately 4.3% higher in 2014 than in 2013. Excluding the impact of sale-leaseback transactions, average special container rates were 3.4% higher in 2014 compared to 2013. This increase is mainly the result of the drop-off and sale of older special containers that were on leases with rates well below our portfolio average.
Equipment disposals.    During 2014, we recognized a $7.0 million gain on the sale of our used containers compared to a gain of $26.8 million in 2013. During 2014, our gain on sale decreased primarily due to lower average sale prices. Average used container selling prices in 2014 decreased approximately 23% from our average prices in 2013 as leasing companies and shipping lines have increased disposal volumes in response to the lower cost of new containers and the gradual normalization of the global container supply / demand balance. We expect used container selling prices and our disposal gains will continue to trend down toward historical levels as the global supply and demand balance for containers continues to normalize.
Our gain on equipment disposals has also continued to be negatively impacted by the low disposal volume of original TAL dry containers and by high purchase prices paid for sale-leaseback containers. In general, used dry container sale prices remain above our long-term estimated residual values, and the per unit gains on the disposal of original TAL dry containers remain relatively high. However, TAL purchased few new containers in the late 1990’s and early 2000’s, and as a result, we have a limited amount of original TAL dry containers currently available for sale.
TAL has been supplementing its reduced sale volume of original TAL containers with older containers purchased from our customers through sale-leaseback transactions. These containers have generally been purchased for prices higher than the net book value of original TAL containers of similar ages. The higher purchase prices are supported by leasing revenues received by TAL under the terms of the sale-leaseback agreements, and these sale-leaseback transactions remain profitable on an overall basis. However, TAL has started to recognize losses on the disposal of a portion of our sale-leaseback containers due to the current reduction in sale prices for used containers and the fact that lease revenue and fees are excluded from the gain or loss calculations upon disposal.
Equipment ownership expenses.    Our ownership expenses, which consist of depreciation and interest expense, increased by $17.3 million or 5.5% in 2014 as compared to 2013. The increase in ownership expenses was less than the increase in the net book value of our average revenue earning assets, which increased 7.0% from 2013 to 2014.
Depreciation expense increased $19.7 million or 9.6% in 2014 as compared to 2013 due to the net increase in the size of our depreciable fleet. Depreciation expense increased faster than our revenue earning assets mainly reflecting a decrease in the portion of our fleet that is fully depreciated. TAL purchased few new containers in the late 1990's and early 2000's, and as a result, we have relatively few original TAL containers reaching the end of their depreciable lives. We expect the portion of fully depreciated containers in our fleet will continue to trend down for the next several years.
Interest expense decreased $2.4 million or 2.1% in 2014 as compared to 2013. The decrease was due to a decrease in our average effective interest rate, partially offset by an increase in our average outstanding debt mainly due to new equipment purchases. Our average effective interest rate decreased to 3.69% in 2014 as compared to 4.01% in 2013 as the result of new debt issuances at interest rates lower than those on our existing debt facilities. Our average outstanding debt increased by 6.1% mainly due to the 7.0% increase in average revenue earning assets.
Credit performance.     We recorded a $0.2 million provision for doubtful accounts during 2014, compared to a provision of $2.8 million in 2013. The provision in 2013 was related to payment defaults and equipment recovery costs for a few small

36

Table of Contents

regional shipping line customers. While our credit performance during 2014 was strong, our overall concern about credit risk remains heightened due to the difficult market conditions facing our customers. Many of the major shipping lines have reported modest or negative profitability over the last few years due to persistent excess vessel capacity and weak freight rates. Several shipping lines are also currently undertaking significant financial restructurings due to high current financial leverage and ongoing sizable losses. In addition, it is anticipated that the volume of new vessels entering service over the next several years will cause the global container vessel fleet to grow at a higher rate than global containerized trade. As a result, we expect freight rates and our customers' financial performance to remain under pressure.
Operating expenses.    Our direct operating expenses were $33.1 million in 2014, compared to $27.1 million in 2013, an increase of 22.1% . This increase was mainly due to an increase in the volume of pick-up and drop-off activity and an increase in the number of containers we are holding for sale.
Administrative expenses. Our administrative expenses were $45.4 million in 2014 compared to $44.2 million in 2013, an increase of 2.7%. The increase was mainly due to an increase in employment costs and foreign exchange losses on our Euro and GBP denominated assets.
Dividends
We paid the following quarterly dividends during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 on our issued and outstanding common stock:
Record Date
Payment Date
 
Aggregate
Payment
 
Per Share
Payment
December 2, 2014
December 23, 2014
 
$23.8 Million
 
$0.72
September 3, 2014
September 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
June 3, 2014
June 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
March 3, 2014
March 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
December 2, 2013
December 23, 2013
 
$23.4 Million
 
$0.70
September 3, 2013
September 24, 2013
 
$22.8 Million
 
$0.68
June 4, 2013
June 25, 2013
 
$22.1 Million
 
$0.66
March 7, 2013
March 28, 2013
 
$21.4 Million
 
$0.64
Historically, most of our dividends have been treated as a non-taxable return of capital, and we believe that our dividends paid in 2014 will also be treated as a return of capital to TAL shareholders. The taxability of the dividends to TAL shareholders does not impact TAL's corporate tax position. Investors should consult with a tax adviser to determine the proper tax treatment of these distributions.
Stock Repurchase Program
On March 13, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program for the repurchase of our common stock. The stock repurchase program, as now amended, authorizes us to repurchase up to 4.0 million shares of our common stock. Since September 1, 2014, TAL repurchased 900,000 shares of its stock at an average price of $41.95. As of February 10, 2015, there were 88,157 shares authorized for purchase under TAL's stock repurchase program.

On February 11, 2015, TAL's Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program of up to 3.0 million of its outstanding shares. These shares augment the remaining 88,157 shares authorized for purchase under TAL's existing stock repurchase program. Repurchases will be made from time to time at TAL's discretion, based on ongoing assessments of the capital needs of the business, the market price of TAL's common stock and general market and other conditions. No time limit was set for the completion of the repurchase program.

Stock repurchases under this program may be made through open market and/or privately negotiated transactions at such times and in such amounts as a committee of our Board of Directors deems appropriate. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions regarding a repurchase program included in our credit facilities and other market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be limited or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time without prior notice.



37

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 (in thousands of dollars):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Leasing revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
$
573,778

 
$
552,640

 
$
511,189

Finance leases
18,355

 
14,728

 
13,781

Other revenues
1,873

 
2,485

 
3,227

Total leasing revenues
594,006

 
569,853

 
528,197

 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment trading revenues
56,436

 
73,004

 
60,975

Equipment trading expenses
(49,246
)
 
(62,726
)
 
(53,431
)
Trading margin
7,190

 
10,278

 
7,544

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
6,987

 
26,751

 
44,509

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
224,753

 
205,073

 
193,466

Direct operating expenses
33,076

 
27,142

 
25,039

Administrative expenses
45,399

 
44,197

 
43,991

Provision (reversal) for doubtful accounts
212

 
2,827

 
(208
)
Total operating expenses
303,440

 
279,239

 
262,288

Operating income
304,743

 
327,643

 
317,962

Other expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and debt expense
109,265

 
111,725

 
114,629

Write-off of deferred financing costs
5,192

 
4,000

 

Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps
780

 
(8,947
)
 
2,469

Total other expenses
115,237

 
106,778

 
117,098

Income before income taxes
189,506

 
220,865

 
200,864

Income tax expense
65,461

 
77,699

 
70,732

Net income
$
124,045

 
$
143,166

 
$
130,132




38

Table of Contents

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2014 to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Leasing revenues.    The principal components of our leasing revenues are presented in the following table. Per diem revenue represents revenue earned under operating lease contracts; fee and ancillary lease revenue represent fees billed for the pick-up and drop-off of containers in certain geographic locations and billings of certain reimbursable operating costs such as repair and handling expenses; and finance lease revenue represents interest income earned under finance lease contracts.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
Leasing revenues:
 
 
 
Operating lease revenues:
 
 
 
Per diem revenue
$
545,561

 
$
528,499

Fee and ancillary lease revenue
28,217

 
24,141

Total operating lease revenue
573,778

 
552,640

Finance lease revenue
18,355

 
14,728

Other revenues
1,873

 
2,485

Total leasing revenues
$
594,006

 
$
569,853

Total leasing revenues were $594.0 million in 2014, compared to $569.9 million in 2013, an increase of $24.1 million, or 4.2%.
Per diem revenue increased by $17.1 million, or 3.2%, compared to 2013. The primary reasons for this increase are as follows:
$37.6 million increase due to an increase of approximately 156,300 CEU in the average number of units on-hire under operating leases; partially offset by a
$20.5 million decrease due to lower average per diem rates.
Fee and ancillary lease revenue increased by $4.1 million in 2014, compared to 2013 primarily due to a $3.2 million increase in reimbursable costs and an increase of $1.1 million in fee revenue due to higher pick-up and drop-off volumes.
Finance lease revenue increased by $3.6 million in 2014, compared to 2013 due to an increase in the average size of our finance lease portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in the average interest rate.

39

Table of Contents

Equipment Trading Activities.    Equipment trading revenues represent the proceeds on the sale of equipment purchased for resale. Equipment trading expenses represent the cost of equipment sold, including costs associated with the acquisition, maintenance and selling of trading inventory, such as positioning, repairs, handling and storage costs, and estimated direct selling and administrative costs.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
Equipment trading revenues
$
56,436

 
$
73,004

Equipment trading expenses
(49,246
)
 
(62,726
)
Equipment trading margin
$
7,190

 
$
10,278

The equipment trading margin was $7.2 million in 2014 compared to $10.3 million in 2013, a decrease of $3.1 million. The trading margin decreased mainly due to $2.0 million due to lower per unit margins on equipment sold and decreased by $0.9 million due to lower sales volume.
Net gain on sale of leasing equipment.    Gain on sale of equipment was $7.0 million in 2014 compared to $26.8 million in 2013, a decrease of $19.8 million. The primary reasons for this decrease are as follows:
$20.1 million decrease due to a decline of approximately 23% in used dry container selling prices;
$2.5 million decrease due to larger gains in 2013 related to units declared lost by one of our customers, which was not repeated in 2014, partially offset by a
$2.6 million increase due to an increase in sales volume.
Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization was $224.8 million in 2014, compared to $205.1 million in 2013, an increase of $19.7 million or 9.6%. Depreciation expense increased by $23.9 million due to the net increase in the size of our depreciable fleet, partially offset by a decrease of $4.2 million due to equipment becoming fully depreciated.
Direct operating expenses.    Direct operating expenses primarily consist of our costs to repair equipment returned off lease, to store the equipment when it is not on lease and to reposition equipment that has been returned to locations with weak leasing demand.
Direct operating expenses were $33.1 million in 2014, compared to $27.1 million in 2013, an increase of $6.0 million primarily driven by the following:
$1.8 million increase in repair expense due to a larger volume of dry containers;
$1.8 million increase in operating, handling and repositioning expenses resulting from a larger volume of pick-up and drop-off activity;
$1.6 million increase in storage costs due to an increase in the number of idle units, mainly an increase in the number of containers held for sale; and a
$0.6 million increase in survey costs due to increased procurement activity.
Administrative expenses.    Administrative expenses were $45.4 million in 2014 compared to $44.2 million in 2013, an increase of $1.2 million or 2.7%. This increase was mainly due to increased employment costs and greater foreign exchange losses on Euro and GBP denominated assets.
Provision for doubtful accounts.    Our provision for doubtful accounts was $0.2 million in 2014 compared to a provision of $2.8 million in 2013. In 2013, we recorded a provision related to payment defaults and estimated recovery costs for several small regional shipping lines. We made no such provisions for defaults this year.
Interest and debt expense.    Interest and debt expense was $109.3 million in 2014, compared to $111.7 million in 2013, a decrease of $2.4 million or 2.1%. The decrease in interest and debt expense was mainly driven by a $9.2 million decrease due to a lower average effective interest rate of 3.69% in 2014 compared to 4.01% in 2013. This was primarily offset by an increase of $6.8 million due to a higher average debt balance of $2,916.9 million in 2014, compared to $2,750.1 million in 2013.

40

Table of Contents

Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps.    Net loss on interest rate swaps was $0.8 million in 2014, compared to a gain of $8.9 million in 2013. The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements decreased during 2014 due to a decrease in long-term interest rates. Under the majority of our interest rate swap agreements, we make interest payments based on fixed interest rates and receive payments based on the applicable prevailing variable interest rate. As long-term interest rates decreased during 2014, the current market rate on interest rate swap agreements with similar terms decreased relative to our existing interest rate swap agreements, which caused the fair value of our existing interest rate swap agreements to decrease. However, we designated the majority of our interest rate swaps as hedges starting in 2013, which limits the size of our recognized gains or losses on our swap portfolio as long-term interest rates change.
Income tax expense.    Income tax expense was $65.5 million in 2014, compared to $77.7 million in 2013. The effective tax rate was 34.5% in 2014 and 35.2% in 2013. Our effective tax rate decreased due to changes in state apportionment factors for several states which lowered our state effective tax rate.
While we record income tax expense, we do not currently pay any significant federal, state or foreign income taxes due to the availability of net operating loss carryovers and accelerated tax depreciation for our equipment. The majority of the expense recorded for income taxes is recorded as a deferred tax liability on the balance sheet. We anticipate that the deferred income tax liability will continue to grow for the foreseeable future.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2013 to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Leasing revenues.    The principal components of our leasing revenues are presented in the following table. Per diem revenue represents revenue earned under operating lease contracts; fee and ancillary lease revenue represent fees billed for the pick-up and drop-off of containers in certain geographic locations and billings of certain reimbursable operating costs such as repair and handling expenses; and finance lease revenue represents interest income earned under finance lease contracts.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Leasing revenues:
 
 
 
Operating lease revenues:
 
 
 
Per diem revenue
$
528,499

 
$
487,832

Fee and ancillary lease revenue
24,141

 
23,357

Total operating lease revenue
552,640

 
511,189

Finance lease revenue
14,728

 
13,781

Other revenue
2,485

 
3,227

Total leasing revenues
$
569,853

 
$
528,197

Total leasing revenues were $569.9 million in 2013, compared to $528.2 million in 2012, an increase of $41.7 million, or 7.9%.
Per diem revenue increased by $40.7 million, or 8.3%, compared to 2012. The primary reasons for this increase are as follows:
$56.1 million increase due to an increase of approximately 211,400 CEU in the average number of units on-hire under operating leases; partially offset by a
$12.2 million decrease due to lower average per diem rates; and a
$3.3 million decrease due to the recognition of revenue during the second quarter of 2012 for the early termination of certain lease contracts, which did not reoccur in 2013.
Fee and ancillary lease revenue increased by $0.8 million in 2013 compared to 2012 due to an increase in drop-off volumes partially offset by a decrease in the average drop-off fee per unit.
Finance lease revenue increased by $0.9 million in 2013, compared to 2012 due to an increase in the average size of our finance lease portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in the average portfolio yield.
Equipment Trading Activities.    Equipment trading revenues represent the proceeds on the sale of equipment purchased for resale. Equipment trading expenses represent the cost of equipment sold, including costs associated with the acquisition,

41

Table of Contents

maintenance and selling of trading inventory, such as positioning, repairs, handling and storage costs, and estimated direct selling and administrative costs.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Equipment trading revenues
$
73,004

 
$
60,975

Equipment trading expenses
(62,726
)
 
(53,431
)
Equipment trading margin
$
10,278

 
$
7,544

The equipment trading margin increased $2.7 million in 2013 compared to 2012 due to higher sales volumes.
Net gain on sale of leasing equipment.    Gain on sale of equipment was $26.8 million in 2013 compared to $44.5 million in 2012, a decrease of $17.7 million. The primary reasons for this decrease are as follows:
$14.7 million decrease due to a decrease in average selling prices;
$4.9 million decrease due to lower volume of higher margin original TAL units sold. A larger portion of containers sold in 2013 were purchased through sale-leaseback transactions for values above the net book values of our typical sale age units; and
$1.9 million increase due to larger gains resulting from payments by customers for lost units. During 2013, one of our customers declared an unusually large number of units as lost.
Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization was $205.1 million in 2013, compared to $193.5 million in 2012, an increase of $11.6 million or 6.0%. Depreciation expense increased by $29.9 million due to the net increase in the size of our depreciable fleet, partially offset by a decrease of $4.4 million due to equipment becoming fully depreciated and a benefit of $13.8 million, resulting from the change in residual value estimates effective October 1, 2012.
Direct operating expenses.    Direct operating expenses primarily consist of our costs to repair equipment returned off lease, to store the equipment when it is not on lease and to reposition equipment that has been returned to locations with weak leasing demand.
Direct operating expenses were $27.1 million in 2013, compared to $25.0 million in 2012, an increase of $2.1 million primarily driven by the following:
$4.2 million increase in storage costs due to an increase in the number of idle units partially offset by
$0.7 million decrease in survey and inspection expense due to lower new equipment purchases;
$1.0 million decrease in repair expense due to a lower volume of repairs on refrigerated and special containers; and
$0.6 million decrease in repositioning costs.
Administrative expenses.    Administrative expenses were $44.2 million in 2013 compared to $44.0 million in 2012, an increase of $0.2 million or 0.5%.
Provision (reversal) for doubtful accounts.    Our provision for doubtful accounts was $2.8 million in 2013 compared to a reversal of $0.2 million in 2012. During 2013, we recorded a $2.8 million provision for doubtful accounts related to payment defaults and estimated recovery costs for a few small regional shipping lines.
Interest and debt expense.    Interest and debt expense was $111.7 million in 2013, compared to $114.6 million in 2012, a decrease of $2.9 million. The decrease in interest and debt expense was mainly driven by a $20.6 million decrease due to a lower average effective interest rate of 4.01% in 2013 compared to 4.75% in 2012. This was mostly offset by an increase of $18.0 million due to a higher average debt balance of $2,750.1 million in 2013, compared to $2,374.4 million in 2012.
Net (gain) loss on interest rate swaps    Net gain on interest rate swaps was $8.9 million in 2013, compared to a loss of $2.5 million in 2012. The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements increased during 2013 due to an increase in long-term interest rates. Under the majority of our interest rate swap agreements, we make interest payments based on fixed interest rates and receive payments based on the applicable prevailing variable interest rate. As long term-interest rates increased during 2013, the current market rate on interest rate swap agreements with similar terms increased relative to our existing interest rate swap agreements, which caused the fair value of our existing interest rate swap agreements to increase.

42

Table of Contents

Income tax expense.    Income tax expense was $77.7 million in 2013, compared to $70.7 million in 2012. The effective tax rate for 2013 and 2012 was 35.2%.
While we record income tax expense, we do not currently pay any significant federal, state or foreign income taxes due to the availability of net operating loss carryovers and accelerated tax depreciation for our equipment. The majority of the expense recorded for income taxes is recorded as a deferred tax liability on the balance sheet. We anticipate that the deferred income tax liability will continue to grow for the foreseeable future.
Business Segments
We operate our business in one industry, intermodal transportation equipment, and in two business segments, Equipment leasing and Equipment trading.
Equipment leasing
We own, lease and ultimately dispose of containers and chassis from our leasing fleet, as well as manage containers owned by third parties. Equipment leasing segment revenues represent leasing revenues from operating and finance leases, fees earned on managed container leasing activities, as well as other revenues. Expenses related to equipment leasing include direct operating expenses, administrative expenses, depreciation expense and interest expense. The Equipment leasing segment also includes gains and losses on the sale of owned leasing equipment.
Equipment trading
We purchase containers from shipping line customers and other sellers of containers, and resell these containers to container retailers and users of containers for storage or one-way shipment. Equipment trading segment revenues represent the proceeds on the sale of containers purchased for resale. Expenses related to equipment trading include the cost of containers purchased for resale that were sold and related selling costs, as well as direct operating expenses, administrative expenses and interest expense.
Segment income before income taxes
The following table lists the income before income taxes for the Equipment leasing and Equipment trading segments for the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
% Change Between
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014 and 2013
 
2013 and 2012
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Income before income taxes(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment leasing segment
$
180,356

 
$
198,210

 
$
195,166

 
(9.0
)%
 
1.6
%
Equipment trading segment
$
15,122

 
$
17,708

 
$
8,167

 
(14.6
)%
 
116.8
%
Total
$
195,478

 
$
215,918

 
$
203,333

 
 
 
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Income before income taxes excludes net losses on interest rate swaps and the write-off of deferred financing costs.
Equipment leasing income before income taxes.    Income before income taxes for the Equipment leasing segment was $180.4 million in 2014 compared to $198.2 million in 2013, a decrease of $17.8 million. This decrease was mainly due to a decrease in the gain on the sale of leasing equipment of $19.8 million mostly due to lower selling prices. In addition, direct operating expenses increased $5.8 million. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in the leasing margin (leasing revenues net of depreciation and amortization and interest and debt expense) of $6.5 million due to an increase in the fleet size and average number of units on-hire and a reduction in our average effective interest rate.
Income before income taxes for the Equipment leasing segment was $198.2 million in 2013 compared to $195.2 million in 2012, an increase of $3.0 million. The leasing margin (leasing revenue net of depreciation and amortization, interest and debt expense, and direct operating expenses) increased by $24.5 million primarily due to an increase in fleet size and the average number of units on-hire in 2013 and a lower effective interest rate. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in the gain on the sale of leasing equipment of $17.7 million due to lower selling prices and a decrease in the number of original TAL units sold that have higher per unit gains, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts of $3.0 million and a decrease in management fee income of $0.8 million.

43

Table of Contents

Equipment trading income before income taxes.    Income before income taxes for the Equipment trading segment was $15.1 million in 2014, compared to $17.7 million in 2013, a decrease of $2.6 million. This decrease was primarily due to a decline in the equipment trading margin due to lower per unit margins on equipment sold and lower sales volume.
Income before income taxes for the Equipment trading segment was $17.7 million in 2013, compared to $8.2 million in 2012, an increase of $9.5 million. This increase was due to a $7.1 million increase in leasing margin due to an increase in units on lease purchased for resale that will remain on leases until they are dropped off and eventually sold. In addition, equipment trading margin net of administrative expenses increased by $2.5 million resulting from an increase in sales volume partially offset by a decrease in selling prices.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows provided by operating activities, proceeds from the sale of our leasing equipment, principal payments on finance lease receivables and borrowings under our credit facilities. Our cash in-flows and borrowings are used to finance capital expenditures, meet debt service requirements and pay dividends.
We continue to have sizable cash in-flows. For the year ended December 31, 2014, cash provided by operating activities, together with the proceeds from the sale of our leasing equipment and principal payments on our finance leases, was $612.4 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2014 we had $79.1 million of unrestricted cash and $853.2 million of additional borrowing capacity under our current credit facilities. During 2014, we issued $795.0 million of fixed rate secured term notes under the asset backed securitization ("ABS") facilities.
As of December 31, 2014, major committed cash outflows in the next 12 months include $376.3 million of scheduled principal payments on our existing debt facilities and $257.4 million of committed but unpaid capital expenditures.
We believe that cash provided by operating activities and existing cash, proceeds from the sale of our leasing equipment, principal payments on our finance lease receivables and availability under our borrowing facilities will be sufficient to meet our obligations over the next 12 months.
At December 31, 2014, our outstanding indebtedness was comprised of the following (amounts in millions):
 
Current
Amount
Outstanding
 
Current
Maximum
Borrowing
Level
Asset backed securitization (ABS) term notes
$
1,504.2

 
$
1,504.2

Term loan facilities
859.0

 
1,092.2

Asset backed warehouse facility
420.0

 
650.0

Revolving credit facilities
160.0

 
550.0

Capital lease obligations
97.6

 
97.6

Total Debt
$
3,040.8

 
$
3,894.0

The maximum commitment levels depicted in the chart above may not reflect the actual availability under all of the credit facilities. Certain of these facilities are governed by borrowing bases that limit borrowing capacity to an established percentage of relevant assets.
As of December 31, 2014, we had $1,603.4 million of debt outstanding on facilities with fixed interest rates. These fixed rate facilities are scheduled to mature between 2015 and 2024, and had a weighted average effective interest rate of 3.61% as of December 31, 2014.
As of December 31, 2014, we had $1,437.4 million of debt outstanding on facilities with interest rates based on floating rate indices (primarily LIBOR). These floating rate facilities are scheduled to mature between 2016 and 2021, and had a weighted average effective interest rate of 1.72% as of December 31, 2014. Including the impact of our interest rate swaps, the weighted average effective interest rate on our floating rate facilities was 3.16% as of December 31, 2014.
We economically hedge the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates on a portion of our floating rate borrowings by entering into interest rate swap agreements that convert a portion of our floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. As of December 31, 2014, we had interest rate swaps in place with a net notional amount of $1,135.0 million to fix the floating interest rates on a portion of our floating rate debt obligations, with a weighted average fixed leg interest rate of 2.00% and a weighted average remaining term of 7.6 years.

44

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a combined $2,738.4 million of debt on facilities with fixed interest rates or floating interest rates that have been synthetically fixed through interest rate swap contracts. This accounts for 90.1% of total debt. These facilities had a weighted average remaining term of 5.7 years.
Asset Backed Securitization Term Notes
Our Asset Backed Securitization ("ABS") facilities have been the largest funding source used to finance our existing container fleet and new container purchases. Under these facilities, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries issue asset backed notes. The issuance of asset backed notes is the primary business objective of those subsidiaries.
Our borrowings under the ABS facilities amortize in monthly installments. The borrowing capacity under the ABS facilities is determined by applying an advance rate against the sum of the net book values of designated eligible containers and accounts receivable for sold containers not aged more than 60 days plus 100% of restricted cash. Advance rates under the ABS facilities range from 76% to 87%. We are required to maintain restricted cash balances on deposit in designated bank accounts equal to five to nine months of interest expense depending on the type of facility.
Term Loan Facilities
We utilize our term loan facilities as an important funding source for the purchase of containers and other equipment. The term loan facilities amortize in monthly or quarterly installments.
The borrowing capacity under the term loan facilities is determined by applying an advance rate in the range of 80% to 90% against the net book values of designated eligible containers, which is determined under the terms of each facility.
Asset Backed Warehouse Facility
The asset backed warehouse facility has a maximum borrowing capacity of $650.0 million. Under the amended facility effective as of October 10, 2014, funds are available on a revolving basis until October 10, 2017, after which if the facility is not refinanced, the notes will convert to term notes with a maturity date of October 10, 2021. We primarily use the proceeds of this facility to finance the acquisition of equipment.
The borrowing capacity under the asset backed warehouse facility is determined by applying the advance rate of 81% against the sum of the net book values of designated eligible containers and accounts receivable for sold containers not outstanding more than 60 days plus 100% of restricted cash. The Company is required to maintain restricted cash balances on deposit in a designated bank account equal to three months of interest expense.
Revolving Credit Facilities
We have revolving credit facilities which have a maximum borrowing capacity of $550.0 million with maturity dates on November 30, 2016 and March 12, 2018. These facilities generally provide for an advance rate against eligible assets defined by the terms of their respective agreements.
Capital Lease Obligations
We have entered into a series of lease transactions with various financial institutions to finance chassis and containers. Each lease is accounted for as a capital lease, with interest expense recognized on a level yield basis over the period preceding early purchase options, if any, which is generally five to ten years from the transaction date.

45

Table of Contents

Debt Covenants
We are subject to certain financial covenants under our debt agreements. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all such covenants. Below are the primary financial covenants to which we are subject:
Minimum Earnings Before Interest and Taxes ("Covenant EBIT") to Cash Interest Expense;
Minimum Tangible Net Worth ("TNW"); and
Maximum Indebtedness to TNW.
Non-GAAP Measures
We primarily rely on our results measured in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in evaluating our business. Covenant EBIT, Cash Interest Expense, TNW, and Indebtedness are non-GAAP financial measures defined in our debt agreements that are used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our debt agreements and should not be used as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. However, we believe that the inclusion of this non-GAAP information provides additional information to investors regarding our debt covenant compliance.
Minimum Covenant EBIT to Cash Interest Expense
For the purpose of this covenant, Covenant EBIT is calculated based on the cumulative sum of our earnings for the last four quarters (excluding income taxes, interest expense, amortization, net gain or loss on interest rate swaps and certain non-cash charges). Cash Interest Expense is calculated based on interest expense adjusted to exclude interest income, amortization of deferred financing costs, and the difference between current and prior period interest expense accruals.
Minimum Covenant EBIT to Cash Interest Expense is calculated on a consolidated basis and for our wholly-owned special purpose entities ("SPEs"), whose primary activity is to issue asset backed notes. Covenant EBIT for each of our SPEs is calculated based on the net earnings generated by the assets pledged as collateral for the underlying debt issued. The actual Covenant EBIT to Cash Interest Expense ratio for each SPE may differ depending on the specific net earnings associated with those pledged assets. As of December 31, 2014, the minimum and actual consolidated Covenant EBIT to Cash Interest Expense ratio and Covenant EBIT to Cash Interest Expense ratio for each of the issuers of our debt facilities whose initial borrowing capacity was approximately $200 million or greater were as follows:
Entity/Issuer
Minimum
Covenant EBIT to
Cash Interest
Expense Ratio
 
Actual
Covenant EBIT to
Cash Interest
Expense Ratio
Consolidated
1.10
 
3.03
TAL Advantage I, LLC
1.10
 
7.51
TAL Advantage III, LLC
1.30
 
2.95
TAL Advantage IV, LLC
1.10
 
2.30
TAL Advantage V, LLC
1.10
 
2.47*
*Reflects the weighted average for all series of notes issued by TAL Advantage V, LLC. Each series of notes must comply separately with this covenant, and as of December 31, 2014, each series is in compliance.
Minimum TNW and Maximum Indebtedness to TNW Covenants
We are required to meet consolidated Minimum TNW and Maximum Indebtedness to TNW covenants. For the purpose of calculating these covenants, all amounts are based on the consolidated balance sheet of TAL International Group, Inc. TNW is calculated as total tangible assets less total indebtedness, which includes equipment purchases payable and, in certain cases, the fair value of derivative instruments liability.

46

Table of Contents

For the majority of our debt facilities, the Minimum TNW is calculated as $321.4 million plus 50% of cumulative net income or loss since January 1, 2006, which as of December 31, 2014 was $697.9 million. As of December 31, 2014, the actual Consolidated TNW for each of our SPEs and for the $450 million revolving credit facility was $1,030.7 million. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum and actual Indebtedness to TNW ratios for each of the issuers of our debt facilities whose initial borrowing capacity was approximately $200 million or greater was as follows:
Entity/Issuer
Maximum
Indebtedness
to TNW Ratio
 
Actual
Indebtedness
to TNW Ratio
Consolidated
4.75
 
3.08
TAL Advantage I, LLC
4.75
 
3.05
TAL Advantage III, LLC
4.75
 
3.04
TAL Advantage IV, LLC
4.75
 
3.04
TAL Advantage V, LLC
4.75
 
3.04
As of December 31, 2014, our outstanding debt on facilities whose initial borrowing capacity was approximately $200 million or greater was approximately $2.6 billion. Outstanding debt on the remaining facilities of $0.4 billion have various other debt covenants, all of which the Company is in compliance with as of December 31, 2014.
Failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default under the related credit agreements and/or could result in the acceleration of our outstanding debt if we were unable to obtain a waiver from the creditors.
Cash Flow
The following table sets forth certain cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
398,807

 
$
366,688

 
$
310,210

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of leasing equipment and investments in finance leases
$
(670,529
)
 
$
(660,492
)
 
$
(831,826
)
Proceeds from sale of equipment, net of selling costs
165,990

 
140,724

 
133,367

Cash collections on finance lease receivables, net of income earned
47,607

 
39,470

 
35,326

Other
(253
)
 
84

 
219

Net cash (used in) investing activities
$
(457,185
)
 
$
(480,214
)
 
$
(662,914
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
$
68,635

 
$
116,558

 
$
277,670

Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $32.1 million to $398.8 million in 2014, compared to $366.7 million in 2013. The majority of this increase is comprised of the following:
Earnings excluding non-cash expenses increased by $19.7 million,
In 2014, we paid $5.0 million to terminate certain interest rate swap agreements and replaced them with new interest rate swap contracts that have a longer duration, while in 2013, we paid $24.2 million for such terminations. This resulted in an increase in operating cash flows of $19.2 million, and
We had fewer net purchases of equipment bought for resale in 2014, for a net increase to cash provided by operating activities of $4.5 million.
Increase in net cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by increases in our accounts receivable and customer deferred revenue which decreased operating cash flows by $12.8 million compared to 2013. In addition, we received more cash in advance of amounts due last year than in 2014.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $56.5 million to $366.7 million in 2013, compared to $310.2 million in 2012 primarily due to an increase in earnings, excluding non-cash expenses. In addition, we paid $24.2 million to terminate

47

Table of Contents

interest rate swap agreements in 2013, compared to paying $49.1 million for such terminations in 2012, and we had net purchases of equipment for resale of $11.2 million in 2013 versus net sales proceeds for $7.8 million in 2012.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $23.0 million to $457.2 million in 2014 compared to $480.2 million in 2013 primarily due to an increase in proceeds from the sale of equipment due to higher disposal volumes and an increase in principal payment on finance leases partially offset by an increase in purchases of leasing equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $182.7 million to $480.2 million in 2013 compared to $662.9 million in 2012 primarily due to a decrease in purchases of leasing equipment.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $48.0 million to $68.6 million in 2014 compared to $116.6 million in 2013.This decrease was primarily due to purchases of treasury stock of $34.4 million, an increase in dividends paid of $6.7 million, and a net increase in restricted cash of $13.2 million in 2014 partially offset by an increase in net borrowings under our various debt facilities of $9.2 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $161.1 million to $116.6 million in 2013 compared to $277.7 million in 2012. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in net borrowings under our various debt facilities as a result of the reduction of equipment purchases.
Contractual Obligations
We are party to various operating and capital leases and are obligated to make payments related to our long-term borrowings. We are also obligated under various commercial commitments, including obligations to our equipment manufacturers. Our equipment manufacturer obligations are in the form of conventional accounts payable, and are satisfied by cash flows from operations and long-term financing activities.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2014:
 
Contractual Obligations by Period
Contractual Obligations:
Total
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019 and thereafter
 
(dollars in millions)
Total debt obligations(1)
$
3,490.4

 
$
439.8

 
$
392.8

 
$
355.4

 
$
503.4

 
$
1,799.0

Capital lease obligations(2)
106.2

 
39.7

 
29.9

 
18.8

 
17.8

 

Operating leases (mainly facilities)
7.2

 
1.6

 
1.4

 
1.2

 
1.1

 
1.9

Purchase obligations:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment purchases payable
88.3

 
88.3

 

 

 

 

Equipment purchase commitments
169.1

 
169.1

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations
$
3,861.2

 
$
738.5

 
$
424.1

 
$
375.4

 
$
522.3

 
$
1,800.9

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Amounts include actual and estimated interest for floating rate debt based on December 31, 2014 rates and the net effect of our interest rate swaps.
(2)
Amounts include interest.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, which are often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We are, therefore, not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

48

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts and disclosures reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our estimates are based on historical experience and currently available information. Actual results could differ from such estimates. The following paragraphs summarize our critical accounting policies. Additional accounting policies are discussed in the notes to our historical financial statements contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Revenue Recognition
Operating Leases with Customers
We enter into long-term leases and service leases with ocean carriers, principally as lessor in operating leases, for marine cargo equipment. Long-term leases provide our customers with specified equipment for a specified term. Our leasing revenues are based upon the number of equipment units leased, the applicable per diem rate and the length of the lease. Long-term leases typically have initial contractual terms ranging from three to eight years. Revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the respective lease. Advance billings are deferred and recognized in the period earned. Service leases do not specify the exact number of equipment units to be leased or the term that each unit will remain on-hire, but allow the lessee to pick-up and drop-off units at various locations specified in the lease agreement. Under a service lease, rental revenue is based on the number of equipment units on-hire for a given period. Revenue for customers considered to be non-performing is deferred and recognized when the amounts are received.
In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") Accounting Standards Codification No. 605, Revenue Recognition ("ASC 605"), we recognize billings to customers for damages and certain other operating costs as leasing revenue as it is earned based on the terms of the contractual agreements with the customer. As principal, we are responsible for fulfillment of the services, supplier selection and service specifications, and have ultimate responsibility to pay the supplier for the services whether or not it collects the amount billed to the lessee.
Finance Leases with Customers
We enter into finance leases as lessor for some of the equipment in our fleet. The net investment in finance leases represents the receivables due from lessees, net of unearned income. Unearned income is recognized on a level yield basis over the lease term and is recorded as leasing revenue. Finance leases are usually long-term in nature, typically ranging for a period of five to ten years and typically include an option to purchase the equipment at the end of the lease term for an amount determined to be a bargain.
Equipment Trading Revenues and Expenses
Equipment trading revenues represent the proceeds from the sale of equipment purchased for resale and are recognized as units are sold and delivered to the customer. The related expenses represent the cost of equipment sold as well as other selling costs that are recognized as incurred and are reflected as equipment trading expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

49

Table of Contents

Leasing Equipment
In general, we purchase new equipment from equipment manufacturers for the purpose of leasing such equipment to customers. We also purchase used equipment with the intention of selling such equipment in one or more years from the date of purchase. Used units are typically purchased with an existing lease in place or were previously owned by one of our third party owner investors.
Leasing equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated to an estimated residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives and residual values of our leasing equipment are based on historical disposal experience and our expectations for future used container prices. We review our depreciation policies on a regular basis to determine whether changes have taken place that would suggest that a change in depreciation policies, useful lives of equipment or the assigned residual values is warranted.
In 2012, after conducting our regular depreciation policy review, we decided to increase the estimated residual values used in our equipment depreciation policy. The new residual value estimates were put into effect beginning October 1, 2012. The estimated useful lives and residual values for the majority of our leasing equipment purchased new from the factory are as follows:
 
 
 
 
Residual Values ($)
 
 
Useful Lives (Years)
 
Effective October 1, 2012
 
Prior to October 1, 2012
Dry containers
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 foot
 
13
 
$
1,000

 
$
900

40 foot
 
13
 
$
1,200

 
$
1,100

40 foot high cube
 
13
 
$
1,400

 
$
1,200

Refrigerated containers
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 foot
 
12
 
$
2,500

 
$
2,500

40 foot high cube
 
12
 
$
3,500

 
$
3,400

Special containers
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 foot flat rack
 
14
 
$
1,500

 
$
1,200

40 foot open top
 
14
 
$
2,300

 
$
2,100

Tank containers
 
20
 
$
3,000

 
$
3,000

Chassis
 
20
 
$
1,200

 
$
1,200

Depreciation on leasing equipment starts on the date of initial on-hire.
For leasing equipment acquired through sale-leaseback transactions, we often adjust our estimates for remaining useful life and residual values based on current conditions in the sale market for older containers and our expectations for how long the equipment will remain on-hire to the current lessee.
Costs incurred to place new equipment into service, including costs to transport the equipment to its initial on-hire location, are capitalized. We charge to expense inspection costs on new equipment and repair and maintenance costs that do not extend the lives of the assets at the time the costs are incurred, and include these costs in direct operating expenses.
If indicators of impairment are present, a determination is made as to whether the carrying value of our fleet exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows. Leasing equipment is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recovered. Key indicators of impairment on leasing equipment include, among other factors, a sustained decrease in operating profitability, a sustained decrease in utilization, or indications of technological obsolescence.
When testing for impairment, leasing equipment is generally grouped by equipment type, and is tested separately from other groups of assets and liabilities. Some of the significant estimates and assumptions used to determine future undiscounted cash flows and the measurement for impairment are the remaining useful life, expected utilization, expected future lease rates and expected disposal prices of the equipment. We consider the assumptions on expected utilization and the remaining useful life to have the greatest impact on our estimate of future undiscounted cash flows. These estimates are principally based on our historical experience and management's judgment of market conditions.
An allowance is recorded in the provision for doubtful accounts for equipment on lease to customers considered to be non-performing. The allowance is based on a percentage of the net book value of equipment on-hire to those customers that, based on historical experience, we believe will ultimately not be recovered.

50

Table of Contents

Equipment Held for Sale
When leasing equipment is returned off lease, we make a determination of whether to repair and re-lease the equipment or sell the equipment. At the time we determine that equipment will be sold, we reclassify the appropriate amounts previously recorded as leasing equipment to equipment held for sale. In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 360, Property, Plant and Equipment ("ASC 360"), equipment held for sale is carried at the lower of its estimated fair value, based on current transactions, less costs to sell, or carrying value; depreciation on such assets is halted and disposals generally occur within 90 days. Subsequent changes to the fair value of those assets, either increases or decreases, are recorded as adjustments to the carrying value of the equipment held for sale; however, any such adjustments may not exceed the respective equipment's carrying value at the time it was initially classified as held for sale. Initial write downs of assets held for sale are recorded as an impairment charge and are included in net gain on sale of leasing equipment. Realized gains and losses resulting from the sale of equipment held for sale are recorded as net gain on sale of leasing equipment, and cash flows associated with the disposal of equipment held for sale are classified as cash flows from investing activities.
Equipment Held for Resale—Trading Activity
On an opportunistic basis, we purchase equipment with markings or specifications different from our own equipment for purposes of reselling it for a net profit. Equipment purchased for resale is reported as equipment held for sale when the timeframe between when the equipment is purchased and when it is sold is expected to be short, generally less than one year. Cash flows associated with equipment purchased for resale having a short expected holding period are classified as cash flows from operating activities. Equipment trading revenues represent the proceeds from the sale of this equipment, while Equipment trading expenses include the cost of equipment sold, any costs to sell such equipment, including administrative costs, and costs associated with the related inventory of equipment, such as storage and handling charges.
Equipment purchased for resale is reported as leasing equipment when the timeframe between when the equipment is purchased and leased back to the seller, and when it is sold is expected to be one year or greater. Cash flows associated with equipment purchased for resale having a long expected holding period are classified as cash flows from investing activities.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Our allowance for doubtful accounts is provided based upon a review of the collectability of our receivables. This review is based on the risk profile of the receivables, credit quality indicators such as the level of past-due amounts, and economic conditions. Generally, we do not require collateral on accounts receivable balances. An account is considered past due when a payment has not been received in accordance with the contractual terms. Accounts are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collection of the full principal balance is in doubt. Changes in economic conditions or other events may necessitate additions or deductions to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is intended to provide for losses inherent in the receivables, and requires the application of estimates and judgments as to the outcome of collection efforts and the realization of collateral, among other things. We believe our allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in existing receivables. The Company does not maintain a general reserve against the possibility of lost equipment and recovery expenses for customers currently not in default.

51

Table of Contents

Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740") using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. In assessing our ability to realize deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
If applicable, we accrue income tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions by evaluating whether the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Potential interest and penalties associated with such uncertain tax positions are recorded as a component of income tax expense.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent the fees incurred in connection with our debt obligations, and are amortized using the effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the related obligation, depending on the type of debt obligation to which they relate. Unamortized deferred financing costs are written off when the related debt obligations are refinanced or extinguished prior to maturity, and are determined to be an extinguishment of debt.
Goodwill
We account for goodwill in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"). ASC 350 requires goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives to be reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment. In connection with the acquisition that occurred in 2004, we recorded $71.9 million of goodwill. Effective July 1, 2013, the Company acquired the assets and business of Martec Leasing (a worldwide supplier of rolltrailers) where we recorded $2.6 million of goodwill. Management determined that the Company has two reporting units, Equipment leasing and Equipment trading, and allocated $73.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, to each reporting unit. We have elected to bypass the qualitative approach permitted under ASC 350 for testing goodwill for impairment, but may elect to perform the qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment in future periods. The annual impairment test is conducted by comparing the Company's carrying amount to the fair value of the Company using a market capitalization approach. Market capitalization of the entity is compared to the carrying value of the entity since virtually all of the goodwill is allocated to, and nearly all of the market capitalization is attributable to, the Equipment leasing reporting unit. If the carrying value of the entity exceeds its market capitalization, then a second step would be performed that compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require management to compare the estimated fair value of the reporting units to the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting units. Any excess fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded. Our annual review of goodwill, conducted in the fourth quarter of 2014, indicated that no impairment of goodwill existed.


52

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk represents the risk of changes in value of a financial instrument, derivative or non-derivative, caused by fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate risks.
Interest Rate Risk
We enter into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rates on a portion of our floating rate debt. We assess and manage the external and internal risk associated with these derivative instruments in accordance with our overall operating goals. External risk is defined as those risks outside of our direct control, including counterparty credit risk, liquidity risk, systemic risk and legal risk. Internal risk relates to those operational risks within the management oversight structure and includes actions taken in contravention of our policy.
The primary external risk of our interest rate swap agreements is counterparty credit exposure, which is defined as the ability of a counterparty to perform its financial obligations under a derivative agreement. All of our derivative agreements are with highly rated financial institutions. Credit exposures are measured based on the market value of outstanding derivative instruments. Both current and potential exposures are calculated for each derivative agreement to monitor counterparty credit exposure.
As of December 31, 2014, we had net interest rate swap agreements in place to fix interest rates on a portion of our borrowings under debt facilities with floating interest rates as summarized below:
Net Notional
Amount
 
Weighted Average
Fixed Leg (Pay) Interest Rate
 
Weighted Average
Remaining Term
$1,135 Million
 
2.00%
 
7.6 years

During 2014, we designated certain interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges at their inception. In 2014, we recognized unrealized losses of $52.1 million, in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income related to changes in the fair value of the designated agreements. Prior to March 2013, we typically did not apply hedge accounting for our interest rate swap agreements. Changes in the fair value of non-designated interest rate swap agreements are recognized in the consolidated statements of income as net gains or losses on interest rate swaps. We recognized net activity on interest rate swaps for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 as follows (amounts in millions):
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps
$0.8
 
$(8.9)
Since 79% of our floating rate debt is hedged using interest rate swaps, our interest expense is not significantly affected by changes in interest rates. However, a 100 basis point increase in the interest rates on our floating rate debt (primarily LIBOR) would result in an increase of approximately $2.2 million in interest expense over the next 12 months.


53

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule listed under Item 15—Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules are filed as a part of this Item 8. Supplementary financial information may be found in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT REGARDING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer along with our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon their evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, our President and Chief Executive Officer along with the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Board of Directors; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, our internal controls and procedures may not prevent or detect misstatements. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As of December 31, 2014, our management, with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO" 2013). Based on this evaluation, management has determined that TAL International Group, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2014.
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our 2014 consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting. The report appears elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.






54

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
TAL International Group, Inc.
We have audited TAL International Group, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). TAL International Group, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on TAL International Group, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, TAL International Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of TAL International Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of TAL International Group, Inc. and our report dated February 19, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 19, 2015


55

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Controls
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the Company's last fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2014, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.


56

Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the sections captioned "Election of Directors", "The Named Executive Officers", and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our proxy statement to be issued in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 2015, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the "2015 Proxy Statement").
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the sections captioned "Director Compensation Table", "Compensation of Executive Officers, Compensation Discussion and Analysis", "Summary Compensation Table", and "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table", and the other tables and information following the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table" in the 2015 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the sections captioned "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Information Regarding Beneficial Ownership of Management and Principal Stockholders" in the 2015 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the sections captioned "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Related Matters" in the 2015 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the section captioned "Audit Fees" in the 2015 Proxy Statement.


57

Table of Contents


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements
The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:
 
Page
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule
The following financial statement schedule for the Company is filed as part of this report:
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3) List of Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of and incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit No.
 
Description
3.1
 
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TAL International Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2006)
 
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of TAL International Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2006)
 
 
 
4.1
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 3 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form S-1 filed on October 5, 2005, file number 333-126317)
 
 
 
4.2
 
Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of April 12, 2006 by and between TAL Advantage I LLC and U. S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.35 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 
4.3
 
First Supplemental Indenture between TAL Advantage I LLC and U.S. Bank National Association dated June 26, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of April 12, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.58 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2008)
 
 
 
4.4
 
Second Supplemental Indenture between TAL Advantage I LLC and U.S. Bank National Association dated November 19, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of April 12, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.59 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2008)
 
 
 
4.5
 
Amended and Restated Series 2005-1 Supplement dated as of April 12, 2006 between Advantage I LLC and U. S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.40 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 

58

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
Description
4.6
 
Amended and Restated Management Agreement dated as of April 12, 2006 by and between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage I LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.36 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 
4.7
 
Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement dated as of April 12, 2006 by and between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage I LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.37 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 
4.8
 
Amended and Restated Series 2005-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006 by and between TAL Advantage I LLC, the Noteholders from time to time party thereto and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.41 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 
4.9
 
Series 2006-1 Supplement dated as of April 12, 2006 by and between TAL Advantage I LLC and U. S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.38 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 
4.10
 
Series 2006-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006 by and between TAL Advantage I LLC, TAL International Container Corporation, and Fortis Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2006)
 
 
 
4.11
 
Intercreditor Agreement Dated April 12, 2006 by and among TAL International Container Corporation, TAL Advantage I LLC, U. S. Bank National Association and Fortis Capital Corp. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.11 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 3, 2009)
 
 
 
4.12
 
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among TAL International Container Corporation, Fortis Capital Corp. and the Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.43 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2006)
 
 
 
4.13
 
Amendment No. 1 dated July 13, 2007 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among TAL International Container Corporation, Fortis Capital Corp. and the Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.47 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2007)
 
 
 
4.14
 
Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among TAL International Container Corporation and Fortis Capital Corp. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.44 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2006)
 
 
 
4.15
 
Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and among TAL International Container Corporation and Fortis Capital Corp. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.45 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2006)
 
 
 
4.16
 
Guaranty, dated as of July 31, 2006, made by TAL International Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.46 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2006)
 
 
 
4.17
 
Third Supplemental Indenture between TAL Advantage I LLC and U.S. Bank National Association dated June 23, 2008 to the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of April 12, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.61 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2008)
 
 
 
4.18
 
Management Agreement dated as of October 23, 2009 between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage III LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.33 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2010)
 
 
 
4.19
 
Contribution and Sale Agreement dated as of October 23, 2009 between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage III LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.34 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2010)
 
 
 

59

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
Description
4.20
 
Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2010, by and between TAL Advantage IV, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.47 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.21
 
Series 2010-1 Supplement dated as of June 28, 2010, by and between TAL Advantage IV, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.48 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.22
 
Management Agreement dated as of June 28, 2010 by and between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage IV LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.49 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.23
 
Contribution and Sale Agreement dated as of June 28, 2010 by and between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage IV LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.50 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.24
 
Transition Agent Agreement dated as of June 28, 2010 by and between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage IV LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.51 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.25
 
Series 2010-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 28, 2010 by and between TAL Advantage IV LLC, TAL International Container Corporation and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.52 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.26
 
Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 16, 2010 to the Management Agreement dated as of October 23, 2009 by and between TAL Advantage III LLC and TAL International Container Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.54 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2010)
 
 
 
4.27
 
Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of August 12, 2011 by and between TAL Advantage III LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.65 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on October 28, 2011)
 
 
 
4.28
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated November 30, 2011, by and among TAL International Container Corporation, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, RBS Securities, Inc. as Sole Arranger, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.45 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2012)
 
 
 
4.29
 
Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated November 30, 2011, by and among TAL International Container Corporation and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.46 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2012)
 
 
 
4.30
 
Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated November 30, 2011, by and among TAL International Container Corporation, as Pledgor in favor of The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC in its capacity as Collateral Agent, as Pledgee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.47 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2012)
 
 
 
4.31
 
Amended and Restated Guaranty dated November 30, 2011 made by TAL International Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.48 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2012)
 
 
 
4.32
 
Amendment No. 2 dated December 22, 2011 to the Credit Agreement dated July 31, 2006, by and among TAL International Container Corporation, Fortis Bank NA/SV, assignee of Fortis Capital Corp. and the Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.49 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2012)
 
 
 
4.33
 
Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013, by and between TAL Advantage V, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.52 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)

60

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
 
 
4.34
 
Series 2013-1 Supplement dated as of February 27, 2013, by and between TAL Advantage V, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.53 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.35
 
Management Agreement dated as of February 27, 2013, by and between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage V LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.54 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.36
 
Contribution and Sale Agreement dated as of February 27, 2013 by and between TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage V LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.55 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.37
 
Transition Agent Agreement dated as of February 27, 2013 by and between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, TAL International Container Corporation and TAL Advantage V LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.56 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.38
 
Series 2013-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, TAL International Container Corporation, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBS Securities Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.57 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.39
 
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2013, by and among TAL International Container Corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and RBC Capital Markets, as Joint Lead Arrangers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.58 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.40
 
Security Agreement dated March 12, 2013, by and among TAL International Container Corporation and Bank of America N.A. as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.59 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.41
 
Guaranty dated March 12, 2013 made by TAL International Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.60 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.42
 
Amendment No. 1 dated May 3, 2013 to the Series 2010-1 Supplement dated June 28, 2010 by and between TAL Advantage IV, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.62 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.43
 
Omnibus Amendment No. 1 dated July 2, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Indenture, Series 2009-1 Supplement and Series 2009-1 Note Purchase Agreement by and between TAL Advantage III LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and the other Noteholders from time to time party thereto and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.63 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.44
 
Fourth Supplemental Indenture between TAL Advantage I LLC and U.S. Bank National Association dated July 5, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of April 12, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.64 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2013)
 
 
 
4.45
 
Series 2013-2 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31, 2013 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, TAL International Container Corporation, and Nomura Securities International, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.60 to TAL International Group Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2014)
 
 
 
4.46
 
Series 2013-2 Supplement dated as of November 7, 2013, by and between TAL Advantage V, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.61 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2014)

61

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
 
 
4.47
 
Amendment No. 1 dated November 8, 2013 to the 2013-1 Supplement dated February 27, 2013, by and among TAL Advantage V LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.62 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2014)
 
 
 
4.48
 
Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 26, 2014, to the Indenture dated as of February 27, 2013 between TAL Advantage V LLC, as the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.63 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2014)
 
 
 
4.49
 
Series 2014-1 Supplement dated as of February 27, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC as the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as the Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.64 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2014)
 
 
 
4.50
 
Series 2014-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of February 19, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, as Issuer, TAL International Container Corporation, as Manager, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.65 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2014)
 
 
 
 
4.51
 
Term Loan Agreement dated as of April 2, 2014 by and between TAL International Container Corporation, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, as Lenders, Suntrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Lead Arranger, and ING Belgium SA/NV, as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.66 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2014)
 
 
 
4.52
 
Security Agreement dated as of April 2, 2014, by and among TAL International Container Corporation and Suntrust Bank as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.67 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2014)
 
 
 
4.53
 
Guaranty dated as of April 2, 2014, made by TAL International Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.68 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2014)
 
 
 
4.54
 
Series 2014-2 Supplement dated as of May 19, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, as Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.69 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2014)
 
 
 
4.55
 
Series 2014-2 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 8, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, as Issuer, TAL International Container Corporation, as Manager, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and RBC Capital Markets, LLC as Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.70 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2014)
 
 
 
4.56
 
Amendment No. 2 dated October 10, 2014 to the Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of August 12, 2011, by and between TAL Advantage III LLC, as Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National. Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.71 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on October 29, 2014)

 
 
 
4.57
 
Second Amended and Restated 2009-1 Supplement dated as of October 10, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage III LLC, as Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.72 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on October 29, 2014)

 
 
 
4.58
 
Second Amended and Restated Series 2009-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of October 10, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage III LLC, as Issuer and the Noteholders from time to time party thereto and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.73 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on October 29, 2014)

 
 
 

62

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
Description
4.59
 
Amendment No. 2 dated October 10, 2014 to the Management Agreement dated October 23, 2009 by and between TAL Advantage III LLC, as Issuer and TAL International Container Corporation, as Manager (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.74 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q filed on October 29, 2014)
 
 
 
4.60*
 
Credit Agreement dated as of November 7, 2014 by and between TAL International Container Corporation, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party hereto, as Lenders, First Niagara Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, and as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, ING Belgium SA/NV, as Syndication Agent, Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, and Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association, as Co-documentation Agents
 
 
 
4.61*
 
Security Agreement dated as of November 7, 2014, by and among TAL International Container Corporation and First Niagara Bank, N.A. as Collateral Agent
 
 
 
4.62*
 
Guaranty dated as of November 7, 2014, made by TAL International Group, Inc.
 
 
 
4.63*
 
Series 2014-3 Supplement dated as of November 25, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, as Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Indenture Trustee
 
 
 
4.64*
 
Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 18, 2014 by and between TAL Advantage V LLC, as Issuer, TAL International Container Corporation, as Manager, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, ABN Amro Securities (USA) LLC, Nomura Securities International, Inc., and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. as Initial Purchasers
 
 
 
10.1
 
Amended and Restated Management Subscription Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2005, by and among TAL International Group, Inc., Brian M. Sondey, Chand Khan, Frederico Baptista, Adrian Dunner, John C. Burns, Bernd Schackier and John Pearson (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2006)
 
 
 
10.2
 
Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2005, by and among TAL International Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries named therein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 1 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form S-1 filed on August 26, 2005, file number 333-126317)
 
 
 
10.3
+
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2004, by and between TAL International Group, Inc. and Brian M. Sondey (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form S-1 filed on June 30, 2005, file number 333-126317)
 
 
 
10.4
+
Form of Indemnity Agreement between TAL International Group, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, each of their respective current directors and certain of their respective current officers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 2 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form S-1 filed on September 20, 2005, file number 333-126317)
 
 
 
10.5
+
2005 Management Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.33 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2006)
 
 
 
10.6
+
2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form S-8 filed on July 30, 2014)
 
 
 
14.1
 
Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 14.1 to the TAL International Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on April 3, 2006)
 
 
 
21.1
*
List of Subsidiaries
 
 
 
23.1
*
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
 

63

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
 
Description
24.1
*
Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
 
 
31.1
*
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
 
 
 
31.2
*
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
 
 
 
32.1
**
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
 
 
 
32.2
**
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Instance Extension Schema
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
(b) Exhibits.
The Company hereby files as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K the exhibits listed in Item 15(a)(3) set forth above.
(c) Financial Statement Schedules
The Company hereby files as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) set forth above.

64

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: February 19, 2015
TAL International Group, Inc.
 
By:
/s/ BRIAN M. SONDEY
 
 
Brian M. Sondey
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES
We, the undersigned officers and directors of TAL International Group, Inc. hereby severally constitute and appoint Brian M. Sondey and John Burns and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with the power to them and each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and generally to do all things in our names and on our behalf in such capacities to enable TAL International Group, Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant, in the capacities indicated, on the 19th day of February, 2015.
Signature
Title(s)
 
 
/s/ BRIAN M. SONDEY
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Director
Brian M. Sondey
 
 
/s/ JOHN BURNS
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
John Burns
 
 
/s/ MICHELLE GALLAGHER
Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
Michelle Gallagher
 
 
/s/ MALCOLM P. BAKER
Director
Malcolm P. Baker
 
 
/s/ CLAUDE GERMAIN
Director
Claude Germain
 
 
/s/ KENNETH HANAU
Director
Kenneth Hanau
 
 
/s/ HELMUT KASPERS
Director
Helmut Kaspers
 
 
/s/ FREDERIC H. LINDEBERG
Director
Frederic H. Lindeberg


65

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 


F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
TAL International Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TAL International Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the TAL International Group Inc.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TAL International Group, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), TAL International Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) and our report dated February 19, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
February 19, 2015


F-2

Table of Contents


TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
ASSETS:
 
 
 
Leasing equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and allowances of $1,055,864 and $910,713
$
3,674,031

 
$
3,414,904

Net investment in finance leases, net of allowances of $1,056 and $1,057
219,872

 
257,176

Equipment held for sale
59,861

 
58,042

Revenue earning assets
3,953,764

 
3,730,122

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
79,132

 
68,875

Restricted cash
35,649

 
29,126

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $978 and $948
85,681

 
74,174

Goodwill
74,523

 
74,523

Deferred financing costs
32,937

 
29,087

Other assets
11,400

 
11,898

Fair value of derivative instruments
1,898

 
27,491

Total assets
$
4,274,984

 
$
4,045,296

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
 
 
Equipment purchases payable
$
88,336

 
$
112,268

Fair value of derivative instruments
10,394

 
1,900

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
57,877

 
63,022

Net deferred income tax liability
411,007

 
358,255

Debt
3,040,842

 
2,817,933

Total liabilities
3,608,456

 
3,353,378

Stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 37,006,283 and 36,858,778 shares issued respectively
37

 
37

Treasury stock, at cost, 3,829,928 and 3,011,843 shares
(71,917
)
 
(37,535
)
Additional paid-in capital
504,891

 
498,854

Accumulated earnings
246,766

 
220,492

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(13,249
)
 
10,070

Total stockholders' equity
666,528

 
691,918

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
4,274,984

 
$
4,045,296

   



The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are
an integral part of these statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except earnings per share)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Leasing revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
$
573,778

 
$
552,640

 
$
511,189

Finance leases
18,355

 
14,728

 
13,781

Other revenues
1,873

 
2,485

 
3,227

Total leasing revenues
594,006

 
569,853

 
528,197

 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment trading revenues
56,436

 
73,004

 
60,975

Equipment trading expenses
(49,246
)
 
(62,726
)
 
(53,431
)
Trading margin
7,190

 
10,278


7,544

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
6,987

 
26,751

 
44,509

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
224,753

 
205,073

 
193,466

Direct operating expenses
33,076

 
27,142

 
25,039

Administrative expenses
45,399

 
44,197

 
43,991

Provision (reversal) for doubtful accounts
212

 
2,827

 
(208
)
Total operating expenses
303,440

 
279,239

 
262,288

Operating income
304,743

 
327,643


317,962

Other expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and debt expense
109,265

 
111,725

 
114,629

Write-off of deferred financing costs
5,192

 
4,000

 

Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps
780

 
(8,947
)
 
2,469

Total other expenses
115,237

 
106,778

 
117,098

Income before income taxes
189,506

 
220,865

 
200,864

Income tax expense
65,461

 
77,699

 
70,732

Net income
$
124,045

 
$
143,166

 
$
130,132

Net income per common share—Basic
$
3.70

 
$
4.28

 
$
3.92

Net income per common share—Diluted
$
3.68

 
$
4.25

 
$
3.87

Cash dividends paid per common share
$
2.88

 
$
2.68

 
$
2.35

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding—Basic
33,482

 
33,483

 
33,224

Dilutive stock options and restricted stock
182

 
211

 
399

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding—Diluted
33,664

 
33,694

 
33,623

   


The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are
an integral part of these statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net income
$
124,045

 
$
143,166

 
$
130,132

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges (net of income tax effect of $(18,248), $6,380 and $(625), respectively)
(33,814
)
 
11,643

 
(1,145
)
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges (net of income tax effect of $4,789, $2,626 and $0, respectively)
9,106

 
4,844

 

Amortization of net loss on terminated derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges (net of income tax effect of $875, $1,067 and $1,162, respectively)
1,604

 
1,953

 
2,128

Foreign currency translation adjustment
(215
)
 
60

 
203

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(23,319
)
 
18,500

 
1,186

Comprehensive income
$
100,726

 
$
161,666

 
$
131,318


















The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are
an integral part of these statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
Common Stock
 
Treasury Stock
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Earnings
 
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2011
36,412,659


$
36


3,011,843


$
(37,535
)

$
489,468


$
120,449


$
(8,464
)

$
(1,152
)

$
(9,616
)
Stock compensation-restricted stock activity, net of retirements
142,000

 
1

 

 

 
3,706

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised, net of retirements
142,707

 

 

 

 
282

 
(3,212
)
 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 
130,132

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
203

 
203

Change in fair value-cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $(625)

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,145
)
 

 
(1,145
)
Amortization of net loss on terminated derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $1,162

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,128

 

 
2,128

Common stock dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 
(78,922
)
 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012
36,697,366

 
$
37


3,011,843


$
(37,535
)

$
493,456


$
168,447


$
(7,481
)

$
(949
)

$
(8,430
)
Stock compensation-restricted stock activity, net of retirements
142,944

 

 

 

 
5,216

 
(176
)
 

 

 

Stock options exercised, net of retirements
18,468

 

 

 

 
182

 
(241
)
 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 
143,166

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
60

 
60

Change in fair value-cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $6,380

 

 

 

 

 

 
11,643

 

 
11,643

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $2,626
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,844

 
 
 
4,844

Amortization of net loss on terminated derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $1,067

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,953

 

 
1,953

Common stock dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 
(90,704
)
 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013
36,858,778

 
$
37


3,011,843


$
(37,535
)

$
498,854


$
220,492


$
10,959


$
(889
)

$
10,070

Stock compensation-restricted stock activity, net of retirements
144,555

 

 

 

 
5,984

 
(287
)
 

 

 

Stock options exercised, net of retirements
2,950

 

 

 

 
53

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock acquired


 

 
818,085

 
(34,382
)
 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 
124,045

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(215
)
 
(215
)
Change in fair value-cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $(18,248)

 

 

 

 

 

 
(33,814
)
 

 
(33,814
)
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $4,789
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,106

 
 
 
9,106

Amortization of net loss on terminated derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, net of income tax effect of $875

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,604

 

 
1,604

Common stock dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 
(97,484
)
 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014
37,006,283

 
$
37


3,829,928


$
(71,917
)

$
504,891


$
246,766


$
(12,145
)

$
(1,104
)

$
(13,249
)
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
124,045

 
$
143,166

 
$
130,132

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
224,753

 
205,073

 
193,466

Amortization of deferred financing costs
7,729

 
7,260

 
5,827

Amortization of net loss on terminated derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
2,479

 
3,020

 
3,290

Net (gain) on sale of leasing equipment
(6,987
)
 
(26,751
)
 
(44,509
)
Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps
780

 
(8,947
)
 
2,469

Write-off of deferred financing costs
5,192

 
4,000

 

Deferred income taxes
65,461

 
77,699

 
70,428

Stock compensation charge
5,984

 
5,216

 
3,706

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net equipment (purchased) sold for resale activity
(6,671
)
 
(11,186
)
 
7,832

Net realized loss on interest rate swaps terminated prior to their contractual maturities 
(4,953
)
 
(24,235
)
 
(49,124
)
Accounts receivable
(11,507
)
 
(2,811
)
 
(14,872
)
Net (deferred revenue)
(4,462
)
 
(1,572
)
 
(9,048
)
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
(720
)
 
(3,982
)
 
3,145

Income taxes payable
67

 
(220
)
 
(119
)
Other assets
(2,383
)
 
958

 
7,587

Net cash provided by operating activities
398,807

 
366,688


310,210

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of leasing equipment and investments in finance leases
(670,529
)
 
(660,492
)
 
(831,826
)
Proceeds from sale of equipment, net of selling costs
165,990

 
140,724

 
133,367

Cash collections on finance lease receivables, net of income earned
47,607

 
39,470

 
35,326

Other
(253
)
 
84

 
219

Net cash (used in) investing activities
(457,185
)
 
(480,214
)
 
(662,914
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of treasury stock
(34,382
)
 

 

Stock options exercised, related activity, and excess tax benefits from stock compensation
(234
)
 
(235
)
 
(2,930
)
Financing fees paid under debt facilities
(16,702
)
 
(13,897
)
 
(8,249
)
Borrowings under debt facilities and proceeds under capital lease obligations
1,828,545

 
1,206,735

 
672,404

Payments under debt facilities and capital lease obligations
(1,605,666
)
 
(993,011
)
 
(304,094
)
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
(6,523
)
 
6,711

 
(1,371
)
Common stock dividends paid
(96,403
)
 
(89,745
)
 
(78,090
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
68,635

 
116,558

 
277,670

Net increase (decrease) in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
$
10,257

 
$
3,032


$
(75,034
)
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
68,875

 
65,843

 
140,877

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
79,132

 
$
68,875


$
65,843

Supplemental disclosures:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
99,895

 
$
101,535

 
$
104,834

Income taxes (refunded) paid
$
(67
)
 
$
225

 
$
(147
)
Supplemental non-cash investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued and unpaid purchases of equipment
$
88,336

 
$
112,268

 
$
111,176

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1—Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation, Business Combination
A.    Description of the Business
TAL International Group, Inc. ("TAL" or the "Company") leases intermodal transportation equipment, primarily maritime containers, and provides maritime container management services, through a worldwide network of offices, third party depots and other facilities. The Company operates in both international and domestic markets. The majority of the Company's business is derived from leasing its containers to shipping line customers through a variety of long-term (including finance leases) and short-term contractual lease arrangements. The Company also sells its own containers and containers purchased from third parties for resale. TAL also enters into management agreements with third party container owners under which the Company manages the leasing and selling of containers on behalf of the third party owners.
B.    Basis of Presentation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to the accompanying prior period financial statements and notes to conform to the current year's presentation.
In the second quarter of 2014, the Company revised the Income Statement presentation by removing the line item “Total revenues” and moving “Equipment trading revenues” and  “Equipment trading expenses”  line items together and adding a line for “Trading margin”.  The Company believes that this new presentation better highlights the trends in leasing revenues and the relative size and contribution of the Equipment trading segment.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash balances and highly liquid investments having original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company's allowance for doubtful accounts is provided based upon a review of the collectability of its receivables. This review is based on the risk profile of the receivables, credit quality indicators such as the level of past-due amounts, and economic conditions. Generally, the Company does not require collateral on accounts receivable balances. An account is considered past due when a payment has not been received in accordance with the contractual terms. Accounts are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collection of the full principal balance is in doubt. Changes in economic conditions or other events may necessitate additions or deductions to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is intended to provide for losses inherent in the receivables, and requires the application of estimates and judgments as to the outcome of collection efforts and the realization of collateral, among other things. The Company believes its allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in its existing receivables.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company's equipment lease and trade receivables subject it to potential credit risk. The Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of each customer's financial condition and credit history. The Company's largest customer is CMA CGM, which accounted for 16%, 17%, and 16% of the Company's leasing revenues in 2014, 2013, and 2012. No other customer exceeded 10% of the Company's leasing revenues in 2014, 2013 or 2012.

F-8

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Net Investment in Finance Leases
The amounts reported as net investment in finance leases are recorded at the present value of the aggregate future minimum lease payments, including any purchase options granted to customers, less allowances for uncollectible amounts. Allowances are provided based upon a review of the collectability of gross finance lease receivables, including the underlying collateral, and considers the risk profile of the receivables, credit quality indicators such as the level of past due amounts, if any, and economic conditions. Finance lease receivables are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collection of the full principal balance is in doubt. Interest from these leases is recognized over the term of the lease using the effective interest method as a component of leasing revenues.
Leasing Equipment
In general, the Company purchases new equipment from equipment manufacturers for the purpose of leasing such equipment to customers. The Company also purchases used equipment with the intention of selling such equipment in one or more years from the date of purchase. Used units are typically purchased with an existing lease in place or were previously owned by one of the Company's third party owner investors.
Leasing equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated to an estimated residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives and residual values of the Company's leasing equipment are based on historical disposal experience and the Company's expectations for future used container sale prices. The Company reviews its depreciation policies on a regular basis to determine whether changes have taken place that would suggest that a change in its depreciation policies, useful lives of its equipment or the assigned residual values is warranted.
In 2012, after conducting its regular depreciation policy review, the Company decided to increase the estimated residual values used in its equipment depreciation policy. The new residual value estimates were put into effect beginning October 1, 2012. Based on the Company's fleet as of December 31, 2012, the increase in assigned residual values resulted in a decrease in future depreciation expense of approximately $19.3 million annually ($12.5 million after-tax or $0.37 per diluted share).
The estimated useful lives and residual values for the majority of the Company's leasing equipment purchased new from the factory are as follows:
 
 
 
 
Residual Values ($)
 
 
Useful Lives (Years)
 
Effective October 1, 2012
 
Prior to October 1, 2012
Dry containers
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 foot
 
13
 
$
1,000

 
$
900

40 foot
 
13
 
$
1,200

 
$
1,100

40 foot high cube
 
13
 
$
1,400

 
$
1,200

Refrigerated containers
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 foot
 
12
 
$
2,500

 
$
2,500

40 foot high cube
 
12
 
$
3,500

 
$
3,400

Special containers
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 foot flat rack
 
14
 
$
1,500

 
$
1,200

40 foot open top
 
14
 
$
2,300

 
$
2,100

Tank containers
 
20
 
$
3,000

 
$
3,000

Chassis
 
20
 
$
1,200

 
$
1,200

Depreciation on leasing equipment starts on the date of initial on-hire.
For leasing equipment acquired through sale-leaseback transactions, we often adjust our estimates for remaining useful life and residual values based on current conditions in the sale market for older containers and our expectations for how long the equipment will remain on-hire to the current lessee.
Costs incurred to place new equipment into service, including costs to transport the equipment to its initial on-hire location, are capitalized. The Company charges to expense inspection costs on new equipment and repair and maintenance costs that do not extend the lives of the assets at the time the costs are incurred, and includes these costs in direct operating expenses.



F-9

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
If indicators of impairment are present, a determination is made as to whether the carrying value of the Company's fleet exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows. Leasing equipment is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recovered. Key indicators of impairment on leasing equipment include, among other factors, a sustained low level of operating profitability, sustained low level of utilization, or indications of technological obsolescence.
When testing for impairment, leasing equipment is generally grouped by equipment type, and is tested separately from other groups of assets and liabilities. Some of the significant estimates and assumptions used to determine future undiscounted cash flows and the measurement for impairment are the remaining useful life, expected utilization, expected future lease rates and expected disposal prices of the equipment. The Company considers the assumptions on expected utilization and the remaining useful life to have the greatest impact on its estimate of future undiscounted cash flows. These estimates are principally based on the Company's historical experience and management's judgment of market conditions.
The net book value of the Company's leasing equipment by equipment type as of the dates indicated was (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
Dry container units
 
$
2,563,183

 
$
2,352,069

Refrigerated container units
 
637,115

 
647,090

Special container units
 
208,841

 
191,939

Tank container units
 
172,871

 
161,224

Chassis
 
92,021

 
62,582

 
 
$
3,674,031

 
$
3,414,904

Included in the amounts above are units not on lease at December 31, 2014 and 2013 with a total net book value of $261.8 million and $306.5 million, respectively. Amortization on equipment purchased under capital lease obligations is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of income.
The Company provides an allowance recorded in the provision for doubtful accounts for equipment on lease to customers considered to be non-performing. The allowance is based on a percentage of the net book value of equipment on-hire to those customers that, based on historical experience, the Company believes will ultimately not be recovered. In certain cases, the equipment allowance includes an accrual for costs expected to be incurred for the portion of units on-hire that the Company believes it will recover. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company's allowance for equipment on lease was $0.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
Equipment Held for Sale
When leasing equipment is returned off lease, the Company makes a determination of whether to repair and re-lease the equipment or sell the equipment. At the time the Company determines that equipment will be sold, it reclassifies the appropriate amounts previously recorded as leasing equipment to equipment held for sale. In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 360, Property, Plant and Equipment ("ASC 360"), equipment held for sale is carried at the lower of its estimated fair value, based on current transactions, less costs to sell, or carrying value; depreciation on such assets is halted and disposals generally occur within 90 days. Subsequent changes to the fair value of those assets, either increases or decreases, are recorded as adjustments to the carrying value of the equipment held for sale; however, any such adjustments may not exceed the respective equipment's carrying value at the time it was initially classified as held for sale. Initial write downs of assets held for sale are recorded as an impairment charge and are included in net gain on sale of leasing equipment. Realized gains and losses resulting from the sale of equipment held for sale are recorded as net gain on sale of leasing equipment, and cash flows associated with the disposal of equipment held for sale are classified as cash flows from investing activities.
Equipment Held for Resale—Trading Activity
On an opportunistic basis, the Company purchases equipment with markings or specifications different from its own equipment for purposes of reselling it for a net profit. Equipment purchased for resale is reported as equipment held for sale when the timeframe between when the equipment is purchased and when it is sold is expected to be short, generally less than one year. Cash flows associated with equipment purchased for resale having a short expected holding period are classified as cash flows from operating activities. Equipment trading revenues represent the proceeds from the sale of this equipment, while Equipment trading expenses include the cost of equipment sold, any costs to sell such equipment, including administrative costs, and costs associated with the related inventory of equipment, such as storage and handling charges.

F-10

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Equipment purchased for resale is reported as leasing equipment when the timeframe between when the equipment is purchased and leased back to the seller, and when it is sold is expected to be one year or greater. Cash flows associated with equipment purchased for resale having a long expected holding period are classified as cash flows from investing activities.
Goodwill
The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"). ASC 350 requires goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives to be reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment. In connection with the acquisition that occurred in 2004, the Company recorded $71.9 million of goodwill. Effective July 1, 2013, the Company acquired the assets and business of Martec Leasing (a worldwide supplier of rolltrailers) where the Company recorded $2.6 million of goodwill. Management determined that the Company has two reporting units, Equipment leasing and Equipment trading, and allocated $73.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, to each reporting unit. The Company has elected to bypass the qualitative approach permitted under ASC 350 for testing goodwill for impairment, but may elect to perform the qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment in future periods. The annual impairment test is conducted by comparing the Company's carrying amount to the fair value of the Company using a market capitalization approach. Market capitalization of the entity is compared to the carrying value of the entity since virtually all of the goodwill is allocated to, and nearly all of the market capitalization is attributable to, the Equipment leasing reporting unit. If the carrying value of the entity exceeds its market capitalization, then a second step would be performed that compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require management to compare the estimated fair value of the reporting units to the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting units. Any excess fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded. The Company's annual review of goodwill, conducted in the fourth quarter of 2014, indicated that no impairment of goodwill existed.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent the fees incurred in connection with the Company's debt obligations, and are amortized using the effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the related obligation, depending on the type of debt obligation to which they relate. Unamortized deferred financing costs are written off when the related debt obligations are refinanced or extinguished prior to maturity, and are determined to be an extinguishment of debt.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company believes that the carrying amounts of its cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, equipment purchases payable, and accounts payable approximated their fair value as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
Fair value represents the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company utilizes the following fair value hierarchy when selecting inputs for its valuation techniques, with the highest priority given to Level 1:
Level 1—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets (unadjusted).
Level 2—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on observable inputs such as (i) quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; (ii) quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or (iii) model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.
Level 3—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are derived from valuation techniques based on one or more significant unobservable inputs.








F-11

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
The Company does not measure gross net investment in finance leases or debt at fair value in its consolidated balance sheets. The fair value, which was measured using Level 2 inputs, and the carrying value of the Company's gross net investment in finance leases and debt are listed in the table below as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands).
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Assets
 
 
 
Net investment in finance leases - carrying value
$
220,928

 
$
258,233

Net investment in finance leases - fair value
$
223,455

 
$
265,745

Liabilities
 
 
 
Debt—carrying value
$
3,040,842

 
$
2,817,933

Debt—estimated fair value
$
3,060,790

 
$
2,787,582

The Company estimated the fair value of its net investment in finance leases and debt instruments based on the net present value of its future receipts or payments, using a discount rate which reflects the Company's estimate of current market interest rates and spreads as of the balance sheet date.
Revenue Recognition
Operating Leases with Customers
The Company enters into long-term leases and service leases with ocean carriers, principally as lessor in operating leases, for marine cargo equipment. Long-term leases provide our customers with specified equipment for a specified term. The Company's leasing revenues are based upon the number of equipment units leased, the applicable per diem rate and the length of the lease. Long-term leases typically have initial contractual terms ranging from three to eight years. Revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the respective lease. Advance billings are deferred and recognized in the period earned. Service leases do not specify the exact number of equipment units to be leased or the term that each unit will remain on-hire, but allow the lessee to pick-up and drop-off units at various locations specified in the lease agreement. Under a service lease, rental revenue is based on the number of equipment units on-hire for a given period. Revenue for customers considered to be non-performing is deferred and recognized when the amounts are received.
In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 605, Revenue Recognition ("ASC 605"), the Company recognizes billings to customers for damages and certain other operating costs as leasing revenue as it is earned based on the terms of the contractual agreements with the customer. As principal, the Company is responsible for fulfillment of the services, supplier selection and service specifications, and has ultimate responsibility to pay the supplier for the services whether or not it collects the amount billed to the lessee.
Finance Leases with Customers
The Company enters into finance leases as lessor for some of the equipment in its fleet. The net investment in finance leases represents the receivables due from lessees, net of unearned income. Unearned income is recognized on a level yield basis over the lease term and is recorded as leasing revenue. Finance leases are usually long-term in nature, typically ranging for a period of five to ten years and typically include an option to purchase the equipment at the end of the lease term for an amount determined to be a bargain.
Other Revenues
The Company manages equipment which is owned by third parties and it earns management fees based on the income earned by the leasing and sales of such equipment. Management fees are recognized as services are provided. The Company collects amounts billed and pays operating costs as agent on behalf of the third parties that own such equipment. These billings and operating costs are not included in revenue and expense; instead, the net amounts owed to these equipment owners are reflected as accrued expenses in the Company's financial statements until paid as required by our contracts. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately $2.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, was reflected in accounts payable and other accrued expenses, which represent unpaid net earnings owed to third party owners of managed equipment.
Other revenues also includes fee income for third party positioning of equipment.



F-12

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Equipment Trading Revenues and Expenses
Equipment trading revenues represent the proceeds from the sale of equipment purchased for resale and are recognized as units are sold and delivered to the customer. The related expenses represent the cost of equipment sold as well as other selling costs that are recognized as incurred and are reflected as equipment trading expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
Direct Operating Expenses
Direct operating expenses are directly related to the Company's equipment under and available for lease. These expenses primarily consist of the Company's costs to repair and maintain the equipment, to reposition the equipment, to store the equipment when it is not on lease and to inspect newly manufactured equipment. These costs are recognized when incurred. Certain positioning costs may be capitalized when incurred to place new equipment on an initial lease.
Derivative Instruments
The Company uses derivatives in the management of its interest rate exposure on its long-term borrowings and its foreign currency rate exposure on certain of its foreign currency based finance lease receivables. The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging ("ASC 815"). ASC 815 requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value and establishes criteria for both the designation and effectiveness of hedging activities.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740") using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
If applicable, the Company accrues income tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions by evaluating whether the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit and measures the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Potential interest and penalties associated with such uncertain tax positions are recorded as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no liabilities related to uncertain tax positions.
Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement
The net assets and operations of foreign subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements are attributable primarily to the Company's U.K. subsidiary. The accounts of this subsidiary have been converted at rates of exchange in effect at year end as to balance sheet accounts and at the weighted average of exchange rates for the year as to statements of income accounts. The effects of changes in exchange rates in translating foreign subsidiaries' financial statements are included in stockholders' equity as accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income.
The Company also has certain cash accounts, certain finance lease receivables and certain obligations that are denominated in currencies other than the Company's functional currency. These assets and liabilities are generally denominated in Euros or British Pounds, and are remeasured at each balance sheet date at the exchange rates in effect as of those dates. The impact of changes in exchange rates on the remeasurement of assets and liabilities are included in administrative expenses.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718") which requires that compensation costs relating to stock-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes net income, net gains and losses and related amortization, net of income taxes, on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, and foreign currency translation adjustments.



F-13

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock, utilizing the treasury stock method.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 ("ASU 2014-09"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This new standard will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. Leasing revenue recognition is specifically excluded from this ASU, and therefore, the new standard will only apply to Equipment Trading revenues and sales of leasing equipment. ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early application prohibited. ASU 2014-09 allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective adoption. The Company is evaluating the transition method that will be elected and the potential effects of adopting the provisions of ASU No. 2014-09.

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15 ("ASU 2014-15"), Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This standard requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that financial statements are issued and to disclose those conditions if management has concluded that substantial doubt exists. Subsequent to adoption, this guidance will need to be applied by management at the end of each annual period and interim period therein to determine what, if any, impact there will be on the Consolidated Financial Statements in a given reporting period. These changes become effective for the Company for the 2016 annual period. Management has determined that the adoption of these changes will not have an impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements as this standard is disclosure only.
Note 3—Debt
Debt consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Asset backed securitization (ABS) term notes
$
1,504,183

 
$
1,303,128

Term loan facilities
858,973

 
865,089

Asset backed warehouse facility
420,000

 
83,000

Revolving credit facilities
160,000

 
450,000

Capital lease obligations
97,686

 
116,716

Total Debt
$
3,040,842

 
$
2,817,933

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $1,603.4 million of debt outstanding on facilities with fixed interest rates. These fixed rate facilities had a weighted average effective interest rate of 4.16% in 2014, are scheduled to mature between 2015 and 2024, and had a weighted average remaining term of 4.4 years as of December 31, 2014.
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $1,437.4 million of debt outstanding on facilities with interest rates based on floating rate indices (primarily LIBOR). These floating rate facilities had a weighted average effective interest rate of 2.25% in 2014, are scheduled to mature between 2016 and 2021, and had a weighted average remaining term of 4.0 years as of



F-14

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Debt (Continued)
December 31, 2014. Including the impact of our interest rate swaps, the weighted average effective interest rate on our floating rate facilities was 3.25% in 2014.
The Company economically hedges the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates on a portion of its floating rate borrowings by entering into interest rate swap agreements that convert a portion of its floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had interest rate swaps in place with a net notional amount of $1,135.0 million and a weighted average remaining term of 7.6 years to fix the floating interest rates on a portion of its floating rate debt obligations. These interest rate swaps had a weighted average fixed leg interest rate of 2.00% in 2014 (see Note 4 for additional information on the Company's interest rate swap agreements).
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $2,738.4 million of debt which is at fixed rates or is effectively fixed due to interest rate swap contracts. This accounts for 90.1% of total debt. These facilities had a weighted average remaining term of 5.7 years.
Asset Backed Securitization Term Notes
The Company’s Asset Backed Securitization (“ABS”) facilities have been used to finance its existing container fleet and new container purchases. Under the facilities, indirect wholly‑owned subsidiaries of the Company issue asset backed notes. The issuance of asset backed notes is the primary business objective of those subsidiaries.
The Company’s borrowings under the ABS facilities amortize in monthly installments. The borrowing capacity under the ABS facilities is determined by applying an advance rate against the sum of the net book values of designated eligible containers and accounts receivable for sold equipment not outstanding more than 60 days plus 100% of restricted cash. The net book values for purposes of calculating the Company’s borrowing capacity is the original equipment cost depreciated over 13, 12, and 20 years to between 15% to 40% of original equipment cost, depending on the type of equipment. Advance rates under the ABS facilities range from 76% to 87%. The Company is required to maintain restricted cash balances on deposit in designated bank accounts equal to five to nine months of interest expense depending on the type of facility.
Term Loan Facilities
The Company utilizes its term loan facilities as an important funding source for the purchase of containers and other equipment. The term loan facilities generally amortize in monthly installments. Two of the term loans have revolving periods, the first with an initial two year revolving period followed by a three year term period with a maturity date of November 7, 2019 and a second with an initial one year revolving period followed by a five year term period with a maturity date of December 19, 2020.
The borrowing capacity under the term loan facilities is determined by applying an advance rate in the range of 80% to 90% against the net book values of designated eligible containers, which is determined under the terms of each facility.
Asset Backed Warehouse Facility
The asset backed warehouse facility has a maximum borrowing capacity of $650.0 million. Under the facility, funds are available on a revolving basis until October 10, 2017, after which if the facility is not refinanced, the notes will convert to term notes with a maturity date of October 10, 2021. The term notes will amortize on a level basis over the four year term period to 60% of the outstanding balance. We primarily use the proceeds of this facility to finance the acquisition of equipment.
The borrowing capacity under the asset backed warehouse facility is determined by applying the advance rate of 81% against the sum of the net book values of designated eligible containers and accounts receivable for sold containers not outstanding more than 60 days plus 100% of restricted cash. The net book value for purposes of calculating the Company's borrowing capacity is the original equipment cost depreciated over 13, 12, and 20 years to 40%, 25%, and 15% of original equipment cost for dry containers, refrigerated containers, and tank containers, respectively. The Company is required to maintain restricted cash balances on deposit in a designated bank account equal to three months of interest expense.



F-15

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Debt (Continued)
Revolving Credit Facilities
The Company’s revolving credit facilities have a maximum borrowing capacity of $550.0 million with maturity dates on November 30, 2016 and March 12, 2018. These facilities generally provide for an advance rate against eligible assets defined by the terms of their respective agreements.
Debt maturities excluding capital lease obligations (amounts in thousands):
Years ending December 31,
 
2015
$
340,661

2016
301,623

2017
272,162

2018
430,196

2019
498,605

2020 and thereafter
1,099,909

Total
$
2,943,156

Capital Lease Obligations
The Company has entered into a series of lease transactions with various financial institutions to finance chassis and containers. Each lease is accounted for as a capital lease, with interest expense recognized on a level yield basis over the period preceding early purchase options, if any, which is generally five to ten years from the transaction date.
At December 31, 2014, future lease payments under these capital leases were as follows (in thousands):
Years ending December 31,
 
2015
$
39,717

2016
29,923

2017
18,771

2018
17,818

Total future payments
106,229

Less: amount representing interest
(8,543
)
Capital lease obligations
$
97,686


Note 4—Derivative Instruments
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate risk exposure. The majority of interest rate swap agreements utilized by TAL effectively modify the Company's exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of its floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. Such agreements involve the receipt of floating rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate interest payments over the lives of the agreements without an exchange of the underlying principal amounts. In limited instances, the Company has also entered into interest rate swap agreements that involve the receipt of fixed rate amounts in exchange for floating rate interest payments. The counterparties to the Company's interest rate swap agreements are highly rated financial institutions. In the unlikely event that the counterparties fail to meet the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, the Company's exposure is limited to the interest rate differential on the notional amount at each monthly settlement period over the life of the agreements. The Company does not anticipate any non-performance by the counterparties. Substantially all of the assets of certain indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company have been pledged as collateral for the underlying indebtedness and the amounts payable under the interest rate swap agreements for each of these entities. In addition, certain assets of TAL International Container Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, are pledged as collateral for various credit facilities and the amounts payable under certain interest rate swap agreements.

F-16

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Derivative Instruments (Continued)
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had net interest rate swap agreements in place to fix the floating interest rates on a portion of the borrowings under its debt facilities as summarized below:
Net Notional
Amount(1)
 
Weighted Average
Fixed Leg (Pay) Interest Rate(2)
 
Weighted Average
Remaining Term(2)
$1,135 Million
 
2.00%
 
7.6 years
_______________________________________________________________________________

(1)
As of December 31, 2014, the net notional amount outstanding on the Company's interest rate swap agreements is comprised of $1,285 million of pay-fixed rate/receive-floating rate agreements and $150.0 million of pay-floating rate/receive-fixed rate agreements. The Company entered into the pay-floating rate/receive-fixed rate agreements at the parent company level to offset the cash flows on certain pay-fixed rate/receive-floating rate agreements of certain wholly owned subsidiaries. The pay-floating rate/receive-fixed rate and pay-fixed rate/receive-floating rate agreements have terms that offset each other.

(2)
The calculations of weighted average fixed (pay) leg interest rate and weighted average remaining term on the Company's interest rate swap agreements reflect the impact of the pay-floating rate/receive-fixed rate agreements and the pay-fixed rate/receive-floating rate agreements which offset.
 
In 2014, the Company terminated certain interest rate swap agreements and entered into new swap agreements with longer maturities. The Company designated these interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges at their inception. There was no material ineffectiveness associated with these cash flow hedges in the period from designation through December 31, 2014. The Company made net payments of $5.0 million to terminate its interest rate swap counterparties related to the termination of those agreements.
The following table represents pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income related to interest rate swap agreements (in millions) expected to be recognized in income over the next 12 months:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
$
(17.9
)
Amortization of loss on terminated derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
$
(2.6
)

Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to these terminated interest rate swap agreements may be recognized in earnings immediately in conjunction with a termination of the related debt balances.












F-17

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Derivative Instruments (Continued)
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
Under the criteria established by ASC 820, the Company has elected to use the income approach to value its interest rate swap and foreign currency rate swap agreements, using observable Level 2 market expectations at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount (discounted) assuming that participants are motivated, but not compelled to transact. The Level 2 inputs for the interest rate swap and forward valuations are limited to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (specifically futures contracts and spot currency rates) and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically forward currency points, LIBOR cash and swap rates, basis swap adjustments and credit risk at commonly quoted intervals).
Location of Derivative Instruments in Financial Statements
 
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
(In Millions)
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Derivative Instrument
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
Interest rate swap contracts, designated as cash flow hedges
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
$
1.7

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
$
27.0

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
$
9.4

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
$
1.4

Interest rate swap contracts, not designated
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
0.1

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
0.3

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
1.0

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
0.5

Foreign exchange contracts, not designated
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
0.1

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 
0.2

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 

 
Fair value of derivative instruments
 

Total derivatives
 
 
$
1.9

 
 
 
$
27.5

 
 
 
$
10.4

 
 
 
$
1.9

 
Effect of Derivative Instruments on Consolidated Statements of Income and
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In Millions)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Location of Loss (Gain) on Derivative Instruments
 

2014
 
2013
 
2012
Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements
Interest expense
 
$
15.1

 
$
12.3

 
$
22.0

Amortization of realized net loss on terminated derivative instruments, designated as cash flow hedges
Interest expense
 
2.5

 
3.0

 
3.3

Change in fair value of derivatives, designated as cash flow hedges
Other comprehensive income
 
52.1

 
(18.0
)
 
1.8

Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps, not designated
Net loss (gain) on interest rate swaps
 
0.8

 
(8.9
)
 
2.5

Foreign exchange agreements, not designated
Administrative expenses
 
0.1

 
0.3

 
0.3


F-18

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5—Net Investment in Finance Leases
The following table represents the components of the net investment in finance leases (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Gross finance lease receivables (1)
$
267,720

 
$
320,149

Allowance on gross finance lease receivables
(1,056
)
 
(1,057
)
Gross finance lease receivables, net of allowance
266,664

 
319,092

Unearned income (2)
(46,792
)
 
(61,916
)
Net investment in finance leases (3)
$
219,872

 
$
257,176

(1)
At the inception of the lease, the Company records the total minimum lease payments, executory costs, if any, and unguaranteed residual value as gross finance lease receivables. The gross finance lease receivable is reduced as customer payments are received. The unguaranteed residual value is generally equal to the purchase option at the end of the lease. Approximately $5.6 million and $5.0 million of unguaranteed residual value at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were included in gross finance lease receivables. There were no executory costs included in gross finance lease receivables as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.
(2)
The difference between the gross finance lease receivable and the fair value of the equipment at the lease inception is recorded as unearned income. Unearned income together with initial direct costs, are amortized to income over the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return. There were no unamortized initial direct costs as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.
(3)
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately 48% and 44%, respectively, of the Company's net investment in finance leases were with Hapag Lloyd AG, and approximately 19% and 21%, respectively, of the Company’s net investment in finance leases were with Mediterranean Shipping Company.
Contractual maturities of the Company’s gross finance lease receivables subsequent to December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):
Years ending December 31,
 
2015
$
59,523

2016
50,271

2017
39,606

2018
33,863

2019
31,529

2020 and thereafter
52,928

Total
$
267,720

The Company evaluates potential losses in its finance lease portfolio by regularly reviewing the specific receivables in the portfolio and analyzing historical loss experience. The Company's historical loss experience on its gross finance lease receivables, after considering equipment recoveries, was less than 1%. Net investment in finance lease receivables is generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collection of the full balance is remote.
In order to estimate its allowance for losses contained in the gross finance lease receivables, the Company categorizes the credit worthiness of the receivables in the portfolio based on internal customer credit ratings, which are reviewed and updated, as appropriate, on an ongoing basis. The internal customer credit ratings are developed based on a review of the financial performance and condition, operating environment, geographical location and trade routes of our customers.

F-19

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5—Net Investment in Finance Leases (Continued)
The categories of gross finance lease receivables based on the Company's internal customer credit ratings can be described as follows:
        Tier 1—These customers are typically large international shipping lines who have been in business for many years and have world class operating capabilities and significant financial resources. In most cases, the Company has had a long commercial relationship with these customers and currently maintains regular communication with them at several levels of management, which provides TAL with insight into the customer's current operating and financial performance. In the Company's view, these customers have the greatest ability to withstand cyclical downturns and would likely have greater access to needed capital than lower rated customers. The Company views the risk of default for Tier 1 customers to range from minimal to modest.
        Tier 2—These customers are typically either smaller shipping lines with less operating scale or shipping lines with a high degree of financial leverage, and accordingly the Company views these customers as subject to higher volatility in financial performance over the business cycle. The Company generally expects these customers to have less access to capital markets or other sources of financing during cyclical downturns. The Company views the risk of default for Tier 2 customers as moderate.
        Tier 3—Customers in this category exhibit volatility in payments on a regular basis, thus they are considered non-performing. The Company has initiated or implemented plans to recover equipment on lease to these customers and believes that default is likely, or has already occurred.
Based on the above categories, the Company's gross finance lease receivables are as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Tier 1
$
244,136

 
$
283,172

Tier 2
23,584

 
36,977

Tier 3

 

Gross finance lease receivables
$
267,720

 
$
320,149

The Company considers an account past due when a payment has not been received in accordance with the terms of the related lease agreement. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $0.3 million of the Company's Tier 2 gross finance lease receivables were past due, substantially all of which were aged approximately 31 days. As of December 31, 2014, none of the Company's gross finance lease receivables were in non-accrual status. The Company categorizes customers as non-accrual based on the credit ratings described above and recognizes income on gross finance lease receivables in non-accrual status as collections are made.
The following table represents the activity of the Company's allowance on gross finance lease receivables for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Additions/
(Reversals)
 
Other (a)
 
Ending
Balance
Finance Lease—Allowance for doubtful accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014
$
1,057

 
$

 
$
(1
)
 
$
1,056

For the year ended December 31, 2013
$
897

 
$
159

 
$
1

 
$
1,057

For the year ended December 31, 2012
$
1,073

 
$
(177
)
 
$
1

 
$
897

_______________________________________________________________________________
(a) Primarily relates to the effect of foreign currency translation.

F-20

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Capital Stock and Stock Options
Dividends
We paid the following quarterly dividends during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 on our issued and outstanding common stock:
Record Date
Payment Date
 
Aggregate
Payment
 
Per Share
Payment
December 2, 2014
December 23, 2014
 
$23.8 Million
 
$0.72
September 3, 2014
September 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
June 3, 2014
June 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
March 3, 2014
March 24, 2014
 
$24.2 Million
 
$0.72
December 2, 2013
December 23, 2013
 
$23.4 Million
 
$0.70
September 3, 2013
September 24, 2013
 
$22.8 Million
 
$0.68
June 4, 2013
June 25, 2013
 
$22.1 Million
 
$0.66
March 7, 2013
March 28, 2013
 
$21.4 Million
 
$0.64
Treasury Stock
On March 13, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized a stock buyback program for the repurchase of Company’s common stock. The stock repurchase program, as now amended, authorizes the Company to repurchase up to 4.0 million shares of its common stock. During 2014, TAL repurchased 818,085 shares at an average price of $42.01 for a total amount of $34.4 million. There were no material purchases of treasury stock during the years ended 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2014, a total of 170,072 shares may yet be repurchased under the stock repurchase program.
Stock Based Compensation Plans
In October 2005, the Company adopted the TAL International Group, Inc. 2005 Management Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”), which provides for the issuance of awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock. A total of 2,500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan.
The Company records compensation cost relating to stock based payment transactions in accordance with ASC 718. The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award) on a straight-line basis.
The Company recognized $6.0 million, $5.2 million, and $3.7 million of compensation costs that were reported in administrative expenses for the years ended 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which relate to the Company’s stock based compensation plans as a result of restricted shares granted during the years 2010 through 2014.
Total unrecognized compensation cost of approximately $5.8 million as of December 31, 2014 related to restricted shares granted during 2014, 2013 and 2012 will be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of approximately 1.7 years.
No further grants will be made under the 2005 Management Omnibus Incentive Plan but the terms of the 2005 Management Omnibus Incentive Plan will continue to apply to awards previously granted under the plan.
On March 14, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors adopted and on April 22, 2014, the Company's shareholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. No grants have been made and no shares have been issued under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2014.


F-21

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Capital Stock and Stock Options (Continued)
Stock option activity under the Plans for the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follows:
 
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Yrs)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($ in 000’s)
Outstanding: January 1, 2014
30,841
 
$18.00
 
1.8
 
$1,214
Granted
 
 
 
Exercised
(2,950)
 
$18.00
 
 
$78
Canceled
 
 
 
Outstanding: December 31, 2014
27,891
 
$18.00
 
0.8
 
$713
Exercisable: December 31, 2014
27,891
 
$18.00
 
0.8
 
$713

Restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follows:
 
Number of
shares
outstanding
 
Weighted
Average
Grant date
fair value
Nonvested at January 1, 2014
354,500
 
$36.28
Granted
151,250
 
44.17
Vested(1)(2)
(133,250)
 
34.47
Nonvested at December 31, 2014
372,500
 
$40.13
_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during 2014 was $7.2 million.
(2) Plan participants tendered 6,695 shares of common stock, all of which were subsequently retired by the Company, to satisfy payment, in certain instances, of withholding taxes, for a portion of the restricted stock vested during the year ended December 31, 2014.



F-22

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Capital Stock and Stock Options (Continued)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (in thousands and net of tax effects):
 
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Balance as of December 31, 2012
$
(7,481
)
 
$
(949
)
 
$
(8,430
)
Change in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
11,643

 

 
11,643

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges
4,844

 

 
4,844

Amortization of net loss on derivative instruments previously designated as cash flow hedges
1,953

 

 
1,953

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 
60

 
60

Other comprehensive income (loss)
18,440

 
60

 
18,500

Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
10,959

 
$
(889
)
 
$
10,070

 
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
10,959

 
$
(889
)
 
$
10,070

Change in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
(33,814
)
 

 
(33,814
)
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges
9,106

 

 
9,106

Amortization of net loss on derivative instruments previously designated as cash flow hedges
1,604

 

 
1,604

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 
(215
)
 
(215
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(23,104
)
 
(215
)
 
(23,319
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
(12,145
)
 
$
(1,104
)
 
$
(13,249
)
The following table presents reclassifications out of Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income for the period indicated (in thousands):
 
Balance as of December 31, 2014
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
Affected Line Item
in the Consolidated
Statements of Income
Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges
$
13,895

 
$
7,470

 
Interest and debt expense
Amortization of net loss on derivative instruments previously designated as cash flow hedges
2,479

 
3,020

 
Interest and debt expense
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income before income tax
16,374

 
10,490

 
Income before income taxes
Income tax (benefit)
(5,664
)
 
(3,693
)
 
Income tax expense
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income
$
10,710

 
$
6,797

 
Net income

F-23

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Segment and Geographic Information
Industry Segment Information
The Company’s operations include the acquisition, leasing, re-leasing and subsequent sale of multiple types of intermodal containers and chassis. Intermodal containers are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport freight by ship, rail or truck. Chassis are used for the transportation of containers domestically. The Company leases five types of equipment: (1) dry freight containers, which are used for general cargo such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel, (2) refrigerated containers, which are used for perishable items such as fresh and frozen foods, (3) special containers, which are used for heavy and oversized cargo such as marble slabs, building products and machinery, (4) tank containers which are used to transport bulk liquid products such as chemicals, and (5) chassis, which are used for the transportation of containers domestically.
The Company conducts its business activities in one industry, intermodal transportation equipment, and has two reporting segments:
Equipment leasing—the Company owns, leases and ultimately disposes of containers and chassis from its lease fleet, as well as manages leasing activities for containers owned by third parties.

Equipment trading—the Company purchases containers from shipping line customers, and other sellers of containers, and resells these containers to container retailers and users of containers for storage or one-way shipment. Included in the Equipment trading segment revenues are leasing revenues from equipment purchased for resale that is currently on lease until the containers are dropped off.

The following tables show segment information for the periods indicated and the consolidated totals reported (dollars in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Equipment
Leasing
 
Equipment
Trading
 
Totals
Total leasing revenues
$
581,421

 
$
12,585

 
$
594,006

Trading margin

 
7,190

 
7,190

Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
6,987

 

 
6,987

Depreciation and amortization expense
223,487

 
1,266

 
224,753

Interest and debt expense
107,050

 
2,215

 
109,265

Income before income taxes(1)
180,356

 
15,122

 
195,478

Equipment held for sale at December 31
28,906

 
30,955

 
59,861

Goodwill at December 31
73,523

 
1,000

 
74,523

Total assets at December 31
4,208,149

 
66,835

 
4,274,984

Purchases of leasing equipment and investments in finance leases(2)
668,028

 
2,501

 
670,529


F-24

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2013
Equipment
Leasing
 
Equipment
Trading
 
Totals
Total leasing revenues
$
556,690

 
$
13,163

 
$
569,853

Trading margin

 
10,278

 
10,278

Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
26,751

 

 
26,751

Depreciation and amortization expense
203,157

 
1,916

 
205,073

Interest and debt expense
109,175

 
2,550

 
111,725

Income before income taxes(1)
198,210

 
17,708

 
215,918

Equipment held for sale at December 31
33,132

 
24,910

 
58,042

Goodwill at December 31
73,523

 
1,000

 
74,523

Total assets at December 31
3,966,762

 
78,534

 
4,045,296

Purchases of leasing equipment and investments in finance leases(2)
644,288

 
16,204

 
660,492


Year Ended December 31, 2012
Equipment
Leasing
 
Equipment
Trading
 
Totals
Total leasing revenues
$
519,860

 
$
8,337

 
$
528,197

Trading margin

 
7,544

 
7,544

Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
44,509

 

 
44,509

Depreciation and amortization expense
189,710

 
3,756

 
193,466

Interest and debt expense
111,598

 
3,031

 
114,629

Income before income taxes(1)
195,166

 
8,167

 
203,333

Equipment held for sale at December 31
16,936

 
30,203

 
47,139

Goodwill at December 31
70,898

 
1,000

 
71,898

Total assets at December 31
3,620,228

 
80,966

 
3,701,194

Purchases of leasing equipment and investments in finance leases(2)
822,698

 
9,128

 
831,826


_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Segment income before income taxes excludes net losses on interest rate swaps of $0.8 million, net gains on interest rate swaps of $8.9 million, and net losses on interest swaps of $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and the write-off of deferred financing costs of $5.2 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. There was no write-off of deferred financing costs in 2012.

(2)
Represents cash disbursements for purchases of leasing equipment and investments in finance lease as reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods indicated, but excludes cash flows associated with the purchase of equipment held for resale.
There are no intercompany revenues or expenses between segments. Additionally, certain administrative expenses have been allocated between segments based on an estimate of services provided to each segment. A portion of the Company's equipment purchased for resale was purchased through certain sale-leaseback transactions with our shipping line customers. Due to the expected longer term nature of these transactions, these purchases are reflected as leasing equipment as opposed to equipment held for sale and the cash flows associated with these transactions are and will be reflected as purchases of leasing equipment and proceeds from the sale of equipment in investing activities in the Company's consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-25

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)
Geographic Segment Information
The Company earns its revenues from international containers which are deployed by its customers in a wide variety of global trade routes. Substantially all of the Company's leasing related revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars.
The following table represents the geographic allocation of equipment leasing revenues for the periods indicated based on customers' primary domicile (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Total revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
United States of America
$
34,206

 
$
32,506

 
$
36,831

Asia
274,467

 
247,353

 
213,552

Europe
263,723

 
265,845

 
252,795

Other International
21,610

 
24,149

 
25,019

Total
$
594,006

 
$
569,853

 
$
528,197

As all of the Company's containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, substantially all of the Company's long-lived assets are considered to be international.
The following table represents the geographic allocation of equipment trading revenues for the periods indicated based on the location of sale (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Total revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
United States of America
$
8,724

 
$
7,719

 
$
7,036

Asia
26,794

 
39,965

 
38,568

Europe
17,946

 
11,964

 
7,385

Other International
2,972

 
13,356

 
7,986

Total
$
56,436

 
$
73,004

 
$
60,975


Note 8—Net Gain on Sale of Leasing Equipment
The net gain on sale of leasing equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Impairment (loss) on equipment held for sale
$
(4,326
)
 
$
(1,838
)
 
$
(247
)
Gain on sale of equipment-net of selling costs
11,313

 
28,589

 
44,756

Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
$
6,987

 
$
26,751

 
$
44,509



F-26

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9—Income Taxes
The following table sets forth the income tax expense for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Current taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$

 
$

 
$

State

 

 

Foreign

 

 
304

 

 

 
304

Deferred taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
65,020

 
76,761

 
69,804

State
587

 
1,105

 
998

Foreign
(146
)
 
(167
)
 
(374
)
 
65,461

 
77,699

 
70,428

Total
$
65,461

 
$
77,699

 
$
70,732

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate is provided below:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Federal income taxes at the statutory rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State income taxes (net of Federal income tax benefit)
0.2

 
0.3

 
0.3

Foreign income taxed at other than the Federal statutory rate
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 

Change in enacted tax rates(1)(2)
(0.6
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
Effect of permanent differences and other, net

 
0.1

 
0.1

Effective income tax rate
34.5
 %
 
35.2
 %
 
35.2
 %
_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) Several states have enacted changes to their apportionment factors. These changes resulted in a decrease in the Company’s overall effective tax rate for 2014. The Company adjusts its deferred tax assets and liabilities through income tax expense on the date which rate changes are enacted. Accordingly, the Company recorded a reduction of $1.2 million in 2014 in income tax expense to reflect the impact of these changes in state apportionment factors.
(2) Effective April 2014, 2013, and 2012 income tax rate reductions were enacted in the U.K. reducing the corporate tax rate from 23% to 21%, from 24% to 23%, and from 26% to 24%, respectively. Accordingly, the Company recorded reductions of an immaterial amount, $0.1 million, and $0.3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in its income tax expense to reflect the impact of these rate changes on the Company’s net deferred income tax liability related to its U.K. operations.

F-27

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9—Income Taxes (Continued)
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Deferred income tax assets:
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
$
134,329

 
$
113,599

Allowance for losses
959

 
1,706

Derivative instruments
7,556

 
4,007

Deferred income
9,230

 
9,587

Accrued liabilities and other
99

 
99

 
152,173

 
128,998

Deferred income tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Accelerated depreciation
542,447

 
457,098

Goodwill amortization
16,720

 
16,401

Derivative instruments
673

 
9,501

Other
3,340

 
4,253

 
563,180

 
487,253

Net deferred income tax liability
$
411,007

 
$
358,255

The Company has U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards of nearly $400 million at December 31, 2014. These losses will expire in 2026 through 2035. The Company has unrecognized excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation costs of $5.7 million that it expects to credit to stockholders’ equity in future periods. The Company expects to fully utilize these losses to offset future taxable income that will be generated by the reversal of temporary differences, mainly accelerated depreciation, prior to their expiration. The Company continues to monitor changes in its stock ownership which can potentially trigger annual limitations to the amount of net operating losses that may be utilized in future years under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The Company does not believe any of its net operating loss carryforwards are currently subject to Section 382 limitations.
The Company does not provide for U.S. federal income taxes on undistributed earnings from its U.K. subsidiary because it is the Company’s policy to permanently reinvest its foreign earnings outside of the U.S. These foreign earnings could become subject to additional tax if they are loaned to the Company, remitted as dividends, or if the Company sells the stock of its U.K. subsidiary. It is not practicable to estimate the amount or timing of the additional tax, if any, that eventually might be paid on these foreign earnings. As of December 31, 2014 the Company’s cumulative undistributed earnings were $6.2 million.
In accordance with the requirement to determine if the Company has any unrecognized tax benefits, the Company has continued to evaluate all tax positions and has determined that the cumulative effect of any uncertain tax positions and resulting unrecognized tax benefits did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position. As of January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any material unrecognized tax benefits. There were no increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits during the year resulting from prior period tax positions, current period tax positions, settlements with tax authorities or the lapse of any statute of limitations, and no material changes in unrecognized tax benefits are expected over the next twelve months. Accordingly, there is no impact to the Company’s effective tax rate. Estimated interest and penalties related to potential underpayment on any unrecognized tax benefits would be classified as a component of tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company has not recorded any interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. The 2012, 2013, and 2014 tax years remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions.

F-28

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Savings Plan
The Company’s employees participate in a defined contribution plan generally covering all of its U.S. salaried employees. Under the provisions of the Plan, an employee is fully vested with respect to Company contributions after four years of service. The Company matches employee contributions up to 3% of qualified compensation and may, at its discretion, make voluntary contributions. Contributions for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were approximately $0.3 million.
Note 11—Rental Income under Operating Leases
The following are the minimum future rentals at December 31, 2014 due to TAL under non-cancelable operating leases of the Company’s equipment (in thousands):
Years ending December 31,
 
2015
$
379,684

2016
280,982

2017
198,147

2018
148,588

2019
88,707

2020 and thereafter
107,668

Total
$
1,203,776


Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Commitments
The Company has cancelable and non-cancelable operating lease agreements principally for facilities and for equipment used in the Company’s operations. Total rent expense was $2.1 million, $2.1 million, and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
Years ending December 31,
 
2015
$
1,587

2016
1,369

2017
1,185

2018
1,102

2019 and thereafter
1,937

Total
$
7,180


F-29

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
Residual Value Guarantees
During 2008, the Company entered into commitments for equipment residual value guarantees in connection with certain finance leases that were sold or brokered to financial institutions. The guarantees represent the Company's commitment that these assets will be worth a specified amount at the end of certain lease terms (if the lessee does not default on the lease) which expire in 2016. At December 31, 2014, the maximum potential amount of the guarantees under which the Company could be required to perform was approximately $27.1 million. The carrying values of the guarantees of $1.1 million have been deferred and are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Under the criteria established by ASC 820, the Company performed fair value measurements of the guarantees at origination using Level 2 inputs, which were based on significant other observable inputs other than quoted prices, either on a direct or indirect basis. The Company accounts for the residual value guarantees under Accounting Standards Codification 460, Guarantees. The Company expects that the market value of the equipment covered by the guarantees will equal or exceed the value of the guarantees and therefore, no contingent loss has been provided as of December 31, 2014.
Purchase Commitments
At December 31, 2014, the Company had commitments to purchase equipment in the amount of $169.1 million payable in 2015.
Contingencies
The Company is party to various pending or threatened legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business. Based upon information presently available, management of the Company does not expect any liabilities arising from these matters to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Indemnities
The revolving credit facility, ABS facilities, asset backed warehouse facility and term loan facilities contain standard provisions present in loans of these types which obligate the Company to reimburse the lenders thereunder for any increased costs associated with continuing to hold the loans thereunder on its books which arise as a result of broadly defined regulatory changes, including changes in reserve requirements and bank capital requirements. These indemnities would have the practical effect of increasing the interest rate on the Company’s debt if they were to be triggered. In all cases, the Company has the right to repay the applicable loan and avoid the increased costs. The term of these indemnities matches the length of the related term of the applicable loan.


F-30

Table of Contents
TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 13—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following table sets forth certain key interim financial information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total leasing revenues
$
144,767

 
$
144,723

 
$
150,524

 
$
153,992

Trading margin
$
1,648

 
$
2,215

 
$
1,713

 
$
1,614

Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
$
3,096

 
$
2,461

 
$
870

 
$
560

Net income
$
30,011

 
$
29,362

 
$
32,617

 
$
32,055

Net income per basic common share
$
0.89

 
$
0.87

 
$
0.97

 
$
0.97

Net income per diluted common share
$
0.89

 
$
0.87

 
$
0.97

 
$
0.96

2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total leasing revenues
$
137,789

 
$
140,181

 
$
144,444

 
$
147,439

Trading margin
$
2,675

 
$
4,287

 
$
2,007

 
$
1,309

Net gain on sale of leasing equipment
$
10,261

 
$
8,026

 
$
4,293

 
$
4,171

Net income (1)
$
37,520

 
$
37,876

 
$
34,661

 
$
33,109

Net income per basic common share
$
1.12

 
$
1.13

 
$
1.04

 
$
0.99

Net income per diluted common share
$
1.12

 
$
1.12

 
$
1.03

 
$
0.98

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1)
Net income for 2013 reflects net gains on interest rate swaps of $3.2 million ($2.0 million on an after-tax basis), $5.3 million ($3.4 million on an after-tax basis), and $0.8 million ($0.5 million on an after-tax basis) in the first, second, and fourth quarters, respectively. Net losses on interest rate swaps of $0.3 million ($0.2 million on an after-tax basis) are reflected in the third quarter.
Note 14 - Foreign Currency Activities
The Company recorded net foreign currency exchange losses of $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The net foreign currency exchange losses resulted primarily from fluctuations in exchange rates related to the Company’s Euro and Pound Sterling transactions and related assets and liabilities.
Note 15—Subsequent Events
Quarterly Dividend
On February 11, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved and declared a $0.72 per share quarterly cash dividend on its issued and outstanding common stock, payable on March 24, 2015 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 3, 2015.
From January 1, 2015 through February 10, 2015, TAL repurchased an additional 81,915 shares at an average price of $41.40 under TAL's 2006 stock repurchase program. On February 11, 2015, TAL's Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program of up to 3.0 million of its outstanding shares. These shares augment the remaining 88,157 shares authorized for purchase under TAL's existing stock repurchase program. Repurchases will be made from time to time at TAL's discretion, based on ongoing assessments of the capital needs of the business, the market price of TAL's common stock and general market and other conditions. No time limit was set for the completion of the repurchase program.


F-31

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
TAL International Group, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(In thousands)
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Additions/
(Reversals)
 
(Write-offs)
Reversals
 
Other(a)
 
Ending
Balance
Finance Lease-Allowance for doubtful accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014
$
1,057

 
$

 
$

 
$
(1
)
 
$
1,056

For the year ended December 31, 2013
$
897

 
$
159

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
1,057

For the year ended December 31, 2012
$
1,073

 
$
(177
)
 
$

 
$
1

 
$
897

Accounts Receivable-Allowance for doubtful accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014
$
948

 
$
131

 
$
(99
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
978

For the year ended December 31, 2013
$
692

 
$
299

 
$
(44
)
 
$
1

 
$
948

For the year ended December 31, 2012
$
667

 
$
40

 
$
(16
)
 
$
1

 
$
692

Allowance for equipment loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014
$
1,348

 
$
89

 
$
(866
)
 
$

 
$
571

For the year ended December 31, 2013
$
21

 
$
2,369

 
$
(1,046
)
 
$
4

 
$
1,348

For the year ended December 31, 2012
$
156

 
$
(72
)
 
$
(62
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
21

_______________________________________________________________________________

(a)
Primarily relates to the effect of foreign currency translation.


S-1

Exhibit 4.60 TAL First Niagara Bank 2014 Credit Agreement


EXECUTION VERSION

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 7, 2014

Among

TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION,
as Borrower,

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
as Lenders,

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

ING BELGIUM SA/NV,
as Syndication Agent, Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,

and

WELLS FARGO EQUIPMENT FINANCE, INC. AND PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Co-Documentation Agents





Table of Contents
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION
1

1.1
Definitions
1

1.2
Rules of Interpretation
28

1.3
Use of Defined Terms
29

1.4
Accounting and Financial Determinations
29

 
 
 
ARTICLE II COMMITMENTS OF LENDERS
29

2.1
Commitments to Make Loans    
29

2.2
Requests for Loans
29

2.3
The Notes
30

2.4
Termination of Commitments
30

2.5
Repayment of Loans
30

2.6
Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent
30

2.7
Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent
31

2.8
Obligations of Lenders Several
31

2.9
Credit Facility
31

2.10
Incremental Commitment Increase
31

 
 
 
ARTICLE III INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
33

ARTICLE IV PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL LOANS
33

4.1
Interest on Loans
33

4.2
Notice and Manner of Conversion or Continuation of Loans    
33

4.3
Prepayment of Loans
34

4.4
Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent
3

4.5
Sharing of Payments by Lenders
35

4.6
Funding Source
35

4.7
Defaulting Lenders
35

 
 
 
ARTICLE V CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS
37

5.1
Fees
37

5.2
Funds for Payments
37

5.3
Computations
40

5.4
Inability to Determine LIBOR Rate
41

5.5
Illegality
41

5.6
Additional Costs, etc.
41

5.7
Capital Adequacy
42

5.8
Certificate
43

5.9
Indemnity
43

5.10
Interest After Default
43

 
 
 
ARTICLE VI COLLATERAL SECURITY
43

6.1
Security of Borrower
43

6.2
Addition, Removal and Substitution
43






 
 
 
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
44

7.1
Company Status
44

7.2
Company Power and Authority
44

7.3
No Violation
45

7.4
Litigation
45

7.5
Margin Regulations
45

7.6
Governmental Approvals
45

7.7
Investment Company Act
46

7.8
True and Complete Disclosure
46

7.9
Financial Condition; Financial Statements
46

7.10
Security Interests
47

7.11
Compliance with ERISA
47

7.12
Subsidiaries
47

7.13
Compliance with Statutes; Agreements, etc.
48

7.14
Environmental Matters
48

7.15
Labor Relations
48

7.16
Tax Returns and Payments
48

7.17
Existing Indebtedness
49

7.18
Insurance
49

7.19
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.
49

7.20
Credit and Collection Policy
49

7.21
Form of Lease Agreement
49

7.22
Absence of Negative Pledges
49

7.23
Solvency
50

7.24
Eligible Containers
50

 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
50

8.1
Information Covenants
50

8.2
Books, Records and Inspections
52

8.3
Use of Proceeds
52

8.4
Payment of Taxes
52

8.5
Existence; Franchises
53

8.6
Compliance with Statutes; etc.
53

8.7
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters
53

8.8
Further Assurances
53

8.9
Performance of Obligations
53

8.10
Maintenance of Properties and Pledged Containers
53

8.11
Insurance
54

8.12
UNIDROIT Convention
55

8.13
Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy
55

 
 
 
ARTICLE IX NEGATIVE COVENANTS
55

9.1
Changes in Business; etc.
55

9.2
Consolidation; Merger; Sale of Assets; etc.
56

9.3
Liens
56






9.4
Indebtedness
57

9.5
Loans; Investments
59

9.6
Transactions with Affiliates
61

9.7
Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries
62

9.8
Margin Regulations
62

 
 
 
ARTICLE X FINANCIAL COVENANTS
63

10.1
Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio
63

10.2
Maximum Leverage Ratio
63

10.3
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
63

 
 
 
ARTICLE XI CLOSING CONDITIONS
63

11.1
Execution of Agreement; Notes
63

11.2
Closing Date Officer’s Certificate
63

11.3
Opinion of Counsel
63

11.4
Company Documents; Proceedings
64

11.5
Approvals
64

11.6
Guaranty by TAL Group
64

11.7
Security Agreement
65

11.8
Permitted Indebtedness Agreements
65

11.9
Insurance Certificates; etc.
65

11.10
Audited and Unaudited Financial Statement
65

11.11
Payment of Fees
66

11.12
Equipment Report and Asset Base Report
66

11.13
Leverage Ratio
66

11.14
Securitization Intercreditor Agreement
66

11.15
Payoff and Releases
66

11.16
Material Adverse Effect
67

 
 
 
ARTICLE XII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS
67

12.1
Revolving Period
67

12.2
No Event of Default; Representations and Warranties
67

12.3
Asset Base Report
67

12.4
Concentration Limits
67

 
 
 
ARTICLE XIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION, ETC.
67

13.1
Events of Default
67

13.2
Termination of Commitments
70

13.3
Remedies
70

13.4
Distribution of Collateral Proceeds
70

 
 
 
ARTICLE XIV ADMINISTRATIVE AND COLLATERAL AGENT
71

14.1
Appointment and Authority
71

14.2
Rights as a Lender
71

14.3
Exculpatory Provisions
71

14.4
Reliance by Administrative Agent
72






14.5
Delegation of Duties
72

14.6
Resignation of Administrative Agent
73

14.7
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
73

14.8
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
74

14.9
Collateral Matters
74

14.10
Collateral Agent
75

14.11
Hedge Counterparties
75

14.12
Designation of Additional Agents
75

 
 
 
ARTICLE XV SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
75

15.1
General Conditions
75

15.2
Assignment by Lenders
76

15.3
Register
77

15.4
Participations
77

15.5
Limitations upon Participant Rights
78

15.6
Certain Pledges
78

15.7
Electronic Execution of Assignments
78

 
 
 
ARTICLE XVI PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATIONS
79

16.1
Setoff
79

16.2
Expenses
79

16.3
Indemnification
80

16.4
Treatment of Certain Confidential Information
81

16.5
Survival of Covenants, etc.
82

16.6
Notices
82

16.7
Governing Law
83

16.8
Headings
83

16.9
Counterparts
83

16.10
Entire Agreement, etc.    
84

16.11
Waiver of Jury Trial
84

16.12
Consents, Amendments, Waivers, Etc.
84

16.13
Replacement of Lenders
85

16.14
Severability
87

16.15
USA Patriot Act
87

Exhibits
Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B    Form of Asset Base Report
Exhibit C    Form of Note
Exhibit D    Credit and Collection Policy
Exhibit E    Form of Lease Agreement
Exhibit F    Form of Equipment Report
Exhibit G    Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit H    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit I    Form of Guaranty
Exhibit J    Intentionally Omitted





Exhibit K    Form of Written Notice of Request for Loans
Exhibit L    Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit M    Form of New Lender Agreement
Schedule 1    Funding Commitments of Lenders
Schedule 2     Listing of Pledged Containers





CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of November 7, 2014, by and among TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and each individually, a “Lender”), and FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A., a national banking association (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”).
WHEREAS, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lenders are willing to make available to the Borrower the credit facility provided for herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION
1.1    Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement referred to below:
Administrative Agent. First Niagara Bank, acting as agent for the Lenders, and each other Person appointed as the successor Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 14.6.
Administrative Agent’s Office. The Administrative Agent’s office located at 726 Exchange Street, Suite 900, Buffalo, New York 14210, Attn: Agent Banking, or at such other location as the Administrative Agent may designate from time to time.
Administrative Agent’s Special Counsel. Reed Smith LLP or such other counsel as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.
Administrative Questionnaire. An administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Advance Rate. Eighty percent (80%).
Affiliate. With respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Aggregate Commitments. As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Commitments of all the Lenders.
Aggregate Net Book Value. As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Net Book Values (such Net Book Values to be measured as of the last day of the prior month) of all Eligible Containers.
Aggregate Note Principal Balance. As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the then unpaid principal balance of all Notes.





Asset Base. As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Advance Rate then in effect, times (b) the sum of the following (calculated as of the month that is most recently ended at least 18 days prior to the date of determination): (i) the Aggregate Net Book Value; plus (ii) any receivables resulting from the sale or other disposition of an Eligible Container, so long as the Administrative Agent has a valid and perfected lien in such receivables and such receivables were not outstanding for more than ninety (90) days (measured from the issue date of such receivables).
Asset Base Deficiency. As of any Payment Date, the condition that exists if (a) the Aggregate Note Principal Balance (calculated after giving effect to any principal payments to be paid on such Payment Date) exceeds (b) the Asset Base. If such term is used in a quantitative context, the amount of the Asset Base Deficiency shall be equal to the amount of such excess.
Asset Base Report. An Asset Base Report signed by a responsible officer of the Borrower and in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto.
Assignment and Assumption. An assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 15.2), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Authorized Officer. With respect to (a) delivering financial information and officer’s certificates pursuant to this Credit Agreement, any Senior Designated Officer or the chief financial officer of TAL Group, and (b) any other matter in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any officer (or a person or persons so designated by any two officers) of the Borrower.
Base Rate. The Prime Rate plus 0.25%. Each change in the Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with the corresponding change in the Prime Rate.
Base Rate Loans. All or any portion of any Loan bearing interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate.
Borrower. TAL International Container Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and its successors and permitted assigns.
Breakage Cost. With respect to any Lender with respect to any Breakage Prepayment, an amount equal to the difference (as reasonably determined by such Lender and set forth in a certificate of such Lender delivered to the Borrower) of (a) such Lender’s actual cost of obtaining funds for the LIBOR Rate Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Prepayment for the period from the date of such Breakage Prepayment to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such LIBOR Rate Loan, minus (b) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Prepayment for such period.
Breakage Prepayment. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
Business Day. One of the following: (a) for all purposes other than as set forth in clause (b) below, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in the State of New York, are open for the conduct of their commercial banking business, and (b) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, any LIBOR Rate Loan, any day that is a Business Day described in clause (a) and that is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.





Capitalized Leases. As to any Person, leases under which such Person is the lessee or obligor, the discounted remaining rental payment obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Stock. Any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
Cash Equivalents. All of the following: (a) securities issued or directly fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States, Canada or any member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the respective government is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (b) securities issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (c) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank or commercial bank of a foreign country recognized by the United States, (i) in the case of a domestic commercial bank, having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or similar equivalent thereof) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined under Rule 436 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and (ii) in the case of a foreign commercial bank, having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof); (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above; (e) commercial paper having a rating of at least A-2 from S&P or at least P-2 from Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six (6) months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (c)(i) of this definition; (g) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and (h) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) above.
Casualty Loss. With respect to any Pledged Container, as of any date of determination, any of the following events or conditions:
(a)    total loss or destruction thereof;
(b)    theft or disappearance thereof without recovery within sixty (60) days after such theft or disappearance becomes known to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;
(c)    damage rendering such Container, as the case may be, unfit for normal use and, in the judgment of the Borrower, beyond repair at reasonable cost; or
(d)    any condemnation, seizure, forced sale or other taking of title to or use of such Container, as the case may be.
Change of Control. The Borrower shall (a) consolidate or merge with or into any Person, unless (i) the Borrower is the surviving entity, and (ii) at least seventy percent (70%) of the consolidated assets of the Borrower following such consolidation or merger are held in connection with a Permitted Business, or





(b) enter into or permit any purchase, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other acquisition or disposition of assets which would result in less than seventy percent (70%) of the consolidated assets of the Borrower to be held in connection with a Permitted Business.
Change in Law. The occurrence, after the date of this Credit Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Chassis. Any intermodal container chassis.
Closing Date. November 7, 2014.
Closing Date Officer’s Certificate. The certificate of an Authorized Officer delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 11.2.
Code. The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (and any successor statute thereto), and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code as in effect on the Closing Date, and any subsequent provisions of the code, amendments thereto or substituted therefrom.
Collateral. All of the property, rights and interests of the Borrower that are or are intended to be subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.
Collateral Agent. First Niagara Bank, acting as collateral agent under the Security Documents.
Commitment. With respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in the amount set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, as the same may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10 or reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement.
Commitment Increase. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
Commitment Percentage. With respect to any Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. The initial Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1 hereto or on the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
Company. Any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity (or the adjectival form thereof, where appropriate).
Competitor. Any Person engaged and competing with TAL Group, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the container or chassis leasing business; provided, however, that in no event shall any insurance company or commercial banking institution be deemed to be a Competitor unless such





Person or any of its Affiliates are directly engaged in the operation of a container or chassis leasing business.
Concentration Limits. As of each determination of the Asset Base, with respect to all Eligible Containers, the attributes set forth in clauses (i) through (ii) below:
(i)    the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers that are Standard Containers must equal or exceed an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the Aggregate Net Book Value; and
(ii)    the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers that are Special Containers or tank containers may not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Aggregate Net Book Value.
Consolidated or consolidated. With reference to any term defined herein, shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the applicable Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense. For any period, the difference of (i) the aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, minus (ii) to the extent included in such aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense, and to the extent incurred by TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (a) amortization or write off of debt or equity issuance costs and deferred financing costs, (b) interest expense to the extent not paid in cash attributable to dividends in respect of all Preferred Equity of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries that is not Disqualified Stock pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity”, and (c) any non-cash interest expense related to (1) any interest expense that has not been paid in cash, (2) accrued interest on Disqualified Stock to the extent not paid, and (3) any incremental non-cash interest expense incurred by TAL Group or its Subsidiaries as the result of an accounting change in accordance with GAAP that occurs after the Closing Date, plus (iii) without duplication, cash interest payments made in such period (exclusive of any such cash payment funded with the proceeds of an equity offering or capital contribution) related to Consolidated Interest Expense that were deducted from Consolidated Cash Interest Expense in a prior period.
Consolidated EBIT. For any period, means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:
(a)    all income tax expense of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, all taxes incurred by TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of the repatriation of income from jurisdictions outside the United States and all amounts paid by TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any tax sharing or similar agreement;
(b)    the Consolidated Interest Expense of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries;
(c)    depreciation and amortization charges of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries relating to any increased depreciation or amortization charges resulting from purchase accounting adjustments or inventory write-ups with respect to acquisitions or the amortization or write-off of deferred debt or equity issuance costs;
(d)    all other non-cash charges of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (other than depreciation expense) minus, with respect to any such non-cash charge occurring on or





after the Closing Date that was previously added in a prior period to calculate Consolidated EBIT and that represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period, any cash payments made during such period;
(e)    any non-capitalized costs incurred in connection with financings, acquisitions of a business, acquisitions of Containers or Chassis or dispositions (including financing and refinancing fees and any premium or penalty paid in connection with redeeming or retiring Indebtedness prior to the stated maturity thereof pursuant to the agreements governing such Indebtedness); and
(f)    all non-cash expenses attributable to Incentive Arrangements, in each case, for such period and as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio. As of any date of determination, means the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBIT for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or prior to the date of such determination to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters.
Consolidated Funded Debt. As of any date of determination, the total amount, without duplication, of: (1) the principal amount outstanding under all Indebtedness of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries; (2) all Finance Lease obligations, as lessee, of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries; and (3) the aggregate of the present values of future rental payments under any lease of any container which TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries is the lessee and (i) that is treated by the lessee as an operating lease rather than a capital lease in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) in respect of which the lessor retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for federal income tax purposes, in the event, but only in the event, that the aggregate of such present values shall be in excess of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000).
Consolidated Interest Expense. For any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, on a Consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and including, without duplication: (a) all amortization or accretion of original issue discount; (b) the interest component of payments on Capitalized Leases paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period; and (c) net cash costs under all Hedging Agreements to which TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries is a party (including amortization of fees).
Consolidated Net Income. For any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall be not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
(a)    any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of assets (other than Containers, Chassis and Related Assets) of TAL Group or any Consolidated Subsidiary or any other Person (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
(b)    extraordinary gains or losses, as determined in accordance with GAAP;





(c)    income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);
(d)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(e)    any adjustments, restructuring costs, non-recurring expenses, nonrecurring fees, non-operating expenses, charges or other expenses (including bonus and retention payments and non-cash compensation charges) (a) made or incurred in connection with acquisitions of a business or the financing thereof or (b) incurred in connection with acquisitions of Containers and/or Chassis;
(f)    Systems/Organizational Establishment Expenses; and
(g)    any net income (or loss) of any Person (other than TAL Group) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary of TAL Group; provided, that TAL Group’s, or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries’, equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to TAL Group or such Consolidated Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution, in each case, for such period.
Consolidated Subsidiaries. With respect to any Person, each Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is required to be consolidated with such Person in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Tangible Assets. As of any date of determination, the tangible assets of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP; provided however, that in no event shall there be included in the above calculation any intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, goodwill, organizational costs, amounts relating to covenants not to compete, or any impact from applications of FASB 133.
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. As of any date of determination, the excess of (a) the Consolidated Tangible Assets of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP plus the aggregate amount of Consolidated Funded Debt of the type specified in clause (3) of the definition of Consolidated Funded Debt, over (b) all Indebtedness of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that securities included as such intangible assets shall be taken into account at their current market price or cost, whichever is lower.
Container. Any marine and maritime container (including dry cargo containers, refrigerated containers (including the associated generator sets, gps units and refrigeration units) and Specialized Containers) or intermodal container chassis or trailer to which the Borrower has good title and that is held for lease or sale.
Container Representations and Warranties. All of the following:
(a)    Specifications. As of the date of its manufacture, the Container conformed to the Borrower’s standard specifications for that category of container and to any applicable industry standards;
(b)    Rights to Leases. The rights with respect to each Lease included in the Related Assets for such Container either (i) are assignable without the consent of the related





Lessee or any other Person other than consents that have been obtained on or before the related transfer date and remain in full force and effect, or (ii) are subject to a one hundred percent (100%) participation interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders;
(c)    Lessee Acceptance. With respect to each Container that is subject to a Lease, the related Lessee has, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, received and taken possession of such Container;
(d)    Lease Files. Each Lease is stored in the Borrower’s offices located in Purchase, New York and is subject to its customary security and safekeeping procedures;
(e)    Master Lease Arrangements. In the case of each Lease which consists of a master lease and one or more addenda or schedules thereto, such addenda or schedules each constitute a separate contractual lease obligation of the related Lessee;
(f)    Chattel Paper. With respect to each Lease, aside from any originally executed counterpart of each Lease in the possession of the Lessee, all other originally executed counterpart(s) of such Lease are in the possession of the Borrower;
(g)    Lessees. No Lessee is an Affiliate of the Borrower;
(h)    Registration. Each Container’s registration mark (four letter prefix) has been registered in the name of the Borrower in the official register of the Bureau International des Containers (Paris);
(i)    Non-Cancelable. Each Finance Lease in respect of such Container provides that (i) the Lessee’s obligations thereunder are non-cancelable, unconditional and not subject to any right of set-off, rescission, counterclaim, offset, reduction or recoupment and (ii) the Lessee is responsible for all Taxes, maintenance and insurance and assumes all risk of Casualty Loss;
(j)    Compliance with Law. The Lease complied in all material respects at the time they were originated with all legal requirements of the jurisdiction in which they were originated; and
(k)    Return of Container. Each Lease provides for the return of the related Containers upon its expiration or earlier termination (unless the Lessee complies with the terms of any purchase option contained therein).
Contingent Obligation. As to any Person, means any obligation of such Person as a result of such Person being a general partner of any other Person, unless the underlying obligation is expressly made non-recourse as to such general partner, and any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect





thereof; provided, however, that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith and (y) the stated amount of such Contingent Obligation.
Control. The possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
Credit Agreement. This Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014 among the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof.
Credit and Collection Policy. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.21.
Credit Party. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(g).
Debtor Relief Laws. The Federal Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
Default. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
Defaulting Lender. Any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such obligation is the subject of a good faith dispute (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.
Designated Event of Default. The occurrence of any Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 13.1(a), 13.1(b), 13.1(d), 13.1(g), 13.1(h), 13.1(i), 13.1(k) or 13.1(m) hereof.
Determination Date. The third (3rd) Business Day prior to any principal Payment Date.
Disqualified Stock. With respect to any Person means that portion of any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event that would constitute a Change of Control of the Borrower), matures or is mandatorily redeemable,





pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Borrower) on or prior to the first anniversary of the final maturity date of the Loans for cash or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities of TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries at any time prior to such anniversary.
Dollars or $. Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Drawdown Date. Any date on which the Loan is to be made to the Borrower.
Eligible Assignee. Any of the following: (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate (that is not a Competitor) of a Lender; (c) any insurance company or commercial banking institution; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent and (so long as no Designated Event of Default is continuing) the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include TAL Group, the Borrower, any of their respective Affiliates or a Competitor.
Eligible Container. Each Pledged Container which, when considered with all other Pledged Containers, shall comply with each of the following requirements:
(a)    Such Container substantially conforms to the standard specifications used by the Borrower for containers purchased for its own account, for that category of container and to any commonly applied standards promulgated by the International Organization for Standardization;
(b)    Such Container shall comply with all of the Container Representations and Warranties;
(c)    Such Container shall not have suffered a Casualty Loss;
(d)    The Collateral Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in such Container and all Related Assets thereto;
(e)    Such Container shall be free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens;
(f)    The lease rights with respect to such Container are assignable without consent or for which consents have been obtained;
(g)    Each lease for such Container shall (i) substantially contain the general trading terms the Borrower uses in the normal course of its business and (ii) have arisen in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business; and
(h)    Such Container shall be held in connection with a Permitted Business.
Eligible Investments. Book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered form, which evidence:
(a)    direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America;





(b)    demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof and subject to supervision and examination by Federal or State banking or depository institution authorities; provided, however, that at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the commercial paper or other short-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) thereof shall be rated “A-1+” by S&P and “Prime- 1” by Moody’s;
(c)    commercial paper that, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, is rated “A-1+” by S&P and “Prime-1” by Moody’s;
(d)    bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in clause (b) above;
(e)    repurchase obligations with respect to any security pursuant to a written agreement that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed as to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in either case entered into with (i) a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (b) or (ii) a depository institution or trust company the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and whose commercial paper or other short-term unsecured debt obligations are rated “A-1+” by S&P and “Prime-1” by Moody’s and long-term unsecured debt obligations are rated “AAA” by S&P and “Aaa” by Moody’s;
(f)    money market mutual funds registered under the Investment Company Act having a rating, at the time of such investment, from each of S&P and Moody’s in the highest investment category granted thereby; and
(g)    any other investment as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as evidenced by the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent to that effect.
Environmental Law. Any applicable local, state, federal, or other laws in the United States of America, or any other laws in any applicable jurisdiction relating to the environment or natural resources or the regulation of releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances into ambient air, water, or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, generation, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances, and all rules, orders and regulations currently promulgated thereunder.
Environmental Claim. Any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, orders, claims or proceedings under any Environmental Law or any permit issued under any such Environmental Law (for purposes of this definition, “Claims”), including, without limitation, (a) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.
Equipment Report. An Equipment Report signed by a responsible officer of the Borrower and in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto.





ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA, as in effect at the date of this Credit Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
ERISA Affiliate. Each trade or business, whether or not incorporated, which together with the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.
ERISA Event. Means: (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of Borrower or of any ERISA Affiliate from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code; (g) the receipt by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; or (h) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries could otherwise be liable.
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. For any day, the percentage (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Federal Reserve Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in respect of eurocurrency liabilities or any similar category of liabilities for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.
Event of Default. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
Executive Order. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
FATCA. Means: (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance; (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any jurisdiction relating to paragraph (a) above; or (c) any agreement relating to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition with the Internal Revenue Service, the United States government or any other Governmental Authority in any other jurisdiction.
FATCA Compliant Party. Means: a Lender payments to whom do not require a FATCA Deduction.
FATCA Deduction. Means: a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Loan Document pursuant to FATCA.





Federal Bankruptcy Code. Title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time (and any successor thereto).
Federal Funds Rate. The rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)) representing the daily effective federal funds rate as quoted by the Administrative Agent and confirmed in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H. 15 (519) or any successor or substitute publication selected by the Administrative Agent. If, for any reason, such rate is not available, then Federal Funds Rate shall mean a daily rate which is determined, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to be the rate at which federal funds are being offered for sale in the national federal funds market at 9:00 a.m. (New York City time). Rates for weekends or holidays shall be the same as the rate for the most immediate preceding Business Day.
Fee Letter. That certain letter, dated September 30, 2014, from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, and acknowledged by the Borrower, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms.
Fees. The fees detailed in the Fee Letter.
Finance Lease. Any lease that is classified as a “direct financing lease” pursuant to GAAP.
Financial Affiliate. A Subsidiary of the bank holding company controlling any Lender, which Subsidiary is engaging in any of the activities permitted by Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. Section 1843(k)), as amended.
First Niagara Bank. First Niagara Bank, N.A., a national banking association, and its successors and assigns.
Foreign Assets Control Regulations. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
GAAP or Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Accounting principles which are consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted from time to time by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, its committees and its predecessors, including applicable statements and interpretations issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accounting or its committees.
Governmental Authority. Any foreign, federal, state, regional, local, municipal or other government, or any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, public authority or instrumentality thereof, or any court or arbitrator.
Guaranty. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.6.
Hazardous Substances. Those substances or materials that are prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
Hedging Agreement. Any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate futures contract, interest rate option agreement, interest rate exchange agreement, forward currency exchange agreement, forward rate currency agreement, forward commodity contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement.
Hedge Counterparty. The Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender party to a Hedging Agreement with the Borrower at the time such Hedging Agreement was made.





Incentive Arrangements. Any (a) earn-out agreements, (b) stock appreciation rights, (c) “phantom” stock plans, (d) employment agreements, (e) non-competition agreements and (f) incentive and bonus plans entered into by TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the benefit of, and in order to retain, executives, officers or employees of Persons or businesses.
Increase Request. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).
Indebtedness. As to any Person, without duplication, means: (i) all indebtedness (including principal, interest, fees and charges) of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, and bank guaranties issued for the account of such Person; (iii) all indebtedness of the types described in clause (i), (ii), (iv), (v) or (vi) of this definition secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such Person (provided that, if the Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable in respect of such indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of the property to which such Lien relates as determined in good faith by such Person); (iv) the aggregate amount of all capitalized lease obligations of such Person; (v) all Contingent Obligations of such Person; and (vi) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are either (x) not overdue by 90 days or more or (y) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted).
Indemnified Liabilities. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3.
Indemnitees. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3.
Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee under the Master Indenture Documents.
Independent Accountant. Any “Big 4” or other nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and that is independent with respect to TAL Group and its Subsidiaries within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.
Initial Net Book Value. With respect to a Pledged Container:
(a)    which constituted a portion of the Collateral on the Closing Date, the Initial Net Book Value indicated on the Equipment Report delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date; and
(b)    which did not constitute a portion of the Collateral on the Closing Date, the depreciated book value of such Container as of the date of the Equipment Report on which such Container was originally listed;
in each case, as calculated by the Borrower in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the Borrower’s standard valuation practices.
Intercompany Note. A promissory note evidencing intercompany loans (other than intercompany Indebtedness pursuant to the Master Indenture Documents or any other Permitted Securitization).





Intercompany Subordination Agreement. That certain Intercompany Subordination Agreement, among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated as of August 15, 2007, as such agreement may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Interest Period. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, the Borrower, by giving notice at the times described herein, shall elect an interest period (each, an “Interest Period”) to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest Period shall be a period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months, or any such shorter period as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, with respect to such Loan; provided that:
(a)    the Interest Period shall commence on the date of advance of or conversion to any LIBOR Rate Loan and, in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the date on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;
(b)    if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, that if any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(c)    any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the relevant calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;
(d)    no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date; and
(e)    there shall be no more than four (4) different Interest Periods applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans outstanding at any time.
Investments. Any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other extensions of credit (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition for value of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by any Person. In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken at not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (b) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (c) there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise; and (d) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.
Lease. All leases or contracts for use or hire of a Container, Chassis or other assets by a Lessee and TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as lessor, including, without limitation, Finance Leases.
Lender Affiliate. With respect to any Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender.





Lenders. First Niagara Bank and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any rights and obligations of a Lender pursuant to Section 15.
Lessee. Any obligor under a Lease.
Leverage Ratio. As of a date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt to (b) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.
LIBOR. The rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars, in amounts substantially equal to the amount of the relevant LIBOR Rate Loan, for a period equal to the applicable Interest Period which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)). If, for any reason, such rate does not appear on the appropriate Reuters screen, then LIBOR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)) of the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars would be offered by first class banks in the London interbank market to the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period and in an amount substantially equal to the amount of the applicable LIBOR Rate Loan.
LIBOR Rate. A rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)) determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:
LIBOR Rate =
LIBOR
 
1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
LIBOR Rate Loan. A Loan bearing interest calculated by reference to the LIBOR Rate.
Lien. Any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing or similar statement or notice filed under the UCC or any similar recording or notice statute (other than any unauthorized notice filing for which there is not otherwise any underlying Lien or obligation), and any lease having substantially the same effect as the foregoing).
Loan. Any loan made by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1, and all such loans collectively as the context requires.
Loan Documents. This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Securitization Intercreditor Agreement, the Guaranty, the Fee Letter, the Security Documents and any other document designated as such by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
Loan Percentage. With respect to any Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the outstanding Loans owing to such Lender at such time.
Management Agreement Each of the following: (i) the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2006, between the Borrower and TAL Advantage I LLC; (ii) ) that certain Management Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2009, between the Borrower and TAL Advantage III LLC; (iii) that certain Management Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2010, between the Borrower and





TAL Advantage IV LLC; and (iv) that certain Management Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2010, between the Borrower and TAL Advantage V LLC, together with any similar agreements executed in connection with a Permitted Securitization.
Margin Stock. The term shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.
Master Indenture. Means, collectively: (i) the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of April 12, 2006 between TAL Advantage I LLC and U.S. Bank National Association as indenture trustee; (ii) the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of August 12, 2011 between TAL Advantage III LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee; (iii) the Indenture dated June 28, 2010 between TAL Advantage IV LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee; and (iv) the Indenture dated February 27, 2013 between TAL Advantage V LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee.
Master Indenture Documents. The Master Indenture and all other Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Master Indenture), in each case, as amended, supplemented, replaced, extended or otherwise modified from time to time.
Material Adverse Effect. With respect to any event or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding):
(a)    a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
(b)    a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its monetary Obligations under any of the Loan Documents.
Maturity Date. November 7, 2019.
Moody’s. Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.
Multiemployer Plan. Any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, with respect to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have any liability.
Net Book Value. As of any date of determination, with respect to a Pledged Container, (a) the Initial Net Book Value of such Container less (b) seven percent (7%) of Initial Net Book Value per year from the date the Initial Net Book Value of such Container was determined.
New Lenders. This term shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.10(b).
New Lender Agreement. This term shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.10(b).
Non-Excluded Taxes. Any Taxes other than:
(a)    income taxes, branch profits taxes, franchise taxes or any other Tax imposed on the net income of any Lender or the Administrative Agent under the laws of the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision of taxing authority thereof or therein) in which such Lender or the Administrative Agent is organized or in which the principal office or funding office of such Lender or the Administrative Agent is located;





(b)    any deduction, withholding or other imposition of Taxes that arises as a result of a present or former connection between any Lender or the Administrative Agent and the relevant jurisdiction imposing such tax, including carrying on business in, having a branch, agency or permanent establishment in, or being resident in such jurisdiction but excluding any such connection which arises solely as a result of such Lender or the Administrative Agent having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under or received payment under or enforced any of the Loan Documents or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document or otherwise solely by virtue of the Loan Documents; and
(c)    any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed on a Lender pursuant to FATCA.
Non-U.S. Lender. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c).
Note. Any promissory note made by the Borrower and payable to the order of a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, evidencing the Loans made by such Lender, and any amendments and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof, in whole or in part.
Notice of Conversion/Continuation. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
Obligations. All advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, TAL Group and the Borrower arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against TAL Group or the Borrower of any proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Other Taxes. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).
Participant. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.4.
Participating Lenders. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).
Patriot Act. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.15.
Payment Date. With respect to any interest or principal payment, one of the following: (a) as to interest payments (i) on any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of the calendar quarter with respect to interest accrued during such calendar quarter and (ii) on any LIBOR Rate Loan in respect of which the Interest Period is (A) three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period or (B) more than three months, the date that is three months from the first day of such Interest Period and, in addition, the last day of such Interest Period; (b) as to principal payments, the twentieth (20th) day of each month, or the next Business Day thereafter if such date is not a Business Day; provided that all principal and interest outstanding shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date (of if the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date).





PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.
Permitted Business. The purchase, operation, management, administration, storage, leasing, financing and sale of equipment and other capital assets which are used in connection with the transportation of freight and any activities that are substantially similar, related, complementary, ancillary or incidental thereto. Such equipment and other capital assets shall include, without limitation, intermodal containers, chassis, port equipment, harbor vessels, trucks, cranes and other equipment and other capital assets used in connection with the transportation of freight. The logistics business, management services business, the purchase and resale business, the static storage business, the finance lease business and all other businesses and activities engaged in by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, and any activities that are substantially similar, related, complementary, ancillary or incidental thereto or extensions thereof, are also deemed to be a Permitted Business. For the avoidance of doubt, all activities contemplated by the Master Indenture Documents and all activities related to a Permitted Securitization shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Business” hereunder. While the parties intend for this definition to be interpreted broadly, they agree, however, that the purchase, operation, storage, leasing, financing and sale of international container ships shall not be considered a “Permitted Business” hereunder.
Permitted Hedging Agreement. A Hedging Agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party, designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in those interest rates, exchange rates, forward rates or commodity prices that normally arise in connection with such Person’s ordinary course of business or as otherwise required to be entered into by such Person pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of any Loan Document, so long as the entering into of such Hedging Agreement is a bona fide hedging activity and is not for speculative purposes.
Permitted Indebtedness. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 hereof.
Permitted Liens. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.
Permitted Securitization. Each of (a) the transactions effected or to be effected from time to time pursuant to the Master Indenture Documents, and (b) any other transaction pursuant to which (i) the Borrower and/or its Respective Subsidiaries either (x) sells, conveys or otherwise transfers, or grants a security interest in, containers or chassis, leases and other related assets or (y) sells, conveys, issues or otherwise transfers or grants a security interest in a SUBI, in either case, to a Special Purpose Vehicle or any other Person (other than the Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries), (ii) such Special Purpose Vehicle or such other Person issues Indebtedness (or interests therein) that is secured by such containers or chassis, leases and other related assets (or by a SUBI), (iii) neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Special Purpose Vehicle) has any obligation to maintain such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than those related to or incidental to the relevant Permitted Securitization) and (iv) none of the holders of the related Indebtedness shall have recourse to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Special Purpose Vehicle) for credit losses on leases or the inability of the containers or chassis, in each case subject to the Permitted Securitization, to generate sufficient cash flow to repay such Indebtedness issued by such entity.
Permitted Transaction. Any of the following transactions:
(a)    any Permitted Securitization, including, without limitation, any sale, contribution or other transfer of Containers, Chassis, Leases and Related Assets in connection with a Permitted Securitization, from time to time so long as no Default or Event of Default is then





continuing (or would result from such sale, contribution or transfer of Containers, Chassis, Leases or Related Assets or a SUBI);
(b)    any Lease in the ordinary course of business;
(c)    any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower with and into the Borrower (so long as the Borrower is the surviving corporation of such merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation);
(d)    any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower with and into any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(e)    any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets by the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, that the Borrower shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of the Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary for less than the Net Book Value of such Collateral;
(f)    any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(g)    any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of any Cash Equivalents;
(h)    any disposition of used, obsolete, uneconomic, worn-out or surplus assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(i)    any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of Containers, Chassis or other assets to their respective Lessees in the ordinary course of business pursuant to (i) a Finance Lease that is originated in the ordinary course of business, (ii) a purchase option contained in any Lease with such Lessee that was originated in the ordinary course of business or (iii) any other arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(j)    any other sale or disposition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of Containers, Chassis or other assets that will result in net sales proceeds (after deducting any costs incurred in connection with each such sale) of not less than the sum of the net book values, determined in accordance with GAAP, of the Containers, Chassis or other assets that were sold.
Person. An individual, any partnership, a corporation, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a statutory trust, a business trust or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Plan. Any employee pension plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, and in respect of which the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.





Pledged Containers. The Containers listed on Schedule 2 hereto, as such schedule may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 6.2 or to secure a Commitment Increase.
Preferred Equity. With respect to any Person means Capital Stock of such Person (other than common stock of such Person) of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
Prime Rate. At any time, the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by First Niagara Bank as its prime rate. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the day such change in the Prime Rate occurs. The parties hereto acknowledge that the rate announced publicly by First Niagara Bank as its Prime Rate is an index or base rate and shall not necessarily be its lowest or best rate charged to its customers or other banks.
Record. Any grid attached to a Note, or the continuation of any such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by the Administrative Agent with respect to any Loan referred to in such Note.
Refinance. In respect of any security or Indebtedness, means to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
Refinancing Indebtedness. Any Refinancing by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower of Indebtedness permitted by or incurred in accordance with clause (a), (b), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (l), (n), (o) or (p) of Section 9.4, in each case that does not:
(a)    have an aggregate principal amount (or, if such Indebtedness is issued with original issue discount, an aggregate offering price) greater than the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or, if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) as of the date of such proposed Refinancing plus (ii) the amount of fees, expenses, premium, defeasance costs and accrued but unpaid interest relating to the Refinancing of such Indebtedness being Refinanced; or
(b)    create Indebtedness with: (i) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; or (ii) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
Register. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.3.
Regulation T. Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from to time in effect and any successor to all or any portion thereof.
Regulation U. Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.
Regulation X. Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or any portion thereof.
Related Assets. With respect to any Container or Chassis owned by any Person:





(a)    all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to, but none of its obligations under, any agreement between such Person and the manufacturer of each such Container or Chassis pursuant to which such Person acquired a Container or Chassis from such manufacturer, and all amendments, additions and supplements hereafter made with respect thereto; (b) all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to any Lease to which such Container or Chassis is subject from time to time; (c) all right, title and interest of such Person in and to all payments, proceeds and other amounts in respect of such Container or Chassis (or any Lease to which such Container or Chassis is subject) which have accrued but have not been paid; and (d) all payments, proceeds and income of the foregoing or related thereto.
Related Parties. With respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
Required Lenders. As of any date of determination, any single Lender or multiple Lenders having in the aggregate at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Loans or, if no Loans are then outstanding, any single Lender or multiple Lenders holding in the aggregate at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the aggregate Commitments; provided, that the Commitment of, and the portion of the outstanding Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
Restricted Subsidiary. With respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person.
Returns. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.16.
Revolving Period. The period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the Revolving Period Termination Date.
Revolving Period Termination Date. November 7, 2016.
SEC. The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Obligations. Collectively, (a) the Obligations and (b) any obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, under or arising out of Hedging Agreements that have been or will be entered into by the Borrower with any Hedge Counterparty from time to time for the sole purpose of hedging the Obligations or any part thereof; provided that, no obligations under or arising out of any Hedging Agreement which are secured by any Lien on any property or assets other than the Collateral shall be Secured Obligations.
Secured Parties. The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and all other Persons referred to in any of the Loan Documents as a beneficiary of the security interests granted therein and all other holders of Secured Obligations including, without limitation, any and all Hedge Counterparties.
Securitization Intercreditor Agreement. That certain intercreditor agreement among Borrower, TAL Advantage I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Fortis Capital Corp., a Connecticut corporation and the Indenture Trustee, dated as of April 12, 2006, as such agreement may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Security Agreement. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.





Security Documents. The Security Agreement and other instruments and documents, including, without limitation, UCC financing statements (or documents of similar import) required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any Security Document.
Senior Designated Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President of the Borrower.
Solvent. With respect to any Person on any date of determination, on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent liabilities and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
Special Purpose Vehicle. A corporation, partnership, trust, statutory trust, business trust, limited liability company or other entity that is formed by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of purchasing or financing assets of the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any Permitted Securitization and that is designated as a “Special Purpose Vehicle” in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.
Specialized Containers. All refrigerated containers (of a type not included in clause (ii) of the definition of Standard Containers), tank containers, special purposes containers, open top containers, flat rack containers, bulk containers, high cube containers (other than 40’ high cube dry containers), cellular pallet wide containers and all other types of containers other than Standard Containers, and Chassis.
S&P. Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.
State. Any state of the United States of America.
Standard Containers. All of the following: (i) 20’ x 8’6”, 40’ x8’6” and 40’ x9’6” dry cargo Containers and (ii) 20’ x8’6”, 40’ x8’6” and 40’ x 9’6” refrigerated Containers.
SUBI. A special unit of beneficial interest in a Trust. References to a SUBI shall be deemed to include, where applicable, references to one or more certificates representing such SUBI.
Subsidiary. With respect to (a) any Person shall mean and include any corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity more than 50% of whose Voting Stock is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries of such Person and (b) in addition, with respect to the Borrower, shall also mean any Trust.
Surviving Entity. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.
Systems/Organizational Establishment Expenses. The aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by TAL Group and the Consolidated Subsidiaries in establishing,





implementing, integrating or replacing financial, information technology and other similar systems of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.
TAL Group. TAL International Group, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and its successors and permitted assigns.
Taxes. All present or future taxes, levies, imports, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Trading With the Enemy Act. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.20.
Trust. Any titling trust established by, or on behalf of, the Borrower in order to serve as the registered owner of Chassis.
Type. As to all or any portion of any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan.
UCC. The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the applicable jurisdiction.
Unrestricted Subsidiary. With respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person organized or acquired directly or indirectly by TAL Group after the Closing Date that such Person designates substantially contemporaneously with such organization or acquisition as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” by written notice to the Administrative Agent and (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. So long as no Default or Event of Default shall result therefrom, the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a “Restricted Subsidiary” by written notice to the Administrative Agent.
Unused Fee. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).
Voting Stock. Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes (however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other business entity involved, whether or not the right to so vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity. When applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying: (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary. As to any Person, (a) any corporation 100% of whose Capital Stock (other than director’s qualifying shares and/or other nominal amounts of shares required by applicable law to be held by Persons other than such Person) is at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (b) any partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person owns 100% of the Capital Stock at such time (other than director’s qualifying shares and/or other nominal amounts of interests required by applicable law to be held by Persons other than such Person).





Withdrawal Liability. Liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
1.2    Rules of Interpretation.
(a)    A reference to any document or agreement shall include such document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Credit Agreement.
(b)    The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.
(c)    A reference to any law includes any amendment or modification to such law.
(d)    A reference to any Person includes its successors and permitted assigns.
(e)    Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them by GAAP applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they refer.
(f)    The words “include”, “includes”, and “including” are not limiting.
(g)    All terms not specifically defined herein or by GAAP, which terms are defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York, have the meanings assigned to them therein, with the terms “instrument” and “chattel paper” being that defined under Article 9 of the UCC.
(h)    Reference to a particular Section refers to that section of this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.
(i)    The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of like import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.
(j)    Unless otherwise expressly indicated, in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding,” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
(k)    This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are, however, cumulative and are to be performed in accordance with the terms thereof.
(l)    This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiation among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, among others, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower and are the product of discussions and negotiations among all parties. Accordingly, this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are not intended to be construed against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders merely on account of the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in the preparation of such documents.





1.3    Use of Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in this Credit Agreement shall have such meanings when used in the Schedules hereto and in each other Loan Document, notice and other communication delivered from time to time in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.
1.4    Accounting and Financial Determinations. Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used herein or in any other Loan Document shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations and computations hereunder or thereunder (including computation of the financial ratios and covenants contained in Section 10) shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.
ARTICLE II
COMMITMENTS OF LENDERS
2.1    Commitments to Make Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (collectively, the “Loans”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Period as requested by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2 hereof; provided, that (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans (after giving effect to the amount requested) shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Aggregate Commitments and (ii) the Asset Base and (b) the principal amount of outstanding Loans (after giving effect to any amount requested) from any Lender to the Borrower shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. Each Loan by a Lender shall be in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Loan requested on such occasion. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Loans hereunder during the Revolving Period. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, as further provided herein; provided, however, any Loans made on the Closing Date or any of the three (3) Business Days following the Closing Date shall be made as Base Rate Loans unless the Borrower delivers a funding indemnity letter not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of funding of such Loan.
2.2    Requests for Loans. The Borrower shall give to the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice in the form of Exhibit K hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed in a writing in the form of Exhibit K hereto) of its intention to borrow the Loans from time to time, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (a) at least one (1) Business Day before each Base Rate Loan and (b) at least three (3) Business Days before each LIBOR Rate Loan, specifying (i) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) whether the Loans are to be LIBOR Rate Loans, Base Rate Loans, or, if a combination thereof, the amount allocated to each and (iii) in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Notices received after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Each borrowing of a Loan shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if a lesser amount constitutes the entire remaining amount of the unfunded Commitments, such entire remaining amount of the unfunded Commitments).
2.3    The Notes. The Loans of each Lender shall be evidenced, at the request of such Lender, by a separate Note, in a maximum principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Closing Date, any Drawdown Date or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Note, an appropriate notation on such Note reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Loans set forth on any Note shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the





failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under any Note to make payments of principal of or interest on any Note when due.
2.4    Termination of Commitments. Each Lender’s obligation under its Commitment to make Loans shall immediately terminate upon expiration of the Revolving Period; provided that such termination shall not affect the amount of such Lender’s Commitment for purposes of calculating the Aggregate Commitments or any other defined terms herein.
2.5    Repayment of Loans.
(a)    The unpaid principal balance of, and all accrued interest and other amounts owing on, or with respect to, the Loans shall be payable in full on the earlier to occur of (a) the Maturity Date and (b) the date on which the Loans and the other Obligations have been declared due and payable in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 hereof.
(b)    If at any time (a) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans exceeds the lesser of (i) the Aggregate Commitments at such time and (ii) the Asset Base, then the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders for application to the Loans.
2.6    Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Closing Date or any Drawdown Date on which any Loan is to be made available to the Borrower that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such requested Loan, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.1, and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable requested Loan available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (a) such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to, but excluding, the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at, in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) an administrative fee of $200. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Loan to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s portion of the requested Loan.
2.7    Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the provisions of this Credit Agreement, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Sections 11 and 12 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
2.8    Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to make payments pursuant to this Credit Agreement are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to make any payment under this Credit Agreement on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or to make its payment under this Credit Agreement.





2.9    Credit Facility.
(a)    During the Revolving Period, the credit facility evidenced by this Credit Agreement is a revolving credit facility. Accordingly, the Borrower will, subject to compliance with the terms of this Credit Agreement, have the right during the Revolving Period to reborrow any amounts repaid to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.
(b)    After the Revolving Period, the credit facility evidenced by this Credit Agreement is a term loan facility. Accordingly, the Borrower will not have the right after the Revolving Period to reborrow any amounts repaid to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.
2.10    Incremental Commitment Increase. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, prior to the Maturity Date, the Aggregate Commitments in effect at any time may be increased one or more times (each a “Commitment Increase”), at the request of the Borrower and with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that the Aggregate Commitments, together with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans following any Commitment Increase, shall not exceed $420,000,000.00. Any Commitment Increase shall be for a minimum of $1,000,000 (or increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) and shall be effectuated pursuant to the following procedures:
(a)    Not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed effective date of any Commitment Increase, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of its request for a Commitment Increase (an “Increase Request”), including the intended date and amount thereof. All other terms and conditions applicable to such Commitment Increase shall be the same as applicable to the Commitments in general. Such Increase Request shall be accompanied by a certificate from a Senior Designated Officer of the Borrower certifying to the Administrative Agent that (A) no other approvals or consents from any Person are required by any such Person except to the extent they have been received, (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (C) no Asset Base Deficiency would exist immediately following the requested Commitment Increase and (D) the Aggregate Commitments plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans following such Commitment Increase would not exceed $420,000,000.00.
(b)    The Borrower may propose to the Administrative Agent any existing Lenders to fund such Commitment Increase or any additional new lenders which are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (“New Lenders”) who agree to commit to that portion of the Commitment Increase. Thus, the Commitment Increase shall be effected by an increase in any one or more of the existing Lenders’ Commitments, and/or by the addition of the Commitments of New Lender(s) (in each case, the “Participating Lenders”). Any New Lender who agrees to commit to that portion of the Commitment Increase requested by the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a New Lender Agreement (a “New Lender Agreement”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit M, setting forth its Commitment, and upon effectiveness of such New Lender Agreement such New Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes and to the same extent as if originally a party hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Credit Agreement, and the signature pages hereof shall be deemed to be amended to add the name of such New Lender. Each New Lender Agreement shall be irrevocable and shall be effective upon notice thereof by the Administrative Agent at the same time as that of all other New Lenders. No existing Lender shall have any obligation or responsibility to fund a Commitment Increase requested by the Borrower. An existing Lender that accepts an offer to it by





the Borrower to increase its Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Credit Agreement with respect to the full amount of its Commitment as so increased, including, but not limited to, an increase in its overall Commitment percentage.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, final allocation of the Commitment Increase shall be at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; provided, that each Participating Lender agrees to accept any allocation amount designated by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that is equal to or less than such portion of the Commitment Increase that the Participating Lender previously committed to.
To the extent that the Commitment Increase is effected pursuant to this Section 2.10, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall amend Schedule 1 hereto to reflect the Commitment Increase, which amendment shall not require the additional consent of any Lender or other Person, and the Borrower shall deliver new Notes to any Participating Lender requesting a Note (or replacement Note in the case of any existing Lender).
ARTICLE III
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE IV
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL LOANS
4.1    Interest on Loans.
(a)    Subject to the provisions of this Credit Agreement, including Sections 4.2 and 5.10, at the election of the Borrower, the aggregate principal balance of the Loans or any portion thereof shall bear interest at: (i) the Base Rate; and/or (ii) the LIBOR Rate plus one and three quarters percent (1.75%) per annum. The Borrower shall select the rate of interest and Interest Period, if any, applicable to any Loan at the time the Loan is made pursuant to Section 2.2 or at the time a Notice of Conversion/Continuation is given pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. Each Loan or portion thereof bearing interest based on the Base Rate shall be a “Base Rate Loan” and each Loan or portion thereof bearing interest based on the LIBOR Rate shall be a “LIBOR Rate Loan.” Each Lender shall hold a pro rata portion of each Base Rate Loan and LIBOR Rate Loan based on its Loan Percentage of each Loan. Any Loan or any portion thereof as to which the Borrowers have not duly specified an interest rate as provided herein shall be deemed a Base Rate Loan.
(b)    The Borrower promises to pay interest on all Loans, or any portion thereof, outstanding in arrears on each applicable Payment Date and on the Maturity Date.
(c)    In no event shall the interest charged with respect to a Loan exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. If at any time the interest rate charged with respect to a Loan exceeds the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, the rate of interest to accrue pursuant to such Loan shall be limited to the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.
4.2    Notice and Manner of Conversion or Continuation of Loans. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Borrower shall have the option to (a) convert all or any portion of its outstanding Base Rate Loans in a principal amount equal to $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof into one or more LIBOR Rate Loans and (b) upon the expiration





of any Interest Period, (i) convert all or any part of its outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans in a principal amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof into Base Rate Loans or (ii) continue such LIBOR Rate Loans as LIBOR Rate Loans. Whenever the Borrower desires to convert or continue Loans as provided above, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable prior written notice (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days before the day on which a proposed conversion or continuation of such Loan is to be effective specifying (A) the Loans to be converted or continued, and, in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loan to be converted or continued, the last day of the Interest Period therefor, (B) the effective date of such conversion or continuation (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the principal amount of such Loans to be converted or continued, and (D) the Interest Period to be applicable to such converted or continued LIBOR Rate Loan. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of such Notice of Conversion/Continuation.
4.3    Prepayment of Loans.
(a)    Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right at any time to prepay one or more of the Loans on or before the Maturity Date, as a whole, or in part, upon delivery of written notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to such prepayment, without premium or penalty, provided that (a) each partial prepayment shall be in the principal amount of $1,000,000 or multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof and (b) in the event that any LIBOR Rate Loan is prepaid at any time other than the end of an Interest Period applicable thereto (a “Breakage Prepayment”), the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, to each Lender and the Administrative Agent an amount equal to their respective Breakage Cost.
(b)    Mandatory Prepayments. On each principal Payment Date, beginning December 22, 2014, the Borrower shall repay the Loans to the extent of the then existing Asset Base Deficiency (as set forth on the most recent Asset Base Report), provided that in the event that a Breakage Prepayment occurs, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, to each Lender and the Administrative Agent an amount equal to their respective Breakage Cost.
(c)    Application of Prepayments. Any prepayment of principal of a Loan shall include all interest accrued to the date of prepayment. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders on a pro rata basis to their respective Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with their respective Loan Percentages. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of any notice of prepayment, and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan Percentage of such prepayment.
4.4    Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A notice of





the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 4.4 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
4.5    Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (x) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (y) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
(a)    if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(b)    the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Credit Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (ii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower’s rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
4.6    Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
4.7    Defaulting Lenders.
(a)    Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i)    Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Credit Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 16.12.
(ii)    Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Article 13 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to





fund its portion thereof as required by this Credit Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Credit Agreement; fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Credit Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Credit Agreement; and sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise may be required under the Loan Documents in connection with any Lien conferred thereunder or directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (1) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (2) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 12 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)    Certain Fees. No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Section 5.1 or the Fee Letter for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).
(b)    Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of the outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Commitment Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided, that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made (or withheld) by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
ARTICLE V
CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS
5.1    Fees.
(a)    The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Commitment Percentage, an unused fee (the “Unused Fee”) equal to the one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.7. The Unused Fee shall accrue at all times during





the Revolving Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Section 12 is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Period Termination Date.
(b)    The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account the Fees specified in the Fee Letter in the amount and at the times so specified. Such Fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
5.2    Funds for Payments.
(a)    Payments to Administrative Agent. All payments of principal, interest, Fees and any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the accounts of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other place that the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate, in each case by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time or other local time at the place of payment) and in immediately available funds.
(b)    No Offset, Etc.
(i)    Subject to Section 5.2(c), all payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without recoupment, setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes (including interest, penalties and additions to tax), levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding. If any Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any amount payable by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent, on the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the Lenders or the Administrative Agent to receive the same net amount which the Lenders or the Administrative Agent would have received on such due date had no such Non-Excluded Taxes been imposed upon the Borrower. The Borrower will deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for all Taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrower under such other Loan Document.
(ii)    In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by the United States or any taxing authority thereof or therein that arise from any payment made hereunder (“Other Taxes”).
(iii)    Subject to Section 5.2(c), the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Lenders and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Non-Excluded Taxes (including additional amounts with respect thereto) and Other Taxes, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, provided that the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall have provided the Borrower with evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, of payment of Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes, as the case may be.





(iv)    Any Lender or the Administrative Agent that becomes entitled to the payment of additional amounts pursuant to Section 5.2.(b)(i) or indemnification pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(iii) shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with applicable law) to file any document reasonably requested by the relevant Borrower or, if a Lender, to change the jurisdiction of its applicable lending office if the making of such a filing or change of office, as the case may be, would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any payment of such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the good faith determination of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, be disadvantageous to it.
(v)    If a Lender or the Administrative Agent receives any refund with respect to Taxes for which the Borrower has paid any additional amounts pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i), then such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall promptly pay to the Borrower the portion of the sum of such refund and any interest received with respect thereto as it determines, in its reasonable, good faith judgment, will leave it, after such payment, in no better or worse financial position than it would have been absent the imposition of such Taxes and the payment of such additional amounts pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i); provided, however, that (i) the Borrower agrees to promptly return any amount paid to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(v) upon notice from such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, that such refund or any portion thereof is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority, (ii) nothing in this Section 5.2(b)(v) shall require a Lender to disclose any confidential information to the Borrower (including, without limitation, its tax returns), and (iii) no Lender shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(v) at any time which a Default or Event of Default exists (provided, that, upon the waiver or cure of any such Default or Event of Default, all such amounts that would otherwise be required to be paid pursuant to this Section 5.2(b)(v) but for the effect of this clause (iii) shall be promptly so paid).
(vi)    If the Borrower determines in good faith that a reasonable basis exists for contesting any Non-Excluded Taxes for which additional amounts have been paid pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i), the relevant Lender or Administrative Agent (to the extent such Person reasonably determines in good faith that it will not suffer any adverse effect as a result thereof) shall cooperate with the Borrower in challenging such Non-Excluded Taxes, at the Borrower’s expense, if so requested by the Borrower in writing.
(c)    Non-U.S. Lenders. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent that is not a U.S. Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “Non-U.S. Lender”) hereby agrees that it shall, prior to the date of the first payment by the Borrower hereunder to be made to such Lender or the Administrative Agent or for such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s account (and thereafter when required to the extent it is legally entitled to do so), deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as applicable, such certificates, documents or other evidence, as and when required by the Code, including (i) two (2) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI and any other certificate or statement of exemption required by the Code, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender or the Administrative Agent establishing that with respect to payments of principal, interest or fees hereunder it is (A) not subject to United States federal withholding tax under the Code because such payment is effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender or Administrative Agent of a trade or business in the United States or (B) totally exempt from United States federal withholding tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty or (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not legally entitled to deliver the forms specified in clause (i) and that is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the





Administrative Agent and the Borrower and to the effect that (A) such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction, and has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any governmental authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from any tax, securities law or other legal requirements, (B) is not a ten (10) percent shareholder for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (C) is not a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, together with a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN; provided, that an Administrative Agent that delivers the forms and certificate provided in clause (ii) above must also deliver to the Borrower two accurate, complete and signed copies of either Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or, in each case, an applicable successor form, establishing a complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax imposed on the payment of any fees to such Administrative Agent. Each Lender agrees that it shall, promptly upon a change of its lending office or the selection of any additional lending office, to the extent the forms previously delivered by it pursuant to this section are no longer effective, and promptly upon the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request after the occurrence of any other event (including the passage of time) requiring the delivery of a Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI in addition to or in replacement of the forms previously delivered, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent it is properly entitled to do so, a properly completed and executed Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, as applicable (or any successor forms thereto). For any period with respect to which such Lender or Administrative Agent has failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate, complete and accurate form or other relevant document pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) establishing a complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law, or regulation occurring subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Lender or Administrative Agent shall not be entitled to any “gross-up” of Taxes or indemnification under Section 5.2(b) with respect to Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that should such a Lender or Administrative Agent, which is otherwise exempt from a withholding tax, become subject to Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as such Lender or Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, at such Lender’s or Administrative Agent’s expense, to assist such Lender or Administrative Agent to recover such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes.
(d) Each Non-U.S. Lender, on or prior to the date on which such Person becomes a Lender hereunder, prior to the expiration or obsolescence thereof, and from time to time thereafter either upon the request of the Borrower, or upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered documentation, shall furnish the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) with any documentation that is required under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code or applicable Treasury regulations to enable the Borrower to determine its duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes it may be required to withhold in respect of Section 1471 or 1472 of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event that either (i) the documentation required to be delivered pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence fails to establish a complete exemption from withholding of amounts under Section 1471 and 1472 or (ii) no such required documentation is delivered, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to this Section 5.2 in respect of any such withholding imposed under Sections 1471 or 1472.

5.3    Computations. All computations of interest on the Loans and of Fees shall be based on a 360-day year (or a 365-day or 366-day year, as applicable, with respect to interest calculations on Base





Rate Loans) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the definition of the term “Interest Period” with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during such extension. The outstanding amount of any Note, as reflected on its Record from time to time, shall, absent manifest error, be considered correct and binding on the Borrower unless within five (5) Business Days after receipt of any notice by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders of such outstanding amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall notify the Borrower to the contrary.
5.4    Inability to Determine LIBOR Rate. In the event, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any LIBOR Rate Loan, any Lender shall determine that (a) adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR Rate that would otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any LIBOR Rate Loan during any Interest Period or (b) the LIBOR Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining their LIBOR Rate Loans during such period, such Lender shall forthwith give notice of such determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In such event with respect to such Lender (i) any request with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans shall be automatically withdrawn and shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans, (ii) each LIBOR Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period relating thereto, become a Base Rate Loan, and (iii) the obligation to make LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and the Lender. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may elect to convert any Base Rate Loan from such Lender to a LIBOR Rate Loan from such Lender in accordance with the terms of Section 4.2.
5.5    Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, such Lender shall forthwith give notice of such circumstances to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders and thereupon (a) the commitment of such Lender to make LIBOR Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended until such time as the condition giving rise to such illegality no longer exists and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as LIBOR Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, upon demand by such Lender, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for any costs incurred by such Lender in making any conversion in accordance with this Section 5.5, including any interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder. If the Administrative Agent determines that the condition giving rise to such illegality no longer exists, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lender. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may elect to convert any Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan in accordance with the terms of Section 4.2.
5.6    Additional Costs, etc. If any Change in Law, shall:
(a)    impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement) any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any Lender; or





(b)    impose on any Lender or the Administrative Agent any other conditions or requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Loans, such Lender’s Commitment or any class of loans or commitments of which any of the Loans form a part, and the result of any of the foregoing is:
(i)    to increase the cost to any Lender of making, funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the Loans;
(ii)    to reduce the amount of principal, interest, or other amount payable such Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder on account of such Lender’s Commitment or any of the Loans; or
(iii)    to require such Lender or the Administrative Agent to make any payment or to forego any interest or other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or foregone interest or other sum is calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed received by such Lender or the Administrative Agent from the Borrower hereunder, then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Lender or the Administrative Agent such additional amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Administrative Agent for such additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or other sum (other than Taxes which shall be treated exclusively pursuant to Section 5.2(b)).
(c)    The failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under this Section 5.6 for any increased costs with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender knew of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs.
5.7    Capital Adequacy. If after the date hereof any Lender or the Administrative Agent determines that a Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s commitment with respect to any Loans to a level below that which such Lender or the Administrative Agent could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent to be material, then such Lender or the Administrative Agent may notify the Borrower of such fact. To the extent that the amount of such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in the Base Rate or LIBOR Rate, the Borrower agrees to pay such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent for the amount of such reduction in the return on capital as and when such reduction is determined upon presentation by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent of a certificate in accordance with Section 5.8 hereof. Such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent shall allocate such cost increases among its customers in good faith and on an equitable basis.
The failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under this Section 5.7 for any reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender knew of the circumstances giving





rise to such reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such reductions.
5.8    Certificate. A certificate setting forth any additional amounts payable pursuant to Sections 5.6 or 5.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts which are due, submitted by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts are due and owing. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.
5.9    Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of anticipated profits) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or any interest on any LIBOR Rate Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans, (b) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a request relating thereto in accordance with Section 2.2, or (c) the making of any payment of a LIBOR Rate Loan that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such Loans.
5.10    Interest After Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, at the election of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) overdue interest on the Loans and all other overdue amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall bear interest compounded monthly and payable on demand at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2.00%) above the otherwise applicable rate of interest until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment).
ARTICLE VI
COLLATERAL SECURITY
6.1    Security of Borrower. Subject to the Security Documents, the Obligations are and shall continue to be secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) in the Collateral specified in the Security Documents, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party.
6.2    Addition, Removal and Substitution. During the Revolving Period, the Borrower may, from time to time, add to the Collateral one or more Eligible Containers (“Added Containers”). The Borrower also may remove Eligible Containers from the Collateral without any replacement, or may replace any Eligible Container included in the Collateral (each, a “Released Container”) with a replacement Container (each, a “Substitute Container”); provided that prior to such removal the Borrower shall provide notice to the Collateral Agent to require release of Collateral Agent’s Lien on such Released Containers, and the Collateral Agent shall respond to such notice within three (3) Business Days after receipt; provided further that (A) all of the following conditions are met in connection with such removal or substitution and (B) to the extent any such condition is measured at the end of a calendar quarter, all Containers released or added, as applicable, within such calendar quarter shall be considered on an aggregate basis in determining whether such condition has been satisfied: (i) each Substitute Container is an Eligible Container; (ii) the release of Containers will not cause or result in an Event of Default; and (iii) the Administrative Agent has received evidence that, after such removal or substitution,





there will not be an Asset Base Deficiency. In connection with any such addition, removal or substitution, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent a supplement to Schedule 2 hereto setting forth any Added Container(s), Released Container(s) or Substitute Container(s). The Substitute Container(s) and all the Related Assets shall become Collateral subject to this Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement and the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Borrower shall take all necessary action, and any action that the Collateral Agent reasonably determines is advisable, to protect and perfect the Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Substitute Container(s). Upon the Collateral Agent obtaining a first priority perfected Lien in the Substitute Container(s), the Collateral Agent shall release its Lien in each Released Container and all the Related Assets.
ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Credit Agreement and to make Loans as provided for herein, the Borrower makes the following representations, warranties and agreements with the Administrative Agent and Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the making of Loans as of the Closing Date and each Drawdown Date:
7.1    Company Status. The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing Company in good standing (or its equivalent) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except where the failure to be so duly organized, validly existing and in good standing, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has the Company power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged, except where the failure to have such power and authority, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (or its equivalent) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified (or its equivalent) except where the failure to be so qualified, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.2    Company Power and Authority. The Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. The Borrower has duly executed and delivered each Loan Document to which it is a party and each such Loan Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
7.3    No Violation. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower of any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor compliance by the Borrower with any terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein, will (a) contravene any material provision of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, credit agreement or any





other agreement, contract or instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its material property or assets are bound or to which it may be subject, or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of limited liability company, limited liability company agreement or equivalent organizational document, as the case may be, of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
7.4    Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, threatened in writing with respect to (a) any Loan Document or (b) any other matter as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.5    Margin Regulations. No part of any Loan (or the proceeds thereof) will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the making of any Loan nor the use of the proceeds thereof nor the occurrence of any other Loan will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X.
7.6    Governmental Approvals. Except as may have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date or any Drawdown Date (and which remain in full force and effect on the Closing Date and each Drawdown Date), no order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any domestic or foreign governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to authorize, in respect of the Borrower, or is required to be obtained by the Borrower in connection with (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of any Loan Document or (b) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document with respect to the Borrower, in each case, except for (i) the filing of any Security Documents and (ii) such the failure of which to make or obtain, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.7    Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
7.8    True and Complete Disclosure. All factual information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including, without limitation, all information contained in the Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Credit Agreement is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by, or on behalf of, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Credit Agreement will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided; provided, however, that to the extent that any such information was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions believed by its management to be reasonable at the time made in the preparation of such information (it being understood by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that any financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered thereby may differ from the projected results set forth therein).
7.9    Financial Condition; Financial Statements.





(a)    On and as of the Closing Date and each Drawdown Date, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all Indebtedness (including all Loans) incurred, and to be incurred, and Liens created, and to be created, by the Borrower in connection therewith, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) (x) the sum of the assets, at a fair valuation, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) will exceed its debts, (y) they have not incurred nor intended to, nor believe that they will, incur debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as such debts mature and (z) they will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct their business in the manner such business is now conducted. For purposes of this Section 7.9(a), “debt” means any liability on a claim, and “claim” means (i) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (ii) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
(b)    The consolidated balance sheets of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and its fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014 and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of TAL Group for the fiscal year and fiscal quarter ended on such dates and changes in shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2013, in each case furnished to the Administrative Agent and Lenders prior to the Closing Date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of TAL Group and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the date of said balance sheets and the consolidated results of their operations for the respective periods covered thereby. All of the foregoing financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except, in the case of the aforementioned quarterly financial statements, for normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).
(c)    Since December 31, 2013, there has been no change in the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
7.10    Security Interests. The Borrower has good and marketable title to its assets and on and after the Closing Date, each of the Security Documents creates as security in the United States for the Obligations covered thereby, a valid and enforceable security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral subject thereto, without prejudice to any statutory priority rights, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons, and subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens. The Borrower has filed or caused to be filed all UCC financing statements in the appropriate offices therefor (or has authenticated and delivered to the Administrative Agent UCC financing statements suitable for filing in such offices) and has taken all of the actions necessary in the United States to create perfected security interests in the Collateral which the Security Documents require the Borrower to create perfected security interests.
7.11    Compliance with ERISA. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate are each in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in excess of $50,000,000. The present value of all benefit





liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed by more than $50,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed by more than $50,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.
7.12    Subsidiaries. On and as of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those Subsidiaries listed on the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate. The Closing Date Officer’s Certificate sets forth, as of the Closing Date, (a) the percentage ownership (direct and indirect) of the Borrower in each class of Capital Stock of each of its Subsidiaries and also identifies the direct owner thereof and (b) the jurisdiction of organization of each such Subsidiary. All outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of the Borrower has been duly and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary). The Borrower is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of TAL Group.
7.13    Compliance with Statutes; Agreements, etc. The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with (a) all applicable statutes, regulations, rules and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business (including the origination of Leases) and the ownership of its property (excluding applicable statutes, regulations, orders and restrictions relating to environmental standards and controls, which matters are covered under Section 7.14) and (b) all contracts and agreements to which it is a party, except, in each case, such noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
7.14    Environmental Matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (a) each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws and neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is liable for any penalties, fines or forfeitures for failure to comply with any of the foregoing; (b) there are no pending Environmental Claims or, to the knowledge of any Senior Designated Officer, Environmental Claims threatened in writing against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any property (real or personal) owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, to the knowledge of any Senior Designated Officer, any such claim arising out of the ownership, lease or operation by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any property (real or personal) formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but no longer owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); and (c) to the knowledge of any Senior Designated Officer, there are no facts, circumstances, conditions or occurrences on or arising from any property (real or personal) owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any property (real or personal) formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but no longer owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or relating to the past or present operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any such property (real or personal).
7.15    Labor Relations. As of the Closing Date and on each Drawdown Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or





and other applicable federal, state or local law dealing with such matters, except for such violations that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.16    Tax Returns and Payments. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed (including applicable extensions) with the appropriate taxing authority, all federal and other material returns, statements, forms and reports for Taxes (the “Returns”) required to be filed by or with respect to the income, properties or operations of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for Taxes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have paid all material Taxes payable by them other than those contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP.
7.17    Existing Indebtedness. The Closing Date Officer’s Certificate sets forth all material Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (exclusive of Indebtedness pursuant to the Loan Documents), in each case showing the aggregate principal amount thereof (and the aggregate amount of any undrawn commitments with respect thereto) and the name of the respective borrower and any other entity which guarantees such debt.
7.18    Insurance. The Closing Date Officer’s Certificate sets forth a summary of all insurance maintained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on and as of the Closing Date, with the amounts insured (and any deductibles) set forth therein.
7.19    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc. None of the requesting or borrowing of any Loan or the use of the proceeds of such will violate any applicable sanctions laws, including the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) (the “Trading With the Enemy Act”) or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “Foreign Assets Control Regulations”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to, (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, as amended (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “Executive Order”) and (b) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56)). Furthermore, neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates (i) is or will become a “blocked person” as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (ii) engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such “blocked person”.
7.20    Credit and Collection Policy. The credit and collection policy used by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect on the Closing Date and each Drawdown Date (which policy also addressed the criteria under which a lessee is allowed to self-insure for property and liability risks) is attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “Credit and Collection Policy”).
7.21    Form of Lease Agreement. The standard form(s) of Lease Agreement used by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business as in effect on the Closing Date and each Drawdown Date is attached as Exhibit E hereto.
7.22    Absence of Negative Pledges. There are no restrictions which exist on the Closing Date on the Borrower’s ability to grant a Lien in assets at any time constituting Collateral.





7.23    Solvency. Immediately prior to and following the extension of the Loan on the Closing Date, the Borrower is, individually and together with its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Solvent.
7.24    Eligible Containers. Each Container included in the calculation of the Asset Base is properly classified as an Eligible Container, except to the extent that any failure of any one or more Containers to constitute Eligible Containers would not reasonably be expected to result in an Asset Base Deficiency.
ARTICLE VIII
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that as of the Closing Date and thereafter for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and all Loans, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
8.1    Information Covenants. The Borrower will furnish, or will cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender:
(a)    Quarterly Financial Statements. Within forty-five (45) days after the close of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of TAL Group, or, if sooner, within ten (10) days of the filing thereof with the SEC, the consolidated balance sheet of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statements of income for such fiscal quarter and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all of which shall be certified by an Authorized Officer that they fairly present in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial condition of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the consolidated results of their operations and/or changes in their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
(b)    Annual Financial Statements. Within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of TAL Group, or, if sooner, within ten (10) days of the filing thereof with the SEC, the audited consolidated balance sheet of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and shareholder’s equity and statement of cash flows for such fiscal year and, with respect to each fiscal year commencing after the completion of the first full fiscal year following the Closing Date, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal year (or, if shorter since inception), together with a certification by an Independent Accountant reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in each case to the effect that such statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their consolidated operations and changes in financial position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years except as disclosed therein (which report shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit); provided, however, that any such “going concern” qualification that is specifically related to the status of the loans evidenced by this Credit Agreement shall not cause a breach under the provisions of this clause (b).





(c)    Business Plan. At the time of delivery of annual financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(b) above, a consolidated business plan for the Borrower (or updates to the existing business plans of such entities), in the format of the projection model referred to in Section 11.13, for the then current fiscal year.
(d)    Officer’s Certificates. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b), a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, and which certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish whether the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries were in compliance with the provisions of Article X hereof as at the end of such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be.
(e)    Notices of Default, Litigation and Government Investigations. Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after any Senior Designated Officer obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) any litigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Senior Designated Officer, threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) any governmental investigation pending or, to the knowledge of Senior Designated Officer, threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(f)    Management Letters. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 8.1(a) and (b), a copy of any “management letter” submitted to the TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries by its independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the financial statements of a TAL Group or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries and management’s responses thereto.
(g)    Borrower Financial Information. At the time of delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 8.l(a) and within 150 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if sooner, within ten (10) days of the filing thereof with the SEC), an unaudited profit and loss statement and an unaudited balance sheet with respect to Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period covered by the applicable consolidated financial statements being delivered on such date.
(h)    Reports. Within ten (10) Business Days following transmission thereof, copies of any public filings and registrations with, and reports to, the SEC by TAL Group, or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries.
(i)    Pledged Container Performance Reports. Within twenty (20) days following the end of each calendar month, an Asset Base Report, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar month; and within thirty (30) days following the end of each fiscal quarter, an Equipment Report, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, as of the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth the number and type of Pledged Containers then owned by the Borrower, their aggregate Net Book Value and their aggregate Initial Net Book Value.





(j)    Other Information. From time to time, such other information or documents (financial or otherwise) in the form utilized by the Borrower in its own operations with respect to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request and which is reasonably available to the Borrower.
8.2    Books, Records and Inspections. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries which permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and which conform in all material respects to all requirements of law, shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. At the expense of the Borrower, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect, under guidance of officers of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiary, any of the properties of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, and to examine the books of account of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries with, and be advised as to the same by, it and its officers and independent accountants, all upon reasonable prior notice and at such reasonable times and intervals (during regular working hours) and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; provided, however, that unless a Default shall have occurred and then be continuing, the Administrative Agent may request only one inspection under this Section 8.2 during any twelve month period.
8.3    Use of Proceeds. The Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes, including, without limitation: (i) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness; (ii) the acquisition or refinancing of Eligible Containers by Borrower; and (iii) the payment of associated fees and expenses.
8.4    Payment of Taxes. The Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, in each case on a timely basis, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 9.3; provided that neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is immaterial or is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.
8.5    Existence; Franchises. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 9.2, the Borrower will do, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its Company existence and its rights, franchises, authorities to do business, licenses, certifications, accreditations and patents; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8.5 shall (a) prevent the withdrawal by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its qualification as a foreign Company in any jurisdiction where such withdrawal would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) require the preservation of any such right, franchise, authorities to do business, license, certification, accreditation or patent to the extent that the lapse thereof, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8.6    Compliance with Statutes; etc. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable laws (including Environmental Laws), statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property, except for such noncompliances as, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.





8.7    End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. The Borrower will cause (i) its fiscal year to end on December 31 of each calendar year and (ii) its fiscal quarters to end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.
8.8    Further Assurances. The Borrower will, at its own expense, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time such schedules, confirmations, assignments, financing statements, certificates, reports and other instruments and take such further steps relating to the Collateral covered by any of the Security Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require pursuant to this Section 8.8.
8.9    Performance of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, perform all of its obligations under the terms of each mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, loan agreement or credit agreement and each other agreement, contract or instrument by which it is bound (other than any such obligations under, or mortgages, deeds of trust, indentures, loan agreements, credit agreements or other material agreements, contracts or instruments entered into in connection with, a Permitted Securitization), except such nonperformances as, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
8.10    Maintenance of Properties and Pledged Containers. The Borrower will:
(a)    except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (ii) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof.
(b)    keep, or cause to be kept, the Pledged Containers in good repair and working order in a manner consistent with past practices, and make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, replacements, additions and improvements thereto as are necessary for the conduct of its business, and in order to maintain the Pledged Containers in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and in as good an operating condition as when originally delivered, reasonable wear and tear and causes beyond the Borrower’s control excepted;
(c)    at all times use the Pledged Containers, and require the related Lessee to use the Pledged Containers, in accordance with good operating practices and shall at all times comply with all loading limitations, handling procedures and operating instructions prescribed by the manufacturer which include, but are not limited to, the latest applicable regulations and recommendations of the International Organization of Standardization as well as any applicable local regulations;
(d)    not knowingly use (or knowingly permit the Lessees to use) any Pledged Containers for storage of transportation of contraband in violation of applicable United States or foreign law; and
(e)    with respect to Pledged Containers, comply with the International Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) in all respects including, without limitation, plating, maintenance, examination, re-examination and marking with re-examination dates of such Pledged Containers, and such examination, or re-examination, shall be performed in accordance with the rules and regulations for the Safety Approval of Cargo Containers of the United States Department of Transportation.





8.11    Insurance. The Borrower will, in a manner consistent with the practices of the Borrower as of the Closing Date, (a) effect and maintain, with financially sound and reputable companies reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which the Administrative Agent acknowledges to be true on the Closing Date) a general liability insurance, insuring the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender against liability for personal injury and property damage liability, caused by, or relating to, the Pledged Containers then off-lease, with such levels of coverage and deductibles that are, with respect to the Pledged Containers, consistent with the levels in effect as of the Closing Date, and (b) require each Lessee to either (i) maintain self-insurance in a manner approved by the Borrower in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy or (ii) maintain (A) physical damage insurance in an amount equal to the value of the Pledged Containers on lease to it and to name the Borrower as a loss payee, and (B) comprehensive general liability insurance, including contractual liability, against claims for bodily injury or death and property damage and to name the Borrower as an additional insured. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders reserve the right (but shall not have the obligation) to obtain (x) at the Borrower’s expense, insurance with respect to any or all of the foregoing risks if the Borrower shall fail to obtain such coverage in the specified amounts, and (y) at the Lenders’ expense, additional insurance on its own behalf with respect to any or all of the foregoing risks (or any other risk). However, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will notify the Borrower prior to obtaining any such insurance. All insurance maintained by the Borrower for loss or damage of the Pledged Containers shall provide that losses, if any, shall be payable to the Administrative Agent or its designee as sole loss payee and the Borrower shall utilize its reasonable efforts to have all checks relating to any such losses delivered promptly to the Administrative Agent or such other person designated by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be named as an additional insured with respect to all such liability insurance maintained by the Borrower directly or through an Affiliate. The Borrower shall pay the premiums with respect to all such insurance and deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of such insurance coverage. The Borrower shall cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent, not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the scheduled expiration or lapse of such insurance coverage, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of renewal or replacement coverage. The Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have each insurer agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instrument furnished to the Administrative Agent, that (i) it will give each additional insured and the loss payee thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the effective date of any material alteration, cancellation or non-renewal of such policy and (ii) in the event that the cancellation of such coverage would result in a breach of this Section 8.11 by the Borrower, it will permit the Administrative Agent and/or the Lender(s) to make payments to effect the continuation of coverage upon notice of cancellation due to nonpayment of premium.
8.12    UNIDROIT Convention. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with the terms and provisions of the UNIDROIT Convention on International Interests in Mobile Goods or any other internationally recognized system for recording interests in or liens against shipping containers at the time that such convention is adopted.
8.13    Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to the origination of, and amendments and modifications to, Leases.





ARTICLE IX
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that as of the Closing Date and thereafter for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the Loans, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
9.1    Changes in Business; etc. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business; provided that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may engage in a business other than a Permitted Business if at least ninety five percent (95%) of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are held in connection with Permitted Businesses; and provided further, that following any consolidation, merger or sale transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.2(b), the Borrower shall not be deemed to violate this Section 9.1 if at least seventy percent (70%) of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its respective Restricted Subsidiaries are held in connection with Permitted Businesses.
9.2    Consolidation; Merger; Sale of Assets; etc. Except in connection with a Permitted Transaction, the Borrower will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:
(a)    if such consolidation or merger is with a Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; and
(b)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing and (ii) at least seventy percent (70%) of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its respective Restricted Subsidiaries shall be held in connection with Permitted Businesses.
The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing no less than sixty (60) days prior to any such consolidation, combination or merger and provide the Administrative Agent with any reasonably requested documents or information related thereto, including but not limited to any documents or information necessary to enable each Lender to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of the Surviving Entity (as defined below) and otherwise satisfy its obligations under the Patriot Act. Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Borrower, or sale, assignment, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the Borrower’s assets with or into a Restricted Subsidiary (the “Surviving Entity”) in accordance with the forgoing in which Borrower is not the surviving or continuing corporation, (i) the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Borrower under this Credit Agreement and (ii) the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, be substituted for and be liable for every obligation of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, in each case with the same effect as if the Surviving Entity has been named as the Borrower.
To the extent the Required Lenders waive the provisions of this Section 9.2 with respect to the sale or other disposition of any Collateral, or any Collateral is sold or otherwise disposed of in a manner not prohibited by this Section 9.2 (other than pursuant to a consolidation, combination or merger of the Borrower with a Surviving Entity in which Borrower is not the surviving or continuing





corporation), such Collateral shall be sold or otherwise disposed of free and clear of the Liens created by the Security Documents and the Required Lenders shall take such actions (including, without limitation, directing the Administrative Agent to take such actions) as are reasonably requested by the Borrower in connection therewith.
9.3    Liens. The Borrower will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any Collateral; provided that the provisions of this Section 9.3 shall not prevent the creation, incurrence, assumption or existence of the following (Liens described below are herein referred to as “Permitted Liens”):
(a)    Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or Liens for Taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate cash reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;
(b)    Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower imposed by law which have not arisen to secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, seamen’s, stevedores’, wharfinger’s, warehousemens’, mechanics’, landlords’, suppliers’, repairmen’s or other like Liens, and relating to amounts not yet due or which shall not have been overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate cash reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;
(c)    Liens created by or pursuant to this Credit Agreement (including pursuant to Section 16.1) or any Security Document;
(d)    Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in respect of which the Borrower shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review and in respect of which there shall have been secured a subsisting stay of execution pending such appeal or proceedings (including in connection with the deposit of cash or other property in connection with the issuance of stay and appeal bonds);
(e)    Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and
(f)    Liens of any lessee or sublessee under any Lease or sublease thereof.
9.4    Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or Hedging Agreement, except (Indebtedness described below is herein referred to as “Permitted Indebtedness”):
(a)    Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b)    Indebtedness in the aggregate at any one time outstanding in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) Two Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($250,000,000) and (y) an amount equal to the product of (i) five percent (5%) and (ii) Consolidated Tangible Assets of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries set forth in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof;
(c)    Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries under Permitted Hedging Agreements;





(d)    Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which may be deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustments and similar obligations in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, Restricted Subsidiary or assets prior to the Closing Date or in a manner not prohibited by this Credit Agreement on or after the Closing Date, or from letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to such agreement;
(e)    Intercompany Indebtedness of Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for so long as such Indebtedness is held by Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower; provided, that with respect to any intercompany Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness pursuant to any Permitted Securitization) (i) unless the respective obligor under such intercompany loan reasonably determines that the execution, delivery and performance of an Intercompany Note is prohibited by, or that such Intercompany Note would not be enforceable against such obligor under, applicable local law, any such intercompany loan made pursuant to this clause (e) shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note or by such other documentation as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) each such intercompany loan made pursuant to this clause (e) shall be subject to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement;
(f)    Indebtedness of the Borrower, or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, represented by letters of credit for the account of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (i) in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business, (ii) in order to provide security for any trade, contractual or payment obligations of the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) issued or incurred for such other purposes as are related to the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the provisions of this clause (f) shall not exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000);
(g)    Purchase money indebtedness or obligations in connection with the acquisition of Containers, Chassis or other assets by Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; provided that (i) such indebtedness or obligations represent the purchase price (or financing of the purchase price within 180 days after the respective purchase) of such Container, Chassis or other asset, and (ii) such indebtedness or obligations do not exceed 100% of the purchase price (including any fees or other expenses incurred in connection therewith) of the property being purchased at the time of the incurrence of such indebtedness or obligations;
(h)    Indebtedness of Borrower or of a Subsidiary of the Borrower set forth on the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate;
(i)    Refinancing Indebtedness;
(j)    Obligations in respect of performance, bid, surety and appeal bonds and completion guarantees or obligations of a similar nature provided by Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(k)    Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days of the incurrence thereof;





(l)    Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Securitization;
(m)    Endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products and services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(n)    Unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower issued in lieu of making a cash dividend;
(o)    Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in order to finance the acquisition by such Person of Containers, Chassis and/or other assets; and
(p)    Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is secured by the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s (as the case may be) interest in any assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are not Collateral;
(q)    Indebtedness consisting of guaranty agreements by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder; and
(r)    Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with any acquisition of any business, Restricted Subsidiary or assets on or after the Closing Date in a manner not prohibited by this Credit Agreement and not created in contemplation of such transaction.
9.5    Loans; Investments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment, except:
(a)    the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire and hold cash and Cash Equivalents;
(b)    the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire and hold receivables owing to it, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of its business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(c)    the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire and own investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of Lessees, suppliers, trade creditors, licensees, licensors and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, Lessees, suppliers, trade creditors, licensees, licensors and customers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(d)    Permitted Hedging Agreements;
(e)    loans by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the officers, employees and directors of such Person for bona fide business purposes, and advances of reimbursable expenses, including advances for travel and moving expenses, by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to officers, employees and directors of such Person for bona fide purposes, and in all such cases incurred in the ordinary course of business;





(f)    Investments in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be permitted; provided, that in order for any intercompany Indebtedness to be permitted pursuant to this clause (f), such intercompany Indebtedness must additionally be permitted to be incurred under Section 9.4(e);
(g)    Investments as lessor under arm’s-length capital leases (determined in accordance with GAAP) of maritime containers, intermodal chassis or other assets entered into in the ordinary course of business with unaffiliated third parties shall be permitted;
(h)    Investments in any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business shall be permitted;
(i)    Investments incurred in connection with a Permitted Securitization shall be permitted;
(j)    the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may own the Capital Stock of their respective Subsidiaries created or acquired in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement;
(k)    the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire and hold Investments issued by the purchaser of assets in connection with a sale of such assets to the extent not prohibited by Section 9.2;
(l)    Investments in existence as of the Closing Date as set forth on the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate and any extension, modification or renewal of and such Investments existing on the Closing Date, shall be permitted;
(m)    the Borrower may acquire and hold obligations of one or more officers, directors or other employees of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such officers’, directors’ or employees acquisition of shares of capital stock of the Borrower, so long as no cash is paid by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such officers, directors or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;
(n)    Investments in Eligible Investments shall be permitted;
(o)    Investments by any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (and extensions, replacements an renewals thereof) shall be permitted; provided, that all such Investments existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary of the Borrower and were not made in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof;
(p)    Investments made, directly or indirectly, out of the net cash proceeds or the fair market value of other assets received by the Borrower from any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) from the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for, Capital Stock of the Borrower or a substantially concurrent capital contribution received by the Borrower from its stockholders shall be permitted;
(q)    other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time an amount equal to the greater of (x) Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000) and (y) an amount equal to the product of (i) one and one half of one percent (1.5%) and (ii) Consolidated Tangible Assets of





TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries set forth in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1.
9.6    Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions with any Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business and on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be reasonably expected to be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; provided that the following shall in any event be permitted: (a) the payment of consulting or other fees to the Borrower by any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (b) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) transactions exclusively between or among the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, exclusively between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, or exclusively between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any of its respective joint ventures or between or among TAL Group, Borrower and any Subsidiary of TAL Group or Borrower in respect of tax sharing agreements or operations, governance, administration and corporate overhead on customary terms; (d) any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date as set forth on the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate or any transaction contemplated thereby and any amendment thereto or any replacement agreement thereto, so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date; (e) any reasonable employment, stock option, stock repurchase, employee benefit compensation, business expense reimbursement, severance, termination, or other employment-related agreements, arrangements or plans entered into in good faith by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (f) any issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower; (g) any transaction consummated in connection with or to facilitate a Permitted Securitization; (h) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into employment and severance arrangements with respect to the procurement of services with their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business; (i) the payment of a dividend or distribution on or in respect of shares of the Capital Stock or the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock; and (j) intercompany loans and other transactions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Article IX.
9.7    Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other Capital Stock or participation in its profits owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, (ii) this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iv) customary provisions restricting assignment of any licensing agreement (in which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is the licensee) or any other contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (v) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect or entered into on the Closing Date as set forth on the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate (and all replacements or substitutions thereof on terms not materially more adverse to the Lenders and not materially less favorable or materially more onerous to the Borrower and its Restricted





Subsidiaries than those contained the any such agreement on the Closing Date), (vi) customary agreements relating to the transfer of, or the granting of licenses in licenses related to, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property, (vii) provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (in each case relating solely to the respective joint venture or similar entity or the equity interests therein), (viii) purchase money indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Credit Agreement, (ix) restrictions on cash or other deposits under bona fide arrangements with customers entered into in the ordinary course of business, (x) Refinancing Indebtedness (provided, that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced), (xi) agreements or instruments that prohibit the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions with respect to Capital Stock other than on a pro rata basis, (xii) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Permitted Indebtedness, or any agreement pursuant to which such Permitted Indebtedness was issued, (xiii) restrictions on the transfer of any asset pending the close of the sale of such asset, (xiv) any restriction or encumbrance or the transfer of any assets subject to Liens not prohibited by Section 9.3 hereof or (xv) encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Master Indenture Documents.
9.8    Margin Regulations. The Borrower will not permit any use of proceeds of any Loan, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
ARTICLE X
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
The Borrower covenants and agrees that, at all times subsequent to the Closing Date and for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and all Loans, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder, are paid in full:
10.1    Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio will not be less than 1.10 to 1.00.
10.2    Maximum Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the Leverage Ratio of TAL Group shall be less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00.
10.3    Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of TAL Group shall be greater than $300,000,000.
ARTICLE XI
CLOSING CONDITIONS
The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan hereunder on the Closing Date is subject, at the time of the making of such Loans, to the satisfaction of the following conditions (or the written waiver of such conditions by the Administrative Agent):
11.1    Execution of Agreement; Notes. On or prior to the Closing Date, (a) this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have been executed and delivered and (b) there shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender which has requested the same





the appropriate Note, in each case executed by the Borrower and in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided herein.
11.2    Closing Date Officer’s Certificate. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Borrower, dated the Closing Date and signed by an Authorized Officer, certifying (a) that all representations and warranties contained herein and in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects, (b) as to the matters referenced in Sections 7.12, 7.17, 7.18, 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7 hereof, (c) that all of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 12 (other than such conditions to the extent that such conditions are expressly subject to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent (and/or the Required Lenders) have been satisfied on such date and (d) that no Default or Event of Default exists on such date.
11.3    Opinion of Counsel. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received from Nelson, Mullins, Riley & Scarborough LLP, special counsel to TAL Group and the Borrower, an opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which opinion shall (a) be addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and be dated the Closing Date, (b) cover the enforceability of each of the Loan Documents and the creation and perfection of the security interests and/or liens granted pursuant to the relevant Security Documents and such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated herein as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (c) be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
11.4    Company Documents; Proceedings.
(a)    On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received from each of TAL Group and the Borrower a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by the chairman, a vice-chairman, the president, any vice-president or any other Authorized Officer, and attested to by the secretary, any assistant secretary or other senior officer of such Person, in the form of Exhibit G with appropriate insertions, together with copies of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or equivalent organizational documents of such Person and the resolutions of such Person referred to in such certificate, and all of the foregoing shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(b)    On the Closing Date, all instruments and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all certificates, documents and papers, including good standing certificates, bring-down certificates and any other records of Company proceedings and governmental approvals, if any, which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers, where appropriate, to be certified by proper Company or governmental authorities.
11.5    Approvals. On or prior to the Closing Date and on each Drawdown Date, (a) all necessary governmental (domestic and foreign), regulatory and material third party approvals and/or consents in connection with this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have been obtained and remain in full force and effect and evidence thereof shall have been provided to the Administrative Agent; except for any such approval or consent the failure to obtain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority which restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the





other Loan Documents, the making of the Loans or otherwise referred to herein or therein. Additionally, on the Closing Date and each Drawdown Date, there shall not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon, or materially delaying, or making economically unfeasible, the consummation of the making of the Loans or the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or otherwise referred to herein or therein.
11.6    Guaranty by TAL Group. On the Closing Date, TAL Group shall have duly executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent the guaranty in the form of Exhibit I hereto (as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Guaranty”).
11.7    Security Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered the security agreement in the form of Exhibit H hereto (as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) covering all of the Borrower’s present and future collateral referred to therein, together with:
(a)    proper financing statements (Form UCC-1 or the equivalent) authenticated for filing under the UCC or other appropriate filing offices of each jurisdiction as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent desirable, to perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Security Agreement;
(b)    certified copies of Requests for Information or Copies (Form UCC-11), or equivalent reports, each of a recent date, listing all effective financing statements that name the Borrower as debtor and that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (a) above, together with copies of such other financing statements that name the Borrower as debtor (none of which shall cover any of the Collateral, except to the extent evidencing Permitted Liens or in respect of which the Administrative Agent shall have received termination statements (Form UCC-3) or such other termination statements as shall be required by local law fully executed (where required) for filing);
(c)    evidence of the completion of (or adequate provision for) all other recordings and filings of, or with respect to, the Security Agreement as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent desirable, to perfect the security interests intended to be created by the Security Agreement; and
(d)    evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent desirable, to create, maintain, effect, perfect, preserve, maintain and protect the security interests purported to be created by the Security Agreement have been taken, and the Security Agreement shall be in full force and effect.
11.8    Permitted Indebtedness Agreements. On or prior to the Closing Date, there shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower true and correct copies of all loan and credit agreements listed on the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and all agreements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
11.9    Insurance Certificates; etc. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of insurance complying with the requirements of Section 8.11 for the business and properties of the Borrower, in scope, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as an additional





insured and/or loss payee, and stating that such insurance shall not be canceled or materially revised without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by the respective insurer to the Collateral Agent.
11.10    Audited and Unaudited Financial Statement. Prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received: (a) the financial statements of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet of TAL Group and its consolidated Subsidiaries (and its respective predecessors), and the related consolidated statements of income and shareholder’s equity and statement of cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, together with a certification by an Independent Accountant reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to the effect that such statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of TAL Group and its consolidated Subsidiaries (and its respective predecessors) as of the dates indicated and the results of their consolidated operations and changes in financial position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years except as disclosed therein (which report shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit); (b) the completed and filed 2013 Form 10K of TAL Group; and (c) the balance sheet of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2014 and the related consolidated statements of income for such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all of which shall be certified by the chief financial officer or other Authorized Officer that they fairly present in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial condition of TAL Group and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the consolidated results of their operations and/or changes in their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
11.11    Payment of Fees. On the Closing Date, all costs, fees and expenses, and all other compensation due to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses) shall have been paid to the extent then due.
11.12    Equipment Report and Asset Base Report. Prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received an Equipment Report and an Asset Base Report setting forth the number and type of Pledged Containers then owned by the Borrower and evidencing an Aggregate Net Book Value of at least one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the principal amount of all Loans to be funded on the Closing Date.
11.13    Leverage Ratio. On the Closing Date the Leverage Ratio, as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer, shall be less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00.
11.14    Securitization Intercreditor Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a fully executed copy of a supplement to the Securitization Intercreditor Agreement to add Administrative Agent as a party thereto.
11.15    Payoff and Releases. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent evidence that the Credit Agreement dated December 29, 2011 among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and First Niagara Bank, N. A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, the Credit Agreement dated January 23, 2013 among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and First Niagara Bank, N. A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and the Credit Agreement dated December 4, 2013 among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and First Niagara Bank, N. A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, have been terminated and all obligations thereunder have been repaid in full and satisfied and all liens securing obligations thereunder have been released. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received all necessary lien releases with respect to any





existing liens on the Pledged Containers, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
11.16    Material Adverse Effect. There exists no Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE XII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS
The obligation of each Lender to make Loans is subject, at the time of the making of such Loan, to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
12.1    Revolving Period. The Closing Date shall have occurred and the Revolving Period shall not have expired or been terminated.
12.2    No Event of Default; Representations and Warranties. At such time and immediately after giving effect to such Loan (i) there shall exist no Default or Event of Default and (ii) all representations and warranties contained herein and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on such date (it being understood and agreed that any representation or warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects only as of such specified date).
12.3    Asset Base Report. At least three (3) Business Days prior to each Drawdown Date following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders an Asset Base Report as of a month end date not more than fifty (50) days prior to such Drawdown Date, setting forth the number and type of Pledged Containers then owned by the Borrower and evidencing an Aggregate Net Book Value of at least 125% of the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such Drawdown Date (after the related Loan is made).
12.4    Concentration Limits. All Eligible Containers on the date of the making of such Loan (after giving effect to the Loan(s) advanced on such date and all Collateral pledged in connection therewith) shall comply with all Concentration Limits.
ARTICLE XIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION, ETC.
13.1    Events of Default. If any of the following events (“Events of Default” or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, “Defaults”) shall occur:
(a)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal amount of any Loan when due, whether prior to or following any acceleration in accordance with Section 13.1 hereof; provided, however, that (i) if such principal amount is due on a Principal Payment Date that is not the Maturity Date and (ii) the Borrower fails to make such principal amount on its due date as the result of an administrative or technical error not caused by the Borrower, then the Borrower shall be entitled to one (1) additional Business Day to make such payment in full;





(b)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest payment on any Loan or any Fee when due and payable, and the continuation of such failure to pay for more than three (3) Business Days after such amounts shall have become due and payable;
(c)    default in the payment of any other Obligations owed to the Administrative Agent or any Lender other than the amounts described in clauses (a) and (b) above, and the continuation of such default for more than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which a Senior Designated Officer received written notice of non-payment;
(d)    the Borrower shall fail to comply with any of its covenants contained in Section 9 or Section 10;
(e)    the Borrower or any Credit Party shall fail to perform any term, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (which is not otherwise addressed in this Section 13), which failure materially and adversely affects the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure has been given to a Senior Designated Officer;
(f)    any representation or warranty of the Borrower made in any Loan Document shall prove incorrect in any material respect when made which materially and adversely affects the interest of the Administrative Agent or any Lender and which (if curable) remains unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the first date on which a Senior Designated Officer has received written notice thereof;
(g)    the Borrower, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Special Purpose Vehicle) or TAL Group (each a “Credit Party”) shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; or an involuntary case is commenced against any Credit Party and the petition is not controverted within ten (10) days, or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, after commencement of the case; or a custodian (as defined in the Federal Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of any Credit Party; or any Credit Party has commenced against it any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to any Credit Party and such proceeding remains undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days; or any Credit Party is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or any Credit Party suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or any Credit Party makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any Company action is taken by any Credit Party for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(h)    a Change of Control occurs without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders;
(i)    the Security Agreement or the Liens purported to be created thereby shall become or be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable against the Borrower for any reason other than any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take any action within its control;





(j)    one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against TAL Group or the Borrower involving a liability (to the extent not paid when due or covered by a reputable and solvent insurance company (with any portion of any judgment or decree not so covered to be included in any determination hereunder)) equal to or in excess of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) for all such judgments and decrees and all such judgments or decrees shall either be final and non-appealable or shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days;
(k)    the Borrower fails to make any payment when due (beyond the applicable grace or cure period with respect thereto, if any) or defaults in the observance or performance (beyond the applicable grace or cure period with respect thereto, if any) of any payment obligation, or any other agreement or covenant with respect to the Indebtedness that, individually or in the aggregate for all such Persons, exceeds Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness have accelerated such Indebtedness;
(l)    the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate fails to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder;
(m)    the Borrower or TAL Group takes any action for the purpose of terminating, repudiating or rescinding any Loan Document executed by it or any of its obligations thereunder; and
(n)    any law, rule or regulation shall render invalid, or preclude enforcement of, any material provision of this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or impair performance of the obligations of any Credit Party under this Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document, in each case, for any reason other than as a result of any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the failure of the Administrative Agent to take any action within its control,
then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice in writing to the Borrower declare any or all amounts owing with respect to this Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in Sections 13.1(g), all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable automatically and without any requirement of notice from the Administrative Agent.
13.2    Termination of Commitments. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 13.1(g) shall occur, any unused portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the Lenders shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Loans to the Borrower. If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, terminate the unused portion of the Commitments hereunder, and upon such notice being given such unused portion of the Commitments hereunder shall terminate immediately and each of the Lenders shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Loans. No termination of the Commitments hereunder shall relieve the Borrower of any of the Obligations.
13.3    Remedies. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Administrative Agent shall have accelerated the maturity of the Loans





pursuant to Section 13.1, each Lender, if owed any amount with respect to the Loans may, with the consent of the Required Lenders but not otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations to such Lender are evidenced, including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of such Lender. No remedy herein conferred upon any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the holder of any Note is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.
13.4    Distribution of Collateral Proceeds. In the event that, following the occurrence or during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, as the case may be, receives any monies in connection with the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or otherwise with respect to the realization upon any of the Collateral, such monies shall be distributed for application as follows:
(a)    First, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the reimbursement of the Administrative Agent for, or in respect of, all reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or sustained by the Administrative Agent in connection with the collection of such monies by the Administrative Agent, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Administrative Agent of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of the Collateral or in support of any provision of adequate indemnity to the Administrative Agent against any Taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Administrative Agent to such monies;
(b)    Second, to the payment in full of all of the Secured Obligations pro rata among the Secured Parties in accordance with the amounts owing to each of them;
(c)    Third, upon payment and satisfaction in full or other provisions for payment in full satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent of all of the Secured Obligations, to the payment of any obligations required to be paid pursuant to Section 9 608(a)(1)(C) or 9-615(a)(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York; and
(d)    Fourth, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the Borrower or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.
ARTICLE XIV
ADMINISTRATIVE AND COLLATERAL AGENT
14.1    Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints First Niagara Bank to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.





14.2    Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or its Affiliates as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
14.3    Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
(c)    shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 16.12 and 13.2) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide notice thereof to the other Lenders.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Sections 11 or 12 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.





14.4    Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
14.5    Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 14 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
14.6    Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section and Section 16.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and its respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.





In the event that (i) the Administrative Agent, whether in its capacity as the Administrative Agent or a Lender, does not consent (or fails to respond) to a proposed amendment, modification or waiver to any provision of this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document requested by the Borrower and (ii) such proposed amendment, modification or waiver has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may, upon (x) ten (10) Business Days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent and (y) receipt by the Administrative Agent of the amount calculated in accordance with Section 16.13 hereof in connection with a transfer of the Loans by the Administrative Agent, require that the Administrative Agent promptly resign from such position, such resignation, and the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent to be consummated in accordance with the first paragraph of this Section 14.6.
14.7    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Credit Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
14.8    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(i)    to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and its respective agents and counsel) and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 5.1 and 16.3 allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(ii)    to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same,
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 5.1 and 16.3.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.





14.9    Collateral Matters.
(a)    The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:
(i)    to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (A) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (B) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (C) subject to Section 16.12, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and
(ii)    to take the actions with respect to the Collateral and the Guaranty as are set forth in the Security Documents and the Guaranty, respectively.
(b)    The Lenders hereby agree that the Security Documents may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent, in each case, acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and that no Lender shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce the Security Documents to realize upon the security to be granted hereby, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender upon the terms of this Credit Agreement and the Security Documents.
(c)    Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of Collateral.
14.10    Collateral Agent. All of the provisions of this Article 14 applicable to the Administrative Agent shall be equally applicable to the Collateral Agent.
14.11    Hedge Counterparties. A Hedge Counterparty shall have no rights under this Credit Agreement except the right to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as more fully set forth in Section 13.4 hereof. In connection with any such distribution of payments and collections, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume no amounts are due to any Hedge Counterparty with respect to any Hedging Agreement unless such Hedge Counterparty has notified the Administrative Agent in writing of the amount of any such liability owed to it prior to such distribution.
14.12    Designation of Additional Agents. The Administrative Agent shall have the continuing right, for purposes hereof, at any time and from time to time with the prior consent of the Borrower to designate one or more of the Lenders (and/or its or their Affiliates) as “syndication agents,” “documentation agents,” “book runners,” “lead arrangers,” “arrangers” or other designations for purposes hereto, but such designation shall have no substantive effect, and such Lenders and their Affiliates shall have no additional powers, duties or responsibilities as a result thereof.
ARTICLE XV
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
15.1    General Conditions. The provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or Obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its





rights or obligations hereunder except (a) to a Person in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.2, (b) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.4 or (c) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 15.6 (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Credit Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 15.4, and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
15.2    Assignment by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), provided that:
(a)    except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if a “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Designated Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
(b)    each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, it being understood that non-pro rata assignments of or among any of the Commitments and Loans are not permitted;
(c)    any assignment of a Commitment or Loan must be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is an Eligible Assignee;
(d)    so long as First Niagara Bank is the Administrative Agent, any assignment by First Niagara Bank or any of its Affiliates of all or a portion of its Commitments or Loans that would result in First Niagara Bank and its Affiliates holding in aggregate less than fifteen percent (15%) of the Aggregate Commitments, or, if the Commitments are not then in effect, the aggregate Loans outstanding, shall require, so long as no Designated Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and
(e)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and the Assignee, if it is not already a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 15.3, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Assignee thereunder shall





be a party to this Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Credit Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.2(b), 5.6 and 16.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Credit Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 15.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay to the Assignee any amount under Section 5.2(b), 5.6 or 5.7 that is greater than the amount that the Borrower would have been obligated to pay such Assignee’s assignor if such assigning Lender had not assigned to such Assignee any of its rights under this Credit Agreement, unless (i) the circumstances giving rise to such greater payments did not exist at the time of such assignment, or (ii) the Borrower consented to the payment of such increased amounts at the time of the assignment to such Assignee.
15.3    Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for consent for a material or substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender wishing to consult with other Lenders in connection therewith may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.
15.4    Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, sell participations to any Person other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (a) such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, (b) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (c) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Credit Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Credit Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would reduce the principal of or the interest rate on any Loan, extend the term or increase the amount of the Commitment of such Lender as it relates to such Participant, extend any regularly scheduled payment date for principal, fees or interest or release any or all of the Collateral. Subject to Section 15.5, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.2(b), 5.6, 5.7 and 5.9 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 15.2. To the extent





permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 16.1 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 15.1 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation pursuant to this Section 15.4 to a Participant shall, as agent of the Borrower solely for the purpose of this Section 15.4, record in book entries maintained by such Lender the name and the amount of the participating interest of each Participant entitled to receive payments in respect of such participation.
15.5    Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 5.2(b), 5.6 or 5.7 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Non U.S. Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.2(b) unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 5.2(c) as though it were a Lender.
15.6    Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Credit Agreement (including under its Note) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to one of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks of the United States in the Federal Reserve System or The European Central Bank or any national central bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
15.7    Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
ARTICLE XVI
PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATIONS
16.1    Setoff. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders a continuing lien, security interest and right of setoff as security for all liabilities and Obligations to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising, upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of the Administrative Agent or such Lender or any Lender Affiliate and their successors and assigns or in transit to any of them. Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, if any of the Obligations are due and payable and have not been paid or any Event of Default shall have occurred, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of the Lenders to the Borrower and any securities or other property of the Borrower in the possession of such Lender may be applied to or set off by the Administrative Agent against the payment of Obligations and any and all other liabilities, direct, or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of the Borrower to such Lender. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE ANY LENDER TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF THE BORROWER IS HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED. Each of the Lenders agree with each other Lender





that (a) if an amount to be set off is to be applied to Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender, other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes held by such Lender, such amount shall be applied ratably to such other Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness evidenced by all such Notes held by such Lender, and (b) if such Lender shall receive from the Borrower, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, enforcement of the claim evidenced by the Notes held by such Lender by proceedings against the Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings, or otherwise, any amount in excess of its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Lenders with respect to the Notes held by all of the Lenders, such Lender will make arrangements with the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders with respect to such excess in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5.
16.2    Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay (a) the reasonable and documented costs of producing and reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) the reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent’s Special Counsel and any local counsel to the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the preparation, syndication, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, any amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, or the cancellation of any Loan Document upon payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations or pursuant to any terms of such Loan Document providing for such cancellation, (c) the reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Affiliate in connection with the preparation, syndication, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, (d) any reasonable and documented fees, costs, expenses and bank charges, including bank charges for returned checks, incurred by the Administrative Agent in establishing, maintaining or handling agency accounts, lock box accounts and other accounts for the collection of any of the Collateral, (e) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, and reasonable consulting, accounting, appraisal, investment banking and similar professional fees and charges) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with (i) the enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against the Borrower or the administration thereof after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to the Administrative Agent’s relationship with the Borrower and (f) all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any Lender or the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with UCC searches, UCC filings, or mortgage recordings. The covenants contained in this Section 16.2 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.
16.3    Indemnification. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each of the Lenders, each of their Affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and agents (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character arising out of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Indemnified Liabilities”), including, without limitation, (a) any actual or proposed use by the Borrower of the proceeds of any of the Loans, (b) the reversal or withdrawal of any provisional credits granted by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the transfer of funds from lock box, bank agency, concentration accounts or otherwise under any cash management arrangements with the Borrower or in connection with the provisional honoring of funds transfers, checks or other items, (c) the Borrower entering into or performing this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (d) any such liability, loss, damage or expense in any way relating to, or arising out of, the manufacture, ownership,





leasing or operation of the Collateral incurred prior to any foreclosure on the Collateral, or (e) with respect to the Borrower and its respective properties and assets, the violation of any Environmental Law, the presence, disposal, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances or any action, suit, proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with respect to any Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited to, claims with respect to wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property), in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding; provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to Indemnified Liabilities and related costs and expenses (i) to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities constitute special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages or damages or liabilities based upon any theory of lost profits, or (ii) to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or recklessness of such Indemnitee (and, upon any such determination, any indemnification payments with respect to such Indemnified Liabilities or related costs and expenses previously received by such Indemnitee shall be promptly reimbursed by such Indemnitee). In litigation, or the preparation therefor, each Indemnitee shall be entitled to select its own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity; provided, that the Borrower shall only be obligated under this Section 16.3 to pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel on behalf of all Indemnitees. If, and to the extent that the Obligations of the Borrower under this Section 16.3 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such Obligations which is permissible under applicable law. The covenants contained in this Section 16.3 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.
16.4    Treatment of Certain Confidential Information.
(a)    Confidentiality. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and representatives, to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance with their customary procedures for handling confidential information of the same nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any information supplied to it by, or on behalf of, the Borrower pursuant to this Credit Agreement, provided that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information: (i) after such information shall have become public other than through a violation of this Section 16.4, or becomes available to any of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower; (ii) to the extent required by statute, rule, regulation or judicial process; (iii) to counsel for any of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent; (iv) to bank examiners or any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any Lender or the Administrative Agent, or to auditors or accountants; (v) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Financial Affiliate; (vi) in connection with any litigation to which any one or more of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any Financial Affiliate is a party, or in connection with the enforcement of rights or remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (vii) to a Lender Affiliate or a Subsidiary or affiliate of the Administrative Agent; (viii) to any actual or prospective assignee or participant or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transactions referenced to credit or other risks or events arising under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as such assignee, participant or counterparty, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 16.4; or (ix) with the prior written consent of the Borrower. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Financial Affiliates agrees not to use any information supplied to it by, or on behalf, of the Borrower pursuant to this Credit Agreement for any purpose or in any manner other that evaluating the performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries hereunder and enforcing the rights, remedies and





obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. Without the prior written consent of the Borrower, none of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Financial Affiliate shall be permitted to refer to the Borrower in connection with any advertising, promotion or marketing undertaken by the Administrative Agent, such Lenders or such Financial Affiliate.
(b)    Prior Notification. Unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall, prior to disclosure thereof, notify the Borrower of any request for disclosure of any such information by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) or pursuant to legal process.
(c)    Other. In no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished to it or any Financial Affiliate by the Borrower. The obligations of each Lender under this Section 16.4 shall supersede and replace the obligations of such Lender under any confidentiality letter in respect of this financing signed and delivered by such Lender to the Borrower prior to the date hereof and shall be binding upon any assignee of, or purchaser of any participation in, any interest in any of the Loans from any Lender.
16.5    Survival of Covenants, etc. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any of them, and shall survive the making by the Lenders of any Loans as herein contemplated, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Loans and for such further time as may be otherwise expressly specified in this Credit Agreement. All statements contained in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Lender or the Administrative Agent at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by the Borrower hereunder.
16.6    Notices.
(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, all notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this Credit Agreement or the Notes shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by United States registered or certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by overnight courier, or sent by telegraph, telecopy, facsimile or telex and confirmed by delivery via courier or postal service, addressed as follows.
(i)    if to TAL International Container Corporation, 100 Manhattanville Road, Purchase, New York 10577-2135, Attention: Andrew Greenberg, Facsimile: 914-697-2886, or at such other addresses for notice as the Borrower shall last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice, with copies to the attention of Marc Pearlin at the same address and Facsimile: 914-697-2526;
(ii)    if to the Administrative Agent, for all financial reporting requirements hereunder, including without limitation the Asset Base Report, the Equipment Report, financial statements and covenants, at (x) First Niagara Bank, N.A. - Corporate Banking, 555 Patroon Creek Blvd., Albany, New York 12206, Attention: John Kennedy and (y) First Niagara Bank, N.A. , 726 Exchange Street, Suite 900 Buffalo, NY 14210, Attn: Commercial Participations, for all other notices and other communications at the Administrative Agent’s Office or such other address for notice as the Administrative Agent shall last





have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice, with copies to Reed Smith LLP, 1717 Arch Street, Suite 3100, Philadelphia, PA 19103, Attention: James S. Lawlor, Facsimile: 215-851-1420; and
(iii)    if to any Lender, at such Lender’s address set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, or such other address for notice as such Lender shall have last furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice.
(b)    Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made and to have become effective (i) if delivered by hand, overnight courier or facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is directed, at the time of the receipt thereof by such officer or the sending of such facsimile and (ii) if sent by registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the sixth Business Day following the mailing thereof. Any notice or other communication to be made hereunder or under the Notes, even if otherwise required to be in writing under other provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Notes may alternatively be made in an electronic record transmitted electronically under such authentication and other procedures as the parties hereto may from time to time agree in writing (but not an electronic record), and such electronic transmission shall be effective at the time set forth in such procedures. Unless otherwise expressly provided in such procedures, such an electronic record shall be equivalent to a writing under the other provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Notes and such authentication, if made in compliance with the procedures so agreed by the parties hereto in writing (but not an electronic record), shall be equivalent to a signature under the other provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Notes.
16.7    Governing Law. THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 16.6. THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.
16.8    Headings. The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.
16.9    Counterparts. This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Delivery by facsimile or electronic mail by any of the parties hereto of an executed counterpart hereof or of any amendment or waiver hereto shall be as effective as an original executed counterpart hereof or of such amendment or waiver and shall be





considered a representation that an original executed counterpart hereof or such amendment or waiver, as the case may be, will be delivered.
16.10    Entire Agreement, etc. The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as provided in Section 16.12.
16.11    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE LOANS OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. Except as prohibited by law, the Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. The Borrower (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any Lender or the Administrative Agent has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Administrative Agent would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein.
16.12    Consents, Amendments, Waivers, Etc. Any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement to be given by the Lenders may be given, and any term of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument related hereto or mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the Borrower of any terms of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the Borrower and the written consent of the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or waiver shall:
(a)    without the written consent of the Borrower and each Lender directly affected thereby:
(i)    increase the amount of such Lender’s Commitment or extend the expiration date of such Lender’s Commitment; or
(ii)    change the pro rata treatment of the Lenders pursuant to Sections 4.3(c), 4.5, 13.4 and 16.1 hereof.
(b)    without the written consent of all of the Lenders:
(i)    reduce, delay or forgive the principal amount of any Loans or reduce the rate of interest on the Loans or the priority thereof or the amount of any Fees (other than interest on the





Notes accruing pursuant to Section 5.10 following the effective date of any waiver by the Required Lenders of the Event of Default relating thereto);
(ii)    postpone or extend the Maturity Date or any other regularly scheduled dates for payments of principal of, or interest on, the Loans or any Fees or other amounts payable to such Lender (it being understood that (A) a waiver of the application of the default rate of interest pursuant to Section 5.10, and (B) any vote to rescind any acceleration made pursuant to Section 13.1 of amounts owing with respect to the Loans and other Obligations shall require only the approval of the Required Lenders);
(iii)    other than pursuant to a Permitted Securitization or any other transaction not prohibited by the terms of this Credit Agreement, release all or substantially all of the Collateral (excluding, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower becomes a debtor under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or other applicable insolvency laws, the release of “cash collateral”, as defined in Section 363(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provision of any applicable insolvency law pursuant to a cash collateral stipulation with the debtor approved by the Required Lenders);
(iv)    amend or waive this Section 16.12 or the definitions of “Required Lenders”, “Advance Rate”, “Asset Base”, “Net Book Value” or “Eligible Container”; or
(v)     release TAL Group from the Guaranty.
(c)    without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, amend or waive Section 14, the amount or time of payment of any Fee payable for the Administrative Agent’s account or any other provision applicable to the Administrative Agent; or
(d)    without the consent of any affected counterparty (other than Borrower or any of its Affiliates) to any Hedging Agreement, reduce, delay, forgive or change the relative priority of any amounts owing to such Person in accordance with the terms hereof.
No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto. No notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
16.13    Replacement of Lenders.
(a)    In the event (i) any Lender delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 5.6 or 5.7, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 5.4 or 5.5, (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.2(b), (iv) any Lender does not consent (or fails to respond) to a proposed amendment, modification or waiver to any provision of this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document requested by the Borrower or (v) the Borrower reasonably determines that any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender is a Competitor, then, in each case, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon at least ten (10) Business Days’ notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 15.2), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such





assigned obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:
(i)    the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 15.2;
(ii)    such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 5.9) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(iii)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.6 or 5.7 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(b), such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
(iv)    such assignment does not conflict with applicable laws.
(b)    In connection with any such replacement, if the replaced Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to the replaced Lender, then such replaced Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
(c)    If (i) any Lender shall request compensation under Section 5.6 or 5.7, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 5.4 or 5.5, or (iii) Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.2(b), then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 5.6 or 5.7, enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 5.4 or 5.5, or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.2(b), as the case may be, in the future. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.
16.14    Severability. The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.
16.15    USA Patriot Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001))





(the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION

By:    
Name:    Andrew Greenberg
Title:    Vice President & Treasurer


TAL Credit Agreement Signature Page



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A., in its capacities as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and a Lender

By:    
Name:    John Kennedy
Title:    Vice President

TAL Credit Agreement Signature Page



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

_________________________, in its capacity as a Lender

By:    
Name:    
Title:    






TAL Credit Agreement Signature Page



SCHEDULE 1
Funding Commitments and Commitment Percentages of Lenders
Lender
Commitment Dollar Amount
Commitment Percentage
First Niagara Bank, N.A.
726 Exchange Street
Suite 900
Buffalo, NY 14210
Attn: Commercial Participations
$50,000,000
14.2857142857%
ING Belgium SA/NV
Structured Finance ETIG
24, Avenue Marnix
1000-Brussels
Belgium
$50,000,000
14.2857142857%
Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.
733 Marquette Avenue, Suite 700
Minneapolis, MN 55402
$45,000,000
12.8571428571%
PNC Bank, National Association
249 Fifth Avenue
One PNC Plaza
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
$45,000,000
12.8571428571%
Mizuho Bank, Ltd.
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
$26,500,000
7.5714285714%
Siemens Financial Services, Inc.
170 Wood Avenue South
Iselin, NJ 08830
$22,000,000
6.2857142857%
Santander Bank, N.A.
601 Penn Street
Reading, PA 19601
$22,000,000
6.2857142857%
People’s United Bank
One Post Office Square, Suite 3710 Boston, MA 02110
$22,000,000
6.2857142857%
KeyBank National Association
1000 South McCaslin Blvd.
Superior, CO 80027
$22,000,000
6.2857142857%
S&T Bank
800 Philadelphia Street
P.O. Box 190
Indiana, PA 15701
Attn: Gregory R. Boyer
$13,000,000
3.7142857143%
Pioneer Savings Bank
21 Second Street
Troy, NY 12180
Attn: David E. Blessing
$11,500,000
3.2857142857%
Customers Bank
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, PA 19460
Attn: Lyle Cunningham
Attn: Scott Gates
$9,000,000
2.5714285714%




The Bryn Mawr Trust Company
22 W. State Street
Media, PA 19063
Attn: Chris Smith
$7,000,000
2.0000000000%
Fox Chase Bank
4390 Davisville Road
Hatboro, PA 19040
Attn: Adam Regnery
$5,000,000
1.4285714286%
 
 
 
Total
$350,000,000
100.0000000000%









SCHEDULE 2
Listing of Pledged Containers




Exhibit 4.61 TAL First Niagara Bank 2014 Security Agreement













SECURITY AGREEMENT

among

TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION

and

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.

AS COLLATERAL AGENT




Dated as of November 7, 2014
































SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of November 7, 2014, made by TAL International Container Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “Debtor”) in favor of First Niagara Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors (as defined below) (in such capacities and (in either case) together with any successor collateral agent, the “Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Debtor, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), and First Niagara Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with any successor administrative agent, the “Administrative Agent”), have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014, providing for the making of Loans to the Debtor (the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are herein called the “Lender Creditors”) (as used herein, the term “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement described above in this paragraph, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented and/or refinanced from time to time, and including any agreement extending the maturity of, or refinancing or restructuring (including, but not limited to, the inclusion of additional obligors or guarantors thereunder or any increase in the amount borrowed) of all or any portion of, the Obligations under such Credit Agreement);

WHEREAS, the Debtor may at any time and from time to time enter into one or more Hedging Agreements with one or more Hedge Counterparties from time to time for the purpose of hedging the Obligations (the “Applicable Hedging Agreements”);

WHEREAS, the Lender Creditors and the Hedge Counterparties described above are collectively referred to herein as the “Secured Creditors”;

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to (a) the making of Loans to the Debtor under the Credit Agreement and (b) the Hedge Counterparties entering into Applicable Hedging Agreements, that the Debtor shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Collateral Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Debtor will obtain benefits from the incurrence of Loans under the Credit Agreement and by entering into Applicable Hedging Agreements and, accordingly, desires to execute this Agreement in order to satisfy the conditions described in the preceding recitals and to induce the Lenders to make Loans to the Debtor and for the Hedge Counterparties to enter into Applicable Hedging Agreements with the Debtor;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the benefits accruing to the Debtor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Debtor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors and hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors as follows:

ARTICLE I
SECURITY INTERESTS
1.1Grant of Security Interests Debtor does hereby grant unto the Collateral Agent in its capacity solely as collateral agent for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors, as security for the prompt payment and performance when due of all Obligations, a continuing security interest in all of the right, title and interest of the Debtor in, to and under all of the following personal property and fixtures





(and all rights therein) of the Debtor, or in which or to which the Debtor has any rights, in each case whether now existing or hereafter from time to time acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”):
(a)all Pledged Containers;

(b)all Related Assets with respect to the Pledged Containers;

(c)all Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles, Instruments and Inventory, in each case to the extent that they relate to any Pledged Containers;

(d)all lease proceeds and all rights under leases and container related agreements, including rentals, termination rights, rights to compel performance and guarantees, in each case to the extent that they relate to any Pledged Containers;

(e)all insurance proceeds and other proceeds from dispositions, in each case to the extent that they relate to any Pledged Containers;

(f)all condemnation and confiscation awards, in each case to the extent that they relate to any Pledged Containers;

(g)any Collateral Account and all monies, securities, Instruments and other investments deposited or required to be deposited in any Collateral Account; and

(h)to the extent not otherwise included above, all Accessions, income, payments, and Proceeds, including rents, profits and products, of any and all of the foregoing, in each case to the extent they relate to any Pledged Containers.

1.2Power of Attorney The Debtor hereby constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, irrevocably, with full power after the occurrence of and during the continuance of a Designated Event of Default (in the name of the Debtor or otherwise) to act, require, demand, receive, compound and give acquittance for any and all moneys and claims for moneys due or to become due to the Debtor under or arising out of the Collateral, to endorse any checks or other instruments or orders in connection therewith and to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which the Collateral Agent may deem to be necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Secured Creditors, which appointment as attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

1.3Authority to File Financing Statements The Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, at any time, and from time to time, to file any initial financing statements and continuation statements (and amendments thereto) without the signature of the Debtor that (a) indicate the Collateral, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, and (b) provide any other information required for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment. The Debtor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to have filed with such offices any initial financing statement or amendments to the financing statements or documents of similar import described above if filed prior to the date hereof.

ARTICLE II
GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
The Debtor represents, warrants and covenants, which representations, warranties and covenants shall survive execution and delivery of this Agreement, as follows:






2.1Necessary Filings The Debtor has filed or caused to be filed all UCC-l and UCC-3 financing statements in the filing office for the Debtor’s jurisdiction of organization (collectively, the “Filing Statements”) (or has authenticated and delivered to the Collateral Agent the Filing Statements suitable for filing in such offices) and the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement in and to the Collateral create valid and, together with all such filings, registrations, recordings and other actions, perfected security interests therein (to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected solely by the filing of financing statements under the relevant UCC) prior to the rights of all other Persons therein (other than Permitted Liens) and subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Liens related thereto).

2.2No Liens
The Debtor is, and as to all Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof the Debtor will be, the owner of all Collateral free from any Lien, security interest, encumbrance or other right, title or interest of any Person (other than Permitted Liens), and the Debtor shall defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to the Collateral Agent.
2.3Other Financing Statements
As of the date hereof, there is no financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Collateral (other than financing statements filed in respect of Permitted Liens), and so long as the Termination Date has not occurred, the Debtor will not execute or authorize to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under the law of any jurisdiction) or statements relating to the Collateral, except financing statements filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted hereby by the Debtor or in connection with Permitted Liens or financing statements for which proper termination statements have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing.
2.4Chief Executive Office
During the five (5) year period preceding the date of this Agreement, the chief executive office of the Debtor has not been located at any address other than that indicated on Annex A hereto.
2.5Legal Names; Type of Organization (and Whether a Registered Organization and/or a Transmitting Utility); Jurisdiction of Organization; Location; Organizational Identification Numbers; Changes Thereto; etc The exact legal name of the Debtor, the type of organization of the Debtor, whether or not the Debtor is a Registered Organization, the jurisdiction of organization of the Debtor, the Debtor’s Location, the organizational identification number (if any) of the Debtor, and whether or not the Debtor is a Transmitting Utility, is listed on Annex B hereto. The Debtor shall not change its legal name, its type of organization, its status as a Registered Organization (in the case of a Registered Organization), its status as a Person which is not a Transmitting Utility, its jurisdiction of organization, its Location, or its organizational identification number (if any) from that used on Annex B hereto, except that any such changes shall be permitted (so long as not in violation of the applicable requirements of the Secured Debt Agreements and so long as same do not involve (x) a Registered Organization ceasing to constitute same or (y) the Debtor changing its jurisdiction of organization or Location from the United States or a State thereof to a jurisdiction of organization or Location, as the case may be, outside the United States or a State thereof) if (i) it shall have given to the Collateral Agent not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of each change to the information listed on Annex B (as adjusted for any subsequent changes thereto previously made in accordance with this sentence), together





with a supplement to Annex B which shall correct all information contained therein for the Debtor, and (ii) in connection with such change or changes, it shall have taken all action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the security interests of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby at all times fully perfected and in full force and effect. In addition, to the extent that the Debtor does not have an organizational identification number on the date hereof and later obtains one, the Debtor shall promptly thereafter notify the Collateral Agent of such organizational identification number (to the extent such organizational identification number is required to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interests hereunder) and shall take all actions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to the extent necessary to maintain the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby as being fully perfected and in full force and effect.

2.6Trade Names; Etc. The Debtor has not in the preceding five (5) years operated in any jurisdiction under any trade names, fictitious names or other names except its legal name as specified in Annex B and such other trade or fictitious names as are listed on Annex C hereto.

2.7Certain Significant Transactions. During the one (1) year period preceding the date of this Agreement, no Person shall have merged or consolidated with or into the Debtor, and no Person shall have liquidated into, or transferred all or substantially all of its assets to, the Debtor, in each case except as described in Annex D hereto. With respect to any transactions so described in Annex D hereto, the respective Debtor shall have furnished such information with respect to the Person (and the assets of the Person and locations thereof) which merged with or into or consolidated with the Debtor, or was liquidated into or transferred all or substantially all of its assets to the Debtor, and shall have furnished to the Collateral Agent such UCC lien searches as may have been reasonably requested with respect to such Person and its assets, to establish that no security interest (excluding Permitted Liens) continues perfected on the date hereof with respect to any Person described above (or the assets transferred to the respective Debtor by such Person), including without limitation pursuant to Section 9-316(a)(3) of the UCC.

2.8Non-UCC Property. None of the Collateral is of the types described in Section 9-311 (a) of the UCC.

2.9Recourse. This Agreement is made with full recourse to the Debtor and pursuant to and upon all the warranties, representations, covenants and agreements on the part of the Debtor contained herein and in the Secured Debt Agreements.

2.10As-Extracted Collateral; Timber-to-be-Cut. None of the Collateral constitutes, or would constitute, As-Extracted Collateral or Timber-to-be-Cut.

ARTICLE III
SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS; CONTRACT RIGHTS;INSTRUMENTS; CHAtTEL PAPER AND CERTAIN OTHER COLLATERAL

3.1Direction to Account Debtors; Contracting Parties; etc. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Designated Event of Default, if the Collateral Agent so directs the Debtor, the Debtor agrees (a) to cause all payments on account of the Accounts and Contracts constituting, arising out of, or relating to, the Collateral to be made directly to a Collateral Account, (b) that the Collateral Agent may, at its option, directly notify the obligors with respect to any such Accounts and/or under any such Contracts to make payments with respect thereto as provided in the preceding clause (a), and (c) that the Collateral Agent may enforce collection of any such Accounts and Contracts and may adjust, settle or compromise the amount of payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as the Debtor.





Without notice to or assent by the Debtor, the Collateral Agent may, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Designated Event of Default, apply any or all amounts then in, or thereafter deposited in, a Collateral Account toward the payment of the Obligations in the manner provided in Section 5.4 of this Agreement. The reasonable costs and expenses of collection (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether incurred by the Debtor or the Collateral Agent, shall be borne by the Debtor. The Collateral Agent shall deliver a copy of each notice referred to in the preceding clause (b) to the Debtor, provided that (i) the failure by the Collateral Agent to so notify the Debtor shall not affect the effectiveness of such notice or the other rights of the Collateral Agent created by this Section 3.1 and (ii) no such notice shall be required if an Event of Default of the type described in Section 13.1(g) of the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing.

3.2Collection. The Debtor shall endeavor in accordance with its customary business practices to cause to be collected from the account debtor named in each of its Accounts constituting Collateral or obligor under any lease constituting, arising out of, or relating to the Collateral, as and when due (including, without limitation, amounts which are delinquent, such amounts to be collected in accordance with generally accepted lawful collection procedures) any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Account or lease, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Account or under such lease. Except as otherwise directed by the Collateral Agent after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Designated Event of Default, the Debtor may allow, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the terms of the Credit and Collection Policy in effect from time to time, as adjustments to amounts owing under its Accounts and leases (a) an extension or renewal of the time or times of payment, or settlement for less than the total unpaid balance, which the Debtor finds appropriate in accordance with its business judgment and (b) a refund or credit due as a result of improperly performed services or for other reasons which the Debtor finds appropriate in accordance with reasonable business judgment. The reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) of collection, whether incurred by the Debtor or the Collateral Agent, shall be borne by the Debtor.

3.3Debtor Remains Liable Under Contracts. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Debtor shall remain liable under each of the Contracts which arise out of, or relate to, any of the Collateral to observe and perform all of the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions of each Contract. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Creditor shall have any obligation or liability under any Contract by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Creditor of any payment relating to such Contract pursuant hereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Creditor be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of the Debtor under or pursuant to any Contract, to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Contract, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to them or to which they may be entitled at any time or times.

3.4Chattel Paper. Upon the request of the Collateral Agent following the occurrence of a Designated Event of Default made at any time or from time to time, the Debtor shall promptly furnish to the Collateral Agent a list of all Electronic Chattel Paper which constitutes, arises out of, or relates to, the Collateral held or owned by the Debtor. Furthermore, if requested by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence of a Designated Event of Default, the Debtor shall promptly take all actions which are reasonably practicable so that the Collateral Agent has “control” of all Electronic Chattel Paper which constitutes, arises out of, or relates to, the Collateral in accordance with the requirements of Section 9-105 of the UCC. The Debtor will promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) following any





request by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence of a Designated Event of Default, deliver all of its Tangible Chattel Paper which constitutes, arises out of, or relates to, the Collateral to the Collateral Agent. The Debtor hereby agrees not to deliver any Chattel Paper which constitutes, arises out of, or relates to, the Collateral to any other Person.

3.5Container Management System. Without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, the Debtor agrees that it will not grant to any Person, or permit any Person to obtain a Lien, over the Container Management System.

3.6Further Actions. The Debtor will, at its own expense, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time such vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments or grants of security interest, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps, including any and all actions as may be necessary or required under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (or other similar law), arising out of or relating to the Collateral and covered by the security interest hereby granted, as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require (subject to the carve-outs and exceptions set forth herein).

ARTICLE IV
PROVISIONS CONCERNING ALL COLLATERAL

4.1Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security Interest. Except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents, Debtor will do nothing to impair the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral. The Debtor assumes all liability and responsibility in connection with the Collateral acquired by it and the liability of the Debtor to pay the Obligations shall in no way be affected or diminished by reason of the fact that such Collateral may be lost, destroyed, stolen, damaged or for any reason whatsoever unavailable to the Debtor.

4.2Warehouse Receipts Non-Negotiable. To the extent practicable, the Debtor agrees that if any warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt is issued with respect to any of the Collateral, the Debtor shall request that such warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature thereof shall not be “negotiable” (as such term is used in Section 7-104 of the UCC as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction or under other relevant law).

4.3Additional Information. In addition to the information to be provided by the Debtor to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Designated Event of Default the Debtor will, at its own expense, from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the respective request) furnish to the Collateral Agent such information with respect to the Collateral (including the identity of the Collateral or such components thereof as may have been requested by the Collateral Agent, the value and location of such Collateral, etc.) as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the forgoing, the Debtor agrees that it shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the respective request) furnish to the Collateral Agent such updated Annexes hereto as may from time to time be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.

4.4Finance Leases. The Debtor will, at its own expense, with respect to any Lessee that leases a Pledged Container pursuant to a Finance Lease, take the following actions by no later than ninety (90) days following the later of (a) the Closing Date and (b) the date such Finance Lease was entered into:





i.if the Lessee’s Location is within the United States of America, then file in the appropriate filing office a UCC financing statement naming the Lessee as debtor/lessee, the Debtor as lessor/secured party, and the related Pledged Containers as the collateral; or

ii.if the Lessee’s Location is not within the United State of America, then the Debtor shall file with the Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia a UCC financing statement naming the Lessee as debtor/lessee, the Debtor as lessor/secured party, and the related Pledged Containers as the collateral.

4.5Financing Statements. The Debtor agrees to authenticate and deliver to the Collateral Agent such financing statements, in form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request or as are reasonably necessary in the opinion of the Collateral Agent to establish and maintain a valid, enforceable, perfected security interest in the Collateral as provided herein (to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected solely by the filing of financing statements under the relevant UCC) and the other rights and security contemplated hereby. The Debtor will pay any applicable filing fees, recordation taxes and related expenses relating to its Collateral.

4.6Software. The Debtor shall not create or attempt to create, assume or permit to subsist any Lien or other encumbrance upon any Software owned by it (including the Container Management System) or any of its Software licenses (other than in favor of the Secured Creditors).

4.7Further Actions. The Debtor will, at its own expense and upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time such additional documents which the Collateral Agent deems reasonably appropriate or advisable to perfect, preserve or protect its security interest in the Collateral.

ARTICLE V
REMEDIES UPON OCCURRENCE OF A DESIGNATED EVENT OF DEFAULT

5.1Remedies; Obtaining the Collateral Upon A Designated Event of Default. The Debtor agrees that, if any Designated Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then and in every such case, the Collateral Agent, in addition to any rights now or hereafter existing under applicable law and under the other provisions of this Agreement, shall have all rights as a secured creditor under any UCC, and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured creditor is entitled under the laws in effect in all relevant jurisdictions and may:

(a)subject to the right of any applicable Lessee to the right of quiet enjoyment of such property, personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from the Debtor or any other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon the Debtor’s premises where any of the Collateral is located and remove the same and use in connection with such removal any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of the Debtor;

(b)instruct the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation (including, without limitation, the Accounts and the Contracts) constituting the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Collateral Agent and may exercise any and all remedies of the Debtor in respect of such Collateral;






(c)sell, assign or otherwise liquidate any or all of the Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof, or direct the Debtor to sell, assign or otherwise liquidate any or all of the Collateral or any part thereof, and, in each case, take possession of the proceeds of any such sale or liquidation;

(d)take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by directing the Debtor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral Agent at any reasonable place or places designated by the Collateral Agent, in which event the Debtor shall at its own expense:

i.forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places so designated by the Collateral Agent and there delivered to the Collateral Agent;

ii.store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Collateral Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.2 hereof; and

iii.while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be reasonably necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain it in good condition;

(e)license or sublicense, on a nonexclusive basis, any marks, domain names, patents or copyrights included in the Collateral for such term and on such conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall in its reasonable judgment determine;

(f)apply any monies constituting Collateral or proceeds thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4; and

(g)take any other action as specified in clauses (1) through (5), inclusive, of Section 9-607(a) of the UCC,it being understood that the Debtor’s obligation so to deliver the Collateral is of the essence of this Agreement and that, accordingly, upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by the Debtor of said obligation.

5.2Remedies; Disposition of the Collateral. If any Designated Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then any Collateral repossessed by the Collateral Agent under or pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof and any other Collateral whether or not so repossessed by the Collateral Agent, may be sold, assigned, leased or otherwise disposed of under one or more contracts or as an entirety, and without the necessity of gathering at the place of sale the property to be sold, and in general in such manner, at such time or times, at such place or places and on such terms as the Collateral Agent may, in compliance with any mandatory requirements of applicable law, determine to be commercially reasonable. Any of the Collateral may be sold, leased or otherwise disposed of, in the condition in which the same existed when taken by the Collateral Agent or after any overhaul or repair at the expense of the Debtor which the Collateral Agent shall determine to be commercially reasonable. Any such sale, lease or other disposition may be effected by means of a public disposition or private disposition, effected in accordance with the applicable requirements (in each case if and to the extent applicable) of Sections 9-610 through 9-613 of the UCC and/or such other mandatory requirements of applicable law as may apply to the respective disposition. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private disposition or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the disposition, and such disposition may be made at any time or place to which the disposition may be so adjourned. To the extent permitted by any such requirement of law, each of the Collateral





Agent and the other Secured Creditors may bid for and become the purchaser (and may pay all or any portion of the purchase price by crediting Obligations against the purchase price) of the Collateral or any item thereof, offered for disposition in accordance with this Section 5.2 without accountability to the Debtor. If, under applicable law, the Collateral Agent shall be permitted to make disposition of the Collateral within a period of time which does not permit the giving of notice to the Debtor as hereinabove specified, the Collateral Agent need give the Debtor only such notice of disposition as shall be required by such applicable law. The Debtor agrees to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to make such disposition or dispositions of all or any portion of the Collateral valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at the Debtor’s expense. Following a Designated Event of Default, the Debtor hereby agrees that all monies, checks, notes, instruments, drafts or other payments relating to or constituting proceeds of the Collateral which come into the possession or under the control of the Debtor or any employees, agents or other persons acting for or in concert with the Debtor, shall be received and held in trust for the Collateral Agent and such items shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Collateral Agent. Immediately upon receipt thereof, the Debtor and such other Persons shall remit the same or cause the same to be remitted, in kind, to the Collateral Agent, and the Debtor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, with appropriate endorsement and assignment to the Collateral Agent with full recourse to the Debtor, all instruments, notes and chattel paper constituting proceeds of the Collateral.

5.3Waiver of Claims. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, THE DEBTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NOTICE AND JUDICIAL HEARING IN CONNECTION WITH THE COLLATERAL AGENT’S TAKING POSSESSION OR THE COLLATERAL AGENT’S DISPOSITION OF ANY OF THE COLLATERAL, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL PRIOR NOTICE AND HEARING FOR ANY PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OR REMEDIES. In addition, the Debtor hereby further waives, to the extent permitted by law:

(a)all damages occasioned by such taking of possession or any such disposition except any damages which are the direct result of the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision);

(b)all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder; and

(c)all rights of redemption, appraisement, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law in order to prevent or delay the enforcement of this Agreement or the absolute sale of the Collateral or any portion thereof, and the Debtor, for itself and all who may claim under it, insofar as it or they now or hereafter lawfully may, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws.

Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the Debtor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against the Debtor and against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through and under the Debtor.






5.4Application of Proceeds. (a) All moneys collected by the Collateral Agent upon any sale or other disposition of any Collateral pursuant to the enforcement of this Agreement or the exercise of any of the remedial provisions hereof (or, if any other Security Document requires proceeds of “collateral” thereunder to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, by such “collateral agent” thereunder pursuant to the enforcement of such Security Document or the exercise of the remedial provisions thereof), together with all other moneys received by the Collateral Agent hereunder in respect of the Collateral (or such “collateral agent” under such other Security Documents) (including all monies received in respect of post-petition interest) as a result of any such enforcement or the exercise of any such remedial provisions or as a result of any distribution of any Collateral (or “collateral” under any other Security Document, as the case may be) upon the bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding involving the readjustment of the obligations and indebtedness of the Debtor, or the application of any Collateral (or “collateral” under any other Security Document, as the case may be) to the payment thereof or any distribution of Collateral (or “collateral” under any other Security Document, as the case may be) upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Debtor, or the winding up of the assets or business of the Debtor or under any insurance policies insuring any of the Collateral (or “collateral” under any other Security Document, as the case may be), shall be applied as follows:

i.first, to the payment of all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent of the type described in clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Obligations”; and

ii.second, to the extent proceeds remain after the application pursuant to preceding clause (i), in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 13.4 of the Credit Agreement.

(a)All payments required to be made hereunder shall be made (i) if to the Lender Creditors, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender Creditors and (ii) if to the Hedge Counterparties, to the trustee, paying agent or other similar representative (each, a “Representative”) for the Hedge Counterparties or, in the absence of such a Representative, directly to the Hedge Counterparties.

(b)For purposes of applying payments received in accordance with this Section 5.4, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon (i) the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Representative or, in the absence of such a Representative, upon the Hedge Counterparties.

(c)It is understood that the Debtor shall remain liable with respect to its Loan Document Obligations and Hedging Obligations to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral granted by it hereunder and the aggregate amount of such Obligations.

5.5Remedies Cumulative. Each and every right, power and remedy hereby specifically given to the Collateral Agent shall be in addition to every other right, power and remedy specifically given to the Collateral Agent under this Agreement, the other Secured Debt Agreements or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute and each and every right, power and remedy whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time or simultaneously and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent. All such rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and the exercise or the beginning of the exercise of one shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to exercise any other or others. No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent in the exercise of any such right, power or remedy and no renewal or extension of any of the Obligations shall impair any such right, power or remedy or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or an





acquiescence thereof. No notice to or demand on the Debtor in any case shall entitle it to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand. In the event that the Collateral Agent shall bring any suit to enforce any of its rights hereunder and shall be entitled to judgment, then in such suit the Collateral Agent may recover reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and the amounts thereof shall be included in such judgment.

5.6Discontinuance of Proceedings. In case the Collateral Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the Debtor, the Collateral Agent and each holder of any of the Obligations shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Collateral subject to the security interest created under this Agreement, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

ARTICLE VI
DEFINITIONS
The following terms shall have the meanings herein specified. Such definitions shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.

Accession” shall mean “accession” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, but in any event shall include, without limitation, Goods which are physically united with other Goods in such a manner that the identity of the original Goods is not lost.

Account” shall mean any “account” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, and in any event shall include, but shall not be limited to, all rights to payment of any monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, (c) for a policy of insurance issued or to be issued, (d) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, (e) for energy provided or to be provided, (f) for the use or hire of a vessel under a charter or other contract, (g) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card, or (h) as winnings in a lottery or other game of chance operated or sponsored by a State, governmental unit of a State, or person licensed or authorized to operate the game by a State or governmental unit of a State.

Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

Agreement” shall mean this Security Agreement as the same may be amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Applicable Hedging Agreement” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

As-Extracted Collateral” shall mean “as-extracted collateral” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Chattel Paper” shall mean “chattel paper” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York. Without limiting the





foregoing, the term “Chattel Paper” shall in any event include all Tangible Chattel Paper and all Electronic Chattel Paper.

Collateral” shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.1 of this Agreement.

Collateral Account” means any collateral account maintained with, and in the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors.

Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Container Management System” shall mean the “TERMS 2000” tracking and billing system, and any upgrade of, successor to, or replacement for, such system.

Contracts” shall mean all contracts between the Debtor and one or more additional parties (including, without limitation, any Hedging Agreements, licensing agreements, partnership agreements, joint venture agreements and limited liability company agreements).

Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

Debtor” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Designated Event of Default” shall mean (a) any Designated Event of Default under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement and (b) any event of default (or similar term) by the Debtor under, and as defined in, any Applicable Hedging Agreement.

Electronic Chattel Paper” shall mean “electronic chattel paper” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

General Intangible” shall mean “general intangible” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Goods” shall mean “goods” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Hedging Obligations” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Obligations” in this Article VI.

Instrument” shall mean “instrument” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Inventory” shall mean “inventory” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, but in any event shall include, without limitation, tangible personal property held by or on behalf of the Debtor (or in which the Debtor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest) for sale or lease or to be furnished under contracts of service, tangible personal property which the Debtor has so leased or furnished, and raw materials, work in process and materials used, produced or consumed in the Debtor’s business, and shall include tangible personal property returned to the Debtor by the purchaser following a sale thereof by the Debtor and tangible personal property represented by Documents. All equipment, accessories and parts at any time attached or added to items of Inventory or used in connection therewith shall be deemed to be part of the Inventory.






Lender Creditors” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

Lenders” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

Loan Document Obligations” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Obligations” in this Article VI.

Location” shall mean the Debtor’s “location” as determined pursuant to Section 9-307 of the UCC.

Obligations” shall mean and include all of the following:

(a)the full and prompt payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness (including, without limitation, principal, premium, interest (including, without limitation, all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding of the Debtor at the rate provided for in the respective documentation, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding), reimbursement obligations for fees, costs and indemnities) to the Lender Creditors, whether now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the due performance and compliance by the Debtor with all of the terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Credit Agreement and in such other Loan Documents (all such obligations, liabilities and indebtedness under this clause (a), except to the extent consisting of obligations or indebtedness with respect to the Applicable Hedging Agreements, being herein collectively called the “Loan Document Obligations”);

(b)the full and prompt payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness (including, without limitation, all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding of the Debtor at the rate provided for in the respective documentation, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding) owing by the Debtor to the Hedge Counterparties, whether now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of or in connection with any Applicable Hedging Agreement the obligations of which by its terms are required to be secured by the Collateral, whether such Applicable Hedging Agreement is now in existence or hereinafter arising, and the due performance and compliance by the Debtor with all of the terms, conditions and agreements contained in each such Applicable Hedging Agreement (all such obligations, liabilities and indebtedness under this clause (b) being herein collectively called the “Hedging Obligations”);

(c)any and all sums advanced by the Collateral Agent in order to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interest in the Collateral; and

(d)in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any indebtedness, obligations, or liabilities of the Debtor referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above, after a Designated Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral, or of any exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights hereunder, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs,






(e)it being acknowledged and agreed that the “Obligations” shall include extensions of credit of the types described above, whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or extended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.

Proceeds” shall mean all “proceeds” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof and, in any event, shall also include, but not be limited to, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to the Collateral Agent or the Debtor from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to the Debtor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any governmental authority (or any person acting under color of governmental authority) and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

Registered Organization” shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

Representative” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5 .4(b) of this Agreement.

Secured Creditors” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

Secured Debt Agreements” shall mean and include this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and any Applicable Hedging Agreement.

Software” shall mean “software” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Tangible Chattel Paper” shall mean “tangible chattel paper” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Termination Date” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

Timber-to-be-Cut” shall mean “timber-to-be-cut” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

Transmitting Utility” shall mean “transmitting utility” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the relevant jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall be used herein as defined therein.

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

1.4Notices. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices, requests, demands or other communications to or upon the respective parties hereto shall be sent or delivered by mail, telegraph, telex, telecopy, cable or courier service and all such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, or cabled or sent by courier, be effective when deposited in the mails,





delivered to the telegraph company, cable company or overnight courier, as the case may be, or sent by telex or telecopier, except that notices and communications to the Collateral Agent or the Debtor shall not be effective until received by the Collateral Agent or the Debtor, as the case may be. All notices and other communications shall be in writing and addressed as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

1.5Waiver; Amendment. Except as provided in Section 7.12 hereof, none of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be changed, waived, modified or varied in any manner whatsoever unless in writing duly signed by the Debtor and the Collateral Agent.

1.6Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Debtor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be impaired by: (a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of the Debtor; (b) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver of, any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Secured Debt Agreement; or (c) any amendment to or modification of any Secured Debt Agreement or any security for any of the Obligations; whether or not the Debtor shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing.

1.7Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect, subject to release and/or termination as set forth in Section 7.8 hereof, (b) be binding upon the Debtor, its successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Debtor shall assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the other Secured Creditors and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. All agreements, statements, representations and warranties made by the Debtor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by the Debtor or on its behalf under this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Creditors and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Secured Debt Agreements regardless of any investigation made by the Secured Creditors or on their behalf.

1.8Headings Descriptive. The headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

1.9GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
  
(a)THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE WITH RESPECT TO UNITED STATES REGISTERED AND APPLIED-FOR MARKS, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS, FEDERAL LAW. ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK IN EACH CASE WHICH ARE LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE DEBTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON- EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE DEBTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK JURISDICTION OVER THE DEBTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY





LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFORESAID COURTS THAT ANY SUCH COURT LACKS JURISDICTION OVER THE DEBTOR. THE DEBTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE DEBTOR AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7.1 ABOVE, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. THE DEBTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY SECURED CREDITOR, TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE DEBTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b)THE DEBTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(c)EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

1.10Debtor’s Duties. It is expressly agreed, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, that the Debtor shall remain liable to perform all of the obligations, if any, assumed by it with respect to the Collateral and the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligations or liabilities with respect to any Collateral by reason of or arising out of this Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of the Debtor under or with respect to any Collateral.

1.11Termination; Release.

(a)After the Termination Date, this Agreement shall terminate and the Collateral Agent, at the request and expense of the respective Debtor, will promptly execute and deliver to the Debtor a proper instrument or instruments (including UCC termination statements on Form UCC-3) acknowledging the satisfaction and termination of this Agreement, and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Debtor (without recourse and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in the possession of the Collateral Agent and as has not theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, “Termination Date” shall mean the date upon which all of the Obligations have been fully paid (other than contingent indemnification obligations), the Aggregate Commitments have been terminated and all Applicable Hedging Agreements have been terminated.





(b)So long as no Designated Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, upon (i) the sale or other disposition of any part of the Collateral that is not prohibited by the respective Secured Debt Agreements, (ii) the use of any Proceeds in connection with the acquisition of any property or to pay any fees, costs and expenses of any Person, or (iii) the release of any part of the Collateral at the direction of the Collateral Agent, such Collateral shall automatically be released from the Lien of this Agreement and the Lien of this Agreement shall be terminated with respect to such Collateral and such Collateral shall automatically be assigned, transferred and conveyed to the applicable Debtor by the Collateral Agent.

(c)Upon and after any and all releases contemplated in clauses (a) and (b) above, at the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Debtor, the Collateral Agent will execute and deliver such documentation, including termination or partial release statements and the like (without recourse and without any representation or warranty) to evidence such release or otherwise in connection therewith; provided that upon request of the Collateral Agent the applicable Debtor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate signed by a Senior Designated Officer of the Debtor stating that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to such Section 7.8(a) or (b).

(d)The Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any other Secured Creditor as the result of any release of Collateral by it in accordance with (or which the Collateral Agent in the absence of gross negligence and willful misconduct believes to be in accordance with) this Section 7.8 and the Secured Debt Agreements.

1.12Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Debtor and the Collateral Agent. Execution and delivery of this Agreement by facsimile signature shall constitute execution and delivery of this Agreement for all purposes hereof with the same force and effect as execution and delivery of a manually signed copy hereof.

1.13Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

1.14The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Creditors. The Collateral Agent will hold in accordance with this Agreement all items of the Collateral at any time received under this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that the obligations of the Collateral Agent as holder of the Collateral and interests therein and with respect to the disposition thereof, and otherwise under this Agreement, are only those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

1.15Saving Clause. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, “Collateral” shall not include, and the security interest granted under this Agreement shall not attach to, any general intangibles, assets or other rights, in either case existing on the Closing Date, (a) arising under or subject to any contracts, instruments, licenses or other documents as to which the grant of a security interest would (i) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in favor of a third party on such grant, unless and until any required consents shall have been obtained or (ii) give any other party to such contract, instrument, license or other document the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (b) the





granting of a security interest in which would be void or illegal under any applicable governmental law, rule or regulation, or pursuant thereto would result in, or permit the termination of, such asset.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]








IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER
CORPORATION


By: ________________________________
Name:    Andrew Greenberg
Title:    Vice President & Treasurer

Accepted and Agreed to:

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent

By:                        
Name:    John Kennedy
Title:    Vice President
















Security Agreement Signature Page






ANNEX A

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE DEBTOR

100 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577






ANNEX B

SCHEDULE OF LEGAL NAME, TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
(AND WHETHER A REGISTERED ORGANIZATION AND/OR
A TRANSMITTING UTILITY), JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION,
LOCATION AND ORGANIZATIONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER


Exact Legal
Name of Debtor
Registered
Organization?
(Yes/No)
Jurisdiction
of
Organization
Debtor’s Location (for purposes of NYUCC § 9‑307)
Identification Number (or, if it has none,
so indicate)
Transmitting
Utility?
(Yes/No)
TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION
Yes
Del.
Del.
0689911
No







ANNEX C

SCHEDULE OF TRADE AND FICTITIOUS NAMES

Trade and/or Fictitious Names

Trader Lease
SpaceWise
Trader
Greyslot
Martec Leasing








ANNEX D

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS OCCURRING
WITHIN ONE YEAR PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT



NONE






Exhibit 4.62 TAL First Niagara Bank 2014 Guaranty




GUARANTY

GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”), dated as of November 7, 2014, is made by TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Guarantor”), in favor of the Beneficiaries (as defined below).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”), TAL International Container Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Borrower”), has requested from the lenders from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”) and First Niagara Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Administrative Agent” or the “Collateral Agent”; each of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, a “Beneficiary”) a term loan facility in the maximum principal amount of $350,000,000, as may be increased up to $420,000,000 in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor will execute and deliver this Guaranty pursuant to which such Guarantor will guaranty, among other things, payment of all of the Obligations, as hereinafter defined; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a direct Subsidiary of the Guarantor and, as such, will receive substantial direct or indirect benefit from the transaction described in the Credit Agreement and therefore it is in the best interest of the Guarantor to enter into this Guaranty.

AGREEMENT:

Accordingly, the Guarantor agrees for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and each of their successors, permitted assigns and transferees, as follows:

1.    Certain Terms.

(a)    Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

(b)    “Obligations” means any and all present and future payment obligations and liabilities of the Borrower of every type and description to the Beneficiaries, or any of their successors or permitted assigns, under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or other amounts (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), in each case whether due or not due, direct or indirect, joint and/or several, absolute or contingent, voluntary or involuntary, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding, and whether or not recovery of any such obligation or liability may be barred by a statute of limitations or such obligation or liability may otherwise be unenforceable. All Obligations shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance on this Guaranty.






2.    Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each of the Beneficiaries the full and punctual payment when due of all Obligations, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, and such guaranty is continuing and not conditional or contingent upon pursuit by any Beneficiary of any prior action or proceeding for collection, or for any other remedies the Beneficiaries may have, against the Borrower or any other Person. All such amounts and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be payable on demand.

3.    Expenses. The Guarantor agrees to pay to the Beneficiaries any and all reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses), that the Beneficiaries may incur in connection with (a) the collection of all sums guaranteed hereunder and (b) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights, powers or remedies of the Beneficiaries under this Guaranty or applicable law.

4.    Consent. The Guarantor hereby consents and agrees that the time or place of payment of any Obligation may be exchanged or extended, in whole or in part, to a time certain or otherwise, and may be renewed or accelerated, in whole or in part; that any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents may be renewed, extended, modified, amended, increased, accelerated, compromised, refinanced or waived; that the Borrower or any other obligor with respect to the Obligations may be granted indulgences or released from liability; that the insolvency, bankruptcy and/or dissolution of the Borrower, of any other obligor or of the Guarantor shall not affect the obligations hereunder of the Guarantor; that neither the invalidity nor the unenforceability of any of the Obligations shall affect the obligations hereunder of the Guarantor; that no claim need be asserted against any trustee in bankruptcy or receiver or other representative in the event the Borrower, any other obligor or the Guarantor is adjudicated bankrupt or becomes insolvent; and that any property to the credit of the Borrower, any other obligor or the Guarantor or any other party liable for payment of any of the Obligations may be released from time to time, in whole or in part, at, before or after the stated, extended or accelerated maturity of such Obligations, all of which (i) may be effected without notice to or further assent by the Guarantor and (ii) shall not affect the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty.

5.    Waiver. The Guarantor hereby expressly waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(a)    Notice of acceptance of this Guaranty;

(b)    Presentment and demand for payment of any Obligation;

(c)    Protest and notice of dishonor or default to the Guarantor or to any other party with respect to any Obligation or any security for any Obligation;

(d)    Demand for payment under this Guaranty;

(e)    Notice of disposition of any security for any Obligation;

(f)    Any defense by reason of impairment of: (i) any security now or hereafter held for any Obligation; or (ii) recourse against any party liable for the payment of any Obligation; and

(g)    Any other defense or counterclaim whatsoever, other than indefeasible payment and performance of the Obligations.






6.    Guaranty of Payment. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection. The Guarantor (a) waives any claim to marshaling of assets and (b) waives any right to require that an action be brought against the Borrower or any other Person prior to action against the Guarantor hereunder. The Guarantor shall be released from all liability hereunder only upon payment in full of all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the termination of all Commitments.

7.    Binding Effect. The provisions of this Guaranty shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of each Beneficiary and its successors and permitted assigns. The Guarantor may not assign its rights, benefits, duties and obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

8.    Right of Set Off. To the extent that the Guarantor has made payment hereunder to any Beneficiary of all or any portion of principal and interest required to be paid under the Credit Agreement, the full amount of such payment shall be deducted from amounts allocable and payable to such Beneficiary pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

9.    Limitation of Guaranty. Any term or provision of this Guaranty or the Credit Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Obligations for which the Guarantor shall be liable shall not exceed the maximum amount for which the Guarantor can be liable without rendering this Guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer.

10.    Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor makes the following representations, warranties and agreements with the Beneficiaries:

(a)    Corporation Status. The Guarantor is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b)    Power and Authority. The Guarantor has the power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Guaranty and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty. The Guarantor has duly executed and delivered the Guaranty and the Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

(c)    No Violation. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of the Guaranty, nor compliance by the Guarantor with the terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein, (i) will contravene any material provision of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (ii) will conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the Guarantor pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, credit agreement or any other agreement, contract or instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or by which it or any of its material property or assets are bound or to which it may be subject, or (iii) will violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any other organizational document of the Guarantor.






(d)    Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened in writing (i) with respect to this Guaranty, (ii) that would prevent or delay in any material respect the performance by the Guarantor of the guarantee contemplated hereby, or (iii) with respect to any other matter, as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(e)    Governmental Approvals. No order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any domestic or foreign governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to authorize, in respect of the Guarantor, or is required to be obtained by the Guarantor in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Guaranty with respect to the Guarantor. Additionally, on the Closing Date and any date on which a Loan is made to the Borrower, there shall not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon, or materially delaying, or making economically unfeasible, the ability of the Guarantor to make this Guaranty or prevent or delay in any material respect the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder.

(f)    Representation as to Benefit. The Guarantor represents and warrants for and as to itself that it has received, or will receive, direct or indirect benefit from the making of this Guaranty.

11.    Reinstatement. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations or such part thereof, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that, and to the extent that, any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated, and shall be deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

12.    Subrogation. After (and not before) all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all other Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and in cash and fully performed and all Commitments terminated, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Beneficiaries to receive payments in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all other Obligations, but only to the extent of amounts paid by the Guarantor under this Guaranty.

13.    Amendment. This Guaranty may not be modified or amended except by a writing duly executed by the Guarantor and the Administrative Agent.

14.    Law. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THIS GUARANTY AND ALL CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN CHOICE OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION).

15.    Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall





be invalid under such laws, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without affecting the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty, which shall be binding and enforceable to the fullest extent allowable by law.

16.    Waiver. Waiver by the Administrative Agent of a breach of this Guaranty shall not operate as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

17.    Signatures; Counterparts. Facsimile transmissions of any executed original document and/or retransmission of any executed facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be the same as the delivery of an executed original. At the request of any party hereto, the other parties hereto shall confirm facsimile transmissions by executing duplicate original documents and delivering the same to the requesting party or parties. This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

18.    Notices. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices, requests, demands or other communications to or upon the respective parties hereto shall be sent or delivered by mail, telegraph, telex, telecopy, cable or courier service and all such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, or cabled or sent by courier, be effective when deposited in the mails, delivered to the telegraph company, cable company or overnight courier, as the case may be, or sent by telex or telecopier, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent or the Guarantor shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent or the Guarantor, as the case may be. All notices and other communications shall be in writing and addressed as set forth in the Credit Agreement. Notices to the Guarantor shall be made to: TAL International Group, Inc., 100 Manhattanville Road, Purchase, New York 10577‑2135, Attention: Marc A. Pearlin, Facsimile: (914) 697-2526, or at such other addresses for notice as the Guarantor shall last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice.

19.    Consents and Waivers Relating to Legal Proceedings.

(a)    THE GUARANTOR AND EACH BENEFICIARY (BY ACCEPTANCE OF RIGHTS HEREUNDER) WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION UNDER THIS GUARANTY OR ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, REGARDLESS OF WHICH PARTY INITIATES SUCH ACTION OR ACTIONS.

(b)    Pursuant to Section 5‑1402 of the New York General Obligations Law, all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Guaranty shall be tried and litigated in state or Federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, State of New York.
THE GUARANTOR AND (BY ACCEPTANCE OF RIGHTS HEREUNDER) EACH BENEFICIARY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, TO ASSERT THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION. Nothing contained in this clause shall preclude the Administrative Agent from bringing any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty in the courts of any place where the Guarantor or any of its assets or the Borrower or any of its assets may be found or located.

20.    Guaranty Enforceable by Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Guaranty, the Beneficiaries agree (by their acceptance of the benefits of this Guaranty) that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent, in each case acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders.






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the first date written above.

TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.


By: ________________________________
Name:    Andrew Greenberg
Title:    Vice President & Treasurer





















    














Signature Page to TAL Guaranty







Exhibit 4.63 TAL V 2014-3 Series Supplement











TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
Issuer

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Indenture Trustee
______________________________

SERIES 2014-3 SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of November 25, 2014

to

INDENTURE
Dated as of February 27, 2013
______________________________

SERIES 2014-3, FIXED RATE ASSET-BACKED NOTES,
CLASS A NOTES AND CLASS B NOTES










 
 
Page
Article I Definitions; Calculation Guidelines
1

Section 101.
Definitions
1

 
 
 
Article II Creation of the Series 2014-3 Notes
14

Section 201.
Designations
14

Section 202.
Authentication and Deliver
15

Section 203.
Interest Payments on the Series 2014-3 Notes
16

Section 204.
Principal Payments on the Series 2014-3 Notes
16

Section 205.
Prepayment of the Principal on the Series 2014-3 Notes
16

Section 206.
Restrictions on Transfer
18

Section 207.
Grant of Security Interest
23

 
 
 
Article III Series 2014-3 Series Account and Allocation and Application of Amounts Therein
24

Section 301.
Series 2014-3 Series Account
24

Section 302.
Investment of Funds
24

Section 303.
Distributions from Series 2014-3 Series Account
24

Section 304.
Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account
24

Section 305.
Allocation of Shared Available Funds
33

 
 
 
Article IV Early Amortization Events, Manager Defaults and Covenants for the Series 2014-3 Notes
37

Section 401.
Early Amortization Events
37

Section 402.
Series 2014-3 Manager Defaults and Series 2014-3 Back-up Manager Events
38

Section 403.
Additional Events of Default
39

Section 404.
Additional Covenants
39

 
 
 
Article V Conditions to Issuance
39

Section 501.
Conditions to Issuance
39

 
 
 
Article VI Representations and Warranties
39

Section 601.
Existence
39

Section 602.
Authorization
39

Section 603.
No Conflict; Legal Compliance
40

Section 604.
Validity and Binding Effect
40

Section 605.
Financial Conditions
40

Section 606.
Place of Business
40

Section 607.
No Agreements or Contracts
40

Section 608.
Consents and Approvals
40

Section 609.
Margin Regulations
41

Section 610.
Taxes
41

Section 611.
Other Regulations
41

Section 612.
Solvency and Separateness
41

Section 613.
Survival of Representations and Warranties
42

Section 614.
No Default
42

Section 615.
Litigation and Contingent Liabilities
42

Section 616.
Title; Liens
42






Section 617.
Subsidiaries
42

Section 618.
No Partnership
42

Section 619.
Pension and Welfare Plans
43

Section 620.
Ownership of the Issuer
43

Section 621.
Security Interest Representations
43

Section 622.
Original Issue Discount
44

 
 
 
Article VII Miscellaneous Provisions
45

Section 701.
Ratification of Indenture
45

Section 702.
Counterparts
45

Section 703.
Governing Law
45

Section 704
Notices to the Rating Agency
45

Section 705.
Amendments and Modifications
45

Section 706.
Consent to Jurisdiction
47

Section 707.
Waiver of Jury Trial
48

Section 708.
No Petition
48

Section 709.
Noteholder Information
48






EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A-1
Form of 144A Global Note
EXHIBIT A-2
Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Note
EXHIBIT A-3
Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Note
EXHIBIT A-4
Form of Note Issued to Institutional Accredited Investors
EXHIBIT B
Form of Certificate to be Given by Noteholders
EXHIBIT C
Form of Certificate to be Given by Euroclear or Clearstream
EXHIBIT D
Form of Certificate to be Given by Transferee of Beneficial Interest In a Temporary Regulation S Global Note
EXHIBIT E
Form of Transfer Certificate for Exchange or Transfer From 144A Note to Regulations S Note
EXHIBIT F
Form of Initial Purchaser Exchange Instructions
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1
Minimum Targeted Principal Balances by Period
SCHEDULE 2
Scheduled Targeted Principal Balances by Period

SCHEDULE 3
Maximum Concentrations of Lessees





THIS SERIES 2014-3 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of November 25, 2014 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Supplement”), is between TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”).
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer may from time to time direct the Indenture Trustee to authenticate one or more new Series of Notes. The Principal Terms of any new Series are to be set forth in a Supplement to the Indenture.
WHEREAS, pursuant to this Supplement, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall create a new Series of Notes (“Series 2014-3”) and specify the Principal Terms thereof.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Article I
Definitions; Calculation Guidelines
Definitions. (a) Whenever used in this Supplement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.
“144A Global Notes” means the 144A Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.
"ABN" means ABN Amro Securities (USA), LLC.
“Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balances of all Class A Notes then Outstanding.
“Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Class B Note Principal Balances of all Class B Notes then Outstanding.
“Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the then Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance and the then Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance.
“Benefit Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA that is subject to Title I of ERISA, a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” of any of the foregoing by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in such entity.
“Change of Control” means, unless the Requisite Global Majority shall otherwise approve, the occurrence of the following event or series of events: the Manager shall (A) consolidate or merge with or into any Person, unless (i) the Manager is the surviving entity, and (ii) at least seventy percent (70%) of the consolidated assets of the Manager and its Consolidated Subsidiaries following such consolidation or





merger are held in connection with a Permitted Business (as defined in the Credit Agreement), or (B) enter into or permit any purchase, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other acquisition or disposition of assets which would result in less than seventy percent (70%) of the consolidated assets of the Manager and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (measured after giving effect to such transaction) to be held in connection with a Permitted Business, or (C) cease to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of TAL International Group. Capitalized terms used in this definition and not defined in this Supplement shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Management Agreement.
“Class A Advance Rate” means eighty-one percent (81%).
“Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amount” means, for the Series 2014-3 Notes on any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the then Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance over (y) the Class A Minimum Targeted Principal Balance for such Payment Date.
“Class A Minimum Targeted Principal Balance” means for the Class A Notes for each Payment Date, the amount set forth opposite such Payment Date on Schedule 1 hereto under the column titled “Class A”, as the amounts on Schedule 1 hereto may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Class A Minimum Targeted Principal Balance is the “Minimum Targeted Principal Balance” for the Class A Notes.
“Class A Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 201 hereof.
“Class A Note Interest Payment” means, for the Class A Notes on each Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) three and twenty seven hundredths of one percent (3.27%) per annum and (ii) the Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance on the immediately preceding Payment Date, calculated after giving effect to all principal payments on the Class A Notes actually paid on such date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date, the Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance on the Series 2014-3 Closing Date). The Class A Note Interest Payment will be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve thirty day months. For the initial Payment Date, interest will be calculated for twenty-five (25) days representing the actual number of days elapsed from and including the Series 2014-3 Closing Date to (but excluding) the initial Payment Date for the Class A Notes.
“Class A Noteholder” means a Holder of a Class A Note.
“Class A Note Principal Balance” means, with respect to any Class A Note as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the initial principal balance of such Class A Note as of the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, over (y) the cumulative amount of all Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amounts, Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts and any other principal payments (including Prepayments) actually paid to the related Class A Noteholder subsequent to the Series 2014-3 Closing Date.
“Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amount” means, for the Class A Notes for any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the then Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amount actually paid on such Payment Date), over (y) the Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance for the Class A Notes for such Payment Date.
“Class A Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance” means, for the Class A Notes for any Payment Date, the amount set forth opposite such Payment Date on Schedule 2 hereto under the column titled “Class A”, as the amounts on Schedule 2 hereto may be amended from time to time in accordance with





the provisions of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Class A Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance is the “Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance” for the Class A Notes.
Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount” means, for any Payment Date, the amount of any prepayment of the Class A Notes required pursuant to Section 205(a) of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount is the “Supplemental Principal Payment Amount” with respect to the Class A Notes.
“Class B Advance Rate” means eighty-seven percent (87%).
“Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amount” means, for the Series 2014-3 Notes on any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the then Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance over (y) the Class B Minimum Targeted Principal Balance for such Payment Date.
“Class B Minimum Targeted Principal Balance” means for the Class B Notes for each Payment Date, the amount set forth opposite such Payment Date on Schedule 1 hereto under the column titled “Class B”, as the amounts on Schedule 1 hereto may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Class B Minimum Targeted Principal Balance is the “Minimum Targeted Principal Balance” for the Class B Notes.
“Class B Note Interest Payment” means, for the Class B Notes on each Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) four and fifteen hundredths of one percent (4.15%) per annum and (ii) the Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance on the immediately preceding Payment Date, calculated after giving effect to all principal payments on the Class B Notes actually paid on such date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date, the Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance on the Series 2014-3 Closing Date). The Class B Note Interest Payment will be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve thirty day months. For the initial Payment Date, interest will be calculated for calculated for twenty-five (25) representing the actual number of days elapsed from and including the Series 2014-3 Closing Date to (but excluding) the initial Payment Date for the Class B Notes.
“Class B Noteholder” means a Holder of a Class B Note.
“Class B Note Principal Balance” means, with respect to any Class B Note as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the initial principal balance of such Class B Note as of the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, over (y) the cumulative amount of all Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amounts, Class B Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts and any other principal payments (including Prepayments) actually paid to the related Class B Noteholder subsequent to the Series 2014-3 Closing Date.
“Class B Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 201 hereof.
“Class B Scheduled Principal Payment Amount” means, for the Class B Notes for any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the then Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amount actually paid on such Payment Date), over (y) the Class B Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance for such Payment Date.
“Class B Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance” means, for the Class B Notes for any Payment Date, the amount set forth opposite such Payment Date on Schedule 2 hereto under the column titled “Class B”, as the amounts on Schedule 2 hereto may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Class B Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance is the “Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance” for the Class B Notes.





“Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount” means, for any Payment Date, the amount of any prepayment of the Class B Notes required pursuant to Section 205(b) of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount is the “Supplemental Principal Payment Amount” with respect to the Class B Notes.
"Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" shall have the same meaning as set forth in Appendix A of the Indenture.
"Consolidated EBIT" shall have the same meaning as set forth in Appendix A of the Indenture.
"Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio" shall have the same meaning as set forth in Appendix A of the Indenture.
“Control Party” means, with respect to Series 2014-3, the Majority of Holders of the Series 2014-3 Notes.
“Default Fee” means, for any Payment Date on which interest on overdue amounts is payable in accordance with the provisions of Section 203(b) hereof, an amount equal to the excess of (x) the total amount of interest payable on such Payment Date, including the amount of interest otherwise payable on such Payment Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 203(b), over (y) the amount of interest that would have been payable on such Payment Date if no payment default had occurred.
“Default Rate” means, for any date of determination and for any Series 2014-3 Note, an interest rate per annum equal to two percent (2.00%) over the interest rate per annum otherwise then applicable to such Note.
“Definitive Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean lawful money of the United States of America.
“DTC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206.
“Eligible Currency Hedge Counterparty means, with respect to Series 2014-3, any Currency Hedge Counterparty from time to time approved by the Control Party for Series 2014-3.
“Eligible Hedge Counterpartymeans, with respect to Series 2014-3, any Hedge Counterparty from time to time approved by the Control Party for Series 2014-3.
“Eligible Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty” means, with respect to Series 2014-3, any Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty from time to time approved by the Control Party for Series 2014-3.
“FATCA” means, Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the treasury regulations thereunder, administrative guidance and official interpretations promulgated thereunder.
Finance Lease Percentage Fee” means the management fee component applicable for Series 2014-3 with respect to Container Revenues for Finance Leases, which shall be five percent (5%).
“Initial Purchasers” means each of RBC, MLPFS, WFS, ABN, NSI and MSU.
“Institutional Accredited Investors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206.





“Issuance Date” means, for Series 2014-3 Notes, the Series 2014-3 Closing Date.
“Issuance Date Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance” means the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance on the Issuance Date of the Series 2014-3 Notes; this amount shall be Two Hundred Sixty Six Million Dollars ($266,000,000).
“Issuance Date Restricted Cash Amount” means the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount on the Issuance Date of the Series 2014-3 Notes; this amount shall be Six Million, Six Hundred Forty Four Thousand, Seven Hundred Sixty Dollars ($6,644,760).
"Issuer EBIT" for any period, means the sum of Issuer Net Income, plus the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in calculating such Issuer Net Income:
(1)    all income tax expense in respect of any net income generated by the Issuer;
(2)    interest expense of the Issuer;
(3)    depreciation and amortization charges of the Issuer relating to any increased depreciation or amortization charges resulting from purchase accounting adjustments or inventory write-ups with respect to acquisitions or the amortization or write-off of deferred debt or equity issuance costs;
(4)    all other non-cash charges of the Issuer (other than depreciation expense) minus, with respect to any such non-cash charge that was previously added in a prior period to calculate Issuer EBIT and that represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period, any cash payments made during such period;
(5)    any non-capitalized costs incurred in connection with financings, the acquisition of Containers or dispositions (including financing and refinancing fees and any premium or penalty paid in connection with redeeming or retiring Indebtedness prior to the stated maturity thereof pursuant to the agreements governing such Indebtedness);
(6)    all non-cash expenses attributable to incentive arrangements;
(7)    to the extent that any portion of the Management Fee payable during such period was accrued and not paid during such period, the aggregate amount of expenses attributable to all payments or accruals of Management Fee during such period; and
(8)    any indemnity payments made (regardless of to whom such payments are made) pursuant to the Indenture;
in each case, for such period and as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Issuer Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Issuer for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Issuer Net Income:
(1)    any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of assets (other than Containers) of the Issuer (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business;
(2)    extraordinary gains or losses, as determined in accordance with GAAP;





(3)    income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);
(4)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(5)    any adjustments, restructuring costs, non-recurring expenses, non-recurring fees, non-operating expenses, charges or other expenses (including bonus and retention payments and non-cash compensation charges) incurred in connection with acquisitions of Containers; and
(6)    Systems/Organizational Establishment Expenses;
in each case, for such period.
“Majority of Holders” means, with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes as of any date of determination: (A) so long as the Class A Notes are Outstanding, one or more Class A Noteholders holding in aggregate Class A Notes constituting more than fifty percent (50%) of the then Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance; and (B) at all times not covered by clause (A), one or more Class B Noteholders holding in aggregate Class B Notes constituting more than fifty percent of the Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance.
Management Fee” means, for any Payment Date for the Series 2014-3 Notes, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the product of (x) the NOI Percentage Fee for Series 2014-3 and (y) the Net Operating Income for the preceding Collection Period (other than Container Revenues on Finance Leases), (B) the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the product of (x) Finance Lease Percentage Fee for Series 2014-3 and (y) the Container Revenues on Finance Leases for the preceding Collection Period and (C) the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the sum of all Disposition Fees for the preceding Collection Period.
Minimum Principal Payment Amount” means, with respect to Series 2014-3, the Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amount and the Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amount.
"MLPFS" means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
"MSU" means Mizuho Securities USA Inc.
NOI Percentage Fee” means the management fee component applicable for Series 2014-3 with respect to Net Operating Income, which shall be nine percent (9%).
"Noteholder Tax Identification Information" means properly completed and signed tax certifications (generally, in the case of U.S. federal income tax, IRS Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is a "United States Person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or the appropriate IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is not a "United States Person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) sufficient to determine the applicability of, or to determine the amount of, U.S. withholding tax under the Code including back-up withholding and withholding imposed pursuant to FATCA.
"NSI" means Nomura Securities International, Inc.





“Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” means the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.
“Permitted Payment Date Withdrawal” means (a) for any Payment Date other than the Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, any shortfall in the aggregate amount available in the Series 2014-3 Series Account or any other amounts available under the Indenture or this Supplement to pay the Class A Note Interest Payment and Class B Note Interest Payment due and payable on all Series 2014-3 Notes on such Payment Date, and (b) on the Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, any shortfall in the aggregate amount available in the Series 2014-3 Series Account or any other amounts available under the Indenture or this Supplement to pay the then Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance and accrued but unpaid Class A Note Interest Payment and Class B Note Interest Payment.
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206.
“Rating Agency” means, for Series 2014-3, S&P.
"RBC" means RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
“Record Date” means, for the Series 2014-3 Notes for any Payment Date, the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding such Payment Date or, in the case of the initial Payment Date for the Series 2014-3 Notes, the Series 2014-3 Closing Date.
“Regulation S” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206 hereof.
“Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes
“Required Payments” for the Series 2014-3 Notes for any Payment Date has the meaning set forth in Section 201(f) hereof.
“Rule 144A” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206 hereof.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto.
Scheduled Principal Payment Amount” means, with respect to Series 2014-3, the Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amount and the Class B Scheduled Principal Payment Amount.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Series 2014-3” means the Series of Notes the terms of which are specified in this Supplement.
“Series 2014-3 Advance Rate” means (i) with respect to the Class A Notes, the Class A Advance Rate and (ii) with respect to the Class B Notes, the Class B Advance Rate. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Advance Rate is the “Advance Rate” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) equal to (A) divided by (B), as follows:
(A) a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (1) the numerator of which is an amount, not less than zero, equal to (x) the then Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance minus (y) the amount of cash and Eligible Investments on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account on the immediately





preceding Payment Date (determined after giving effect to all deposits to, and withdrawals from, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount on such date), and (2) the denominator of which is 100% minus the Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage; and
(B) a percentage equal to the sum of the numerators (as calculated in clause (A) above) for all Series of Notes then Outstanding.
“Series 2014-3 Asset Base” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the product of (i) Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage in effect on such Determination Date, (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage in effect on such Determination Date and (iii) the sum of (x) the Aggregate Net Book Value (measured as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month) and (y) the aggregate outstanding balance of receivables resulting from the sale or disposition of Eligible Containers which have not been outstanding for more than 60 days, plus (b) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount of cash and Eligible Investments on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account on such Determination Date, and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage in effect on such Determination Date and (y) the amount of cash and Eligible Investments on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on such Determination Date. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Asset Base is the “Asset Base” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Available Funds” means, as of any Determination Date, an amount equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Available Distribution Amount for the most recently completed Collection Period and (y) the Series 2014-3 Collection Allocation Percentage in effect on such Determination Date, (ii) all amounts transferred to the Series 2014-3 Series Account from the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account on such Determination Date, (iii) if an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and then be continuing, the amount of funds transferred to the Series 2014-3 Series Account from the Excess Funding Account on such Determination Date, and (iv) the amount of any Shared Available Funds (as defined in the Supplements for each other Series of Notes then Outstanding) deposited to the Series 2014-3 Series Account on such Determination Date in accordance with the terms of the Supplement for each other Series of Notes then Outstanding. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Available Funds constitutes the “Available Funds” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Back-up Manager Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 402(ii) hereof.
Series 2014-3 Cash Interest Expense” means, with respect to Series 2014-3 for any period, an amount equal to the difference of (1) the Series 2014-3 Interest Expense for such period minus (2) to the extent included in clause (1), (i) amortization or write off of debt issuance or deferred financing costs, (ii) any non-cash interest expense related to any interest expense that has not been paid in cash, and (iii) any incremental non-cash interest expense incurred as the result of an accounting change that occurs after the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, plus (3) without duplication of amounts included in clause (1), cash interest payments made in such period that were deducted from Series 2014-3 Cash Interest Expense in a prior period.
Series 2014-3 Class A Asset Base” means, as of any Determination Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) 0.9310344828 (i.e., 81/87ths) and (ii) the Series 2014-3 Asset Base.
“Series 2014-3 Closing Date” means November 25, 2014.
“Series 2014-3 Collection Allocation Percentage” means, for Series 2014-3 Notes as of any date of determination, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) equal to (A) divided by (B), as follows:





(A) the Series 2014-3 Invested Amount; and
(B) the Aggregate Series Invested Amount (exclusive of the Invested Amount for any Liquidation Deficiency Series).
For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Collection Allocation Percentage constitutes the “Series Collection Allocation Percentage” for Series 2014-3.
Series 2014-3 EBIT” for any period, means the product of (a) Issuer EBIT and (b) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage. With respect to the calculation of the Series 2014-3 EBIT for the quarter ending December 31, 2014, any of the foregoing that was accrued on or after November 1, 2014 shall be included in such calculation.
Series 2014-3 EBIT to Series 2014-3 Cash Interest Expense Ratio” means, as of the last date of the fiscal quarter preceding any date of determination, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, means the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of the Series 2014-3 EBIT for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or prior to such date of determination, to (b) Series 2014-3 Cash Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters.
“Series 2014-3 Excess Concentration Percentage” means, as of any Determination Date, an amount equal to the sum of the following percentages:
(a)    Maximum Concentration of Dry Freight Special Containers. The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers that are Specialized Containers (other than refrigerated Containers) divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) twenty five percent (25%);
(b)    Maximum Concentration of Finance Leases (Total). The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers that are subject to a Finance Lease divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) twenty percent (20%);
(c)    Maximum Concentration of Finance Leases (Single). The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers then on Lease to any single lessee that are subject to a Finance Lease divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) either (A) five percent (5%) for all lessees other than MSC or (B) fifteen percent (15%) for MSC;
(d)    Maximum Concentration of Non-Monthly Rental Payments. The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers subject to Lease Agreements for which rentals are payable less frequently than monthly divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) five percent (5%);
(e)    Maximum Concentration of Non-U.S. Currency Rentals. The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers subject to Lease Agreements for which rentals are payable in a currency other than Dollars and which are not the subject of a Currency Hedge Agreement divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) two percent (2%);
(f)    Maximum Concentration of Non-Marine Cargo Users. The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers subject to Lease Agreements under which the lessee is a Person that is not a marine cargo user divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) seven percent (7%);





(g)    Maximum Concentration of any Three Lessees. The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers then on lease to any three lessees divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds (y) sixty percent (60%); provided, however, that if two or more lessees shall engage in any transaction (whether through merger, consolidation, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise) pursuant to which a lessee shall become the owner of, or interest holder in, any other lessee’s leasehold interests in one or more Eligible Containers and the effect of such transaction is to cause a breach of the foregoing threshold, then the foregoing threshold shall on the effective date of such transaction be increased to an amount equal to the quotient, expressed as a percentage, (x) the numerator of which shall equal the sum of (A) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Managed Containers on lease to such transacting lessees immediately prior to such transaction, and (B) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Managed Containers then on lease to the two other lessees having the most Managed Containers then on lease with the Issuer (measured by Net Book Value) and (y) the denominator of which shall equal the then Aggregate Net Book Value; and provided further that, if the foregoing limitation has been increased above sixty percent (60%) by operation of the above proviso, then any additional Managed Containers subsequently leased to any of such three lessees shall not be considered Eligible Containers until such time as the sum of the Net Book Values of all Managed Containers then on lease to such three lessees does not exceed an amount equal to sixty percent (60%) of the then Aggregate Net Book Value; and
(h)    Maximum Concentration of a Single Lessee. The percentage by which (x) the sum of the Net Book Values of all Eligible Containers then on lease to any single lessee divided by the Aggregate Net Book Value, expressed as a percentage, exceeds either (a) with respect to any of the lessees set forth in Schedule 3 hereto, the percentage of the Aggregate Net Book Value set opposite the name of such lessee on such schedule or (b) with respect to any lessee not covered by clause (a), seven percent (7%); provided, however, that if two or more lessees shall engage in any transaction (whether through merger, consolidation, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise) pursuant to which a lessee shall become the owner of, or interest holder in, any other lessee’s leasehold interests in one or more Eligible Containers, the foregoing threshold set forth in clauses (a) and (b) shall on the effective date of such transaction be increased with respect to such acquiring or, in the case of a merger, surviving lessee to equal the greater of (i) the sum of the applicable percentage limitations for the transacting lessees as set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, and (ii) a quotient, expressed as a percentage, (x) the numerator of which shall equal the sum of the Net Book Values of all Managed Containers on Lease to such transacting lessees immediately prior to such transaction and (y) the denominator of which shall equal the then Aggregate Net Book Value.
For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Excess Concentration Percentage is the “Excess Concentration Percentage” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Expected Final Maturity Date” means the Payment Date in November 2024. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Expected Final Maturity Date is the “Expected Final Maturity Date” for Series 2014-3.
Series 2014-3 Indenture Trustee Default Expense Allocation Percentage" means for the Series 2014-3 Notes, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the initial unpaid principal balance on the Issuance Date of the Series 2014-3 Notes and the denominator of which is equal to the sum, for each Series of Notes then Outstanding (other than Series 2013-1, Series 2013-2, Series 2014-1 and Series 2014-2), of the initial principal balance of such Series on the Issuance Date of such Series.
Series 2014-3 Interest Expense” means, with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of the Issuer for such period with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and including, without duplication, all amortization or accretion of original issue discount with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes.





“Series 2014-3 Invested Amount” means, as of any date of determination for the Series 2014-3 Notes, one of the following: (a) if no Early Amortization Event for such Series is then continuing, an amount equal to (x) the Issuance Date Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance minus the Issuance Date Restricted Cash Amount for Series 2014-3, divided by (y) 100% minus the Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage in effect on such date; or (b) at all times not covered by clause (a), an amount, not less than zero, equal to (x) the then Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance minus the amount then on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account on such Determination Date divided by (y) 100% minus the Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage at the time the Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 or Event of Default for Series 2014-3 initially occurred.
For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Invested Amount is the “Series Invested Amount” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Payment Date in November 2039. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date is the “Legal Final Maturity Date” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Manager Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 402(i) hereof.
“Series 2014-3 Note” means any one of the notes issued pursuant to the terms of Section 201(a) of this Supplement, substantially in the form of any of Exhibit A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4 to this Supplement.
“Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2014, among the Issuer, the Manager and the Initial Purchasers.
“Series 2014-3 Noteholder” means, at any time of determination for the Series 2014-3 Notes, any Person in whose name a Series 2014-3 Note is registered in the Note Register.
“Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) one hundred percent (100%), minus (b) the Class B Advance Rate for so long as the Class B Notes are Outstanding, plus (c) the Series 2014-3 Excess Concentration Percentage. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage is the “Required Overcollateralization Percentage” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account” means the account of that name established in accordance with Section 304 of this Supplement. For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account is the “Restricted Cash Account” for Series 2014-3.
Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount required to be deposited or maintained in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, which shall be equal to the product of (a) nine (9), (b) one-twelfth (1/12), (c) the weighted average (based on unpaid principal balances) of the annual rates of interest payable by the Issuer on all Class A Notes and all Class B Notes then Outstanding and (d) the then Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance, calculated after giving effect to all principal payments actually paid on all Class A Notes and all Class B Notes on such date.
For purposes of the Indenture and this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount is the “Series Restricted Cash Amount” for Series 2014-3.
“Series 2014-3 Series Account” means the account of that name established in accordance with Section 301 hereof.





“Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents” means any and all of the Indenture, this Supplement, the Series 2014-3 Notes, the Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Contribution and Sale Agreement, the Transition Agent Agreement, any Hedge Agreement and all other Transaction Documents and any and all other agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered by or on behalf or in support of the Issuer with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series 2014-3 Notes, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or renewed.
Shared Available Funds” means, for the Series 2014-3 Notes on any date of determination, the portion of the Series 2014-3 Available Funds remaining after giving effect to all distributions required pursuant to Section 303, (i) Part I clauses (1) through (15), inclusive, (ii) Part II clauses (1) through (13) inclusive, and (iii) Part III, clauses (1) through (12) inclusive.
Supplemental Principal Payment Amount” means, with respect to Series 2014-3, the Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount and the Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount.
“Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” means the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
“Transferor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206 hereof.
“U.S. Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 206 hereof.
"WFS" means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
"Weighted Average Age" shall have the meaning as set forth in Appendix A of the Indenture.
(a)    Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture or, if not defined therein, as defined in the Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement. The rules of usage set forth in such Appendix A shall apply to this Supplement.
(b)    Unless otherwise specified herein, any calculation of the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage, the Series 2014-3 Collection Allocation Percentage and/or the Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage for the purpose of making any distributions pursuant to Section 303 in this Supplement shall be made on the Determination Date immediately preceding the related Payment Date.
Article II
Creation of the Series 2014-3 Notes
Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued in two Classes pursuant to the Indenture and this Supplement to be known respectively as “TAL Advantage V LLC Fixed Rate Asset-Backed Class A Notes, Series 2014-3” (the “Class A Notes”) and “TAL Advantage V LLC Fixed Rate Asset-Backed Class B Notes, Series 2014-3” (the “Class B Notes”). The Class A Notes will be issued in the initial principal balance of Two Hundred Forty Seven Million, Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($247,650,000), and the Class B Notes will be issued in the initial principal balance of Eighteen Million, Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($18,350,000). Payments of interest on the Class A Notes will have priority over the payment of interest on the Class B Notes as set forth in this Supplement. Payments of principal of the Class A Notes will have priority over the payment of principal on the Class B Notes as set forth in this Supplement. The Class A Notes will be Senior Notes and the Class B Notes will be Subordinated Notes.





(a)    The Payment Date with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes shall be the twentieth (20th) calendar day of each month, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing December 22, 2014.
(b)    The initial Collection Period with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes shall commence on November 1, 2014 and end on November 30, 2014.
(c)    Payments of principal and interest on the Series 2014-3 Notes shall be payable from funds on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account or otherwise at the times and in the amounts set forth in Section 806 of the Indenture and Article III of this Supplement. The unpaid principal balances of the Series 2014-3 Notes are expected to be repaid in full by the Series 2014-3 Expected Final Maturity Date.
(d)    The Series 2014-3 Notes are classified as “Term Notes”, as such term is used in the Indenture. The Existing Commitment as such term is used in the Indenture, for the 2014-3 Notes, shall at all times be equal to the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance as of such date of determination.
(e)    The “Required Payments” for the Series 2014-3 Notes shall be one of the following: (A) if neither an Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 or an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is then continuing, the payments specified in clauses (1) through (15) inclusive in Part I of Section 303 of this Supplement, (B) if an Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 shall then be continuing but no Event of Default for Series 2014-3 shall then be continuing (or an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is continuing but the Series 2014-3 Notes have not been accelerated in accordance with the Indenture), the payments set forth in clauses (1) through (18) (but not including clause 14) inclusive in Part II of Section 303 of this Supplement, or (C) if an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 shall then be continuing and the Series 2014-3 Notes have been accelerated in accordance with the Indenture and such consequence shall not have been rescinded or annulled, the payments set forth in clauses (1) through (17) (but not including clause 13) inclusive in Part III of Section 303 of this Supplement. All such Required Payments shall be paid in ascending numerical order corresponding to the numbering of the clauses set forth in such Section with no payment being made to a clause having a higher numeric value until all payments outlined in any clause having a lower numeric value have been paid in full.
(f)    In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture, the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall govern.
Authentication and Delivery.
(a)    On the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, the Issuer shall sign, and shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing pursuant to Section 201 of the Indenture to duly authenticate, and the Indenture Trustee, upon receiving such direction, (i) shall authenticate (by manual or facsimile signature), subject to compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 501 hereof, the Series 2014-3 Notes in accordance with such written directions, and (ii) subject to compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 501 hereof, shall deliver such Series 2014-3 Notes to the Initial Purchasers in accordance with such written directions.
(b)    In accordance with Section 202 of the Indenture, the Series 2014-3 Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be represented by one or more Rule 144A Global Notes. Any Series 2014-3 Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be represented by one or more Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2014-3 Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors shall be represented by one or more Definitive Notes.





(c)    The Series 2014-3 Notes shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Issuer by any authorized officer or manager of the Issuer and shall be substantially in the forms of Exhibit A-1, A‑2, A-3 and A-4 hereto, as applicable.
(d)    The Series 2014-3 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Interest Payments on the Series 2014-3 Notes.
(a)    Interest on Series 2014-3 Notes. Interest will accrue on the Series 2014-3 Notes during each Interest Accrual Period and will be due and payable (i) on each Class A Note in an amount equal to the Class A Note Interest Payment, and (ii) on each Class B Note in an amount equal to the Class B Note Interest Payment. Such Class A Note Interest Payment and Class B Note Interest Payment shall be payable on each Payment Date from amounts on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account in accordance with Section 303 hereof. To the extent that the amount of interest which is due and payable on any Payment Date is not paid in full on such date, such shortfall, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall be due and payable on the immediately succeeding Payment Date.
(b)    Interest on Overdue Amounts. If the Issuer shall default in the payment of (i) the unpaid principal balance of any Series 2014-3 Notes on the Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, (ii) any Class A Note Interest Payment on any Class A Note due on any Payment Date, (iii) any Class B Note Interest Payment on any Class B Note due on any Payment Date, or (iv) following the acceleration of the Series 2014-3 Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, any other amount owing under the Indenture not covered in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) which is not paid when due, the Issuer shall from time to time, pay interest on such unpaid amounts, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to, but not including, the date of actual payment (after as well as before judgment), at the Default Rate, for the period during which such principal, interest or other amount shall be unpaid from the due date of such payment to, but not including, the date of actual payment thereof. Any such Default Fees shall be payable at the times and subject to the priorities set forth in Section 303 hereof.
(c)    Maximum Interest Rate. In no event shall the interest charged with respect to a Series 2014-3 Note exceed the maximum amount permitted by Applicable Law. If at any time the interest rate charged with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes exceeds the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law, the rate of interest to accrue pursuant to this Supplement and such Series 2014-3 Note shall be limited to the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.
Principal Payments on the Series 2014-3 Notes.
(a)    The principal balance of the Class A Notes shall be payable on each Payment Date from amounts on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account in an amount equal to (i) so long as no Early Amortization Event is continuing and no Event of Default is continuing, the sum of the Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amount and the Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amount for such Payment Date, to the extent that funds are available for such purpose in accordance with the provisions of part (I) of Section 303 hereof, or (ii) if an Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 is then continuing but no Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is continuing (or an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is continuing but the Series 2014-3 Notes have not been accelerated in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 of the Indenture), the then unpaid Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance shall be payable in full to the extent that funds are available for such purposes in accordance with the provisions of Part (II) of Section 303 hereof.





(b)    The principal balance of the Class B Notes shall be payable on each Payment Date from amounts on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account in an amount equal to (i) so long as no Early Amortization Event is continuing and no Event of Default is continuing, the sum of the Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amount and the Class B Scheduled Principal Payment Amount for such Payment Date, to the extent that funds are available for such purpose in accordance with the provisions of part (I) of Section 303 hereof, or (ii) if an Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 is then continuing but no Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is continuing (or an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is continuing but the Series 2014-3 Notes have not been accelerated in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 of the Indenture), the then unpaid Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance shall be payable in full to the extent that funds are available for such purposes in accordance with the provisions of Part (II) of Section 303 hereof.
(c)    The unpaid principal amount of each Series 2014-3 Note together with all unpaid interest (including all Default Fees), fees, expenses, costs and other amounts payable by the Issuer to the Series 2014-3 Noteholders and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and this Supplement, shall be due and payable in full on the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which an Event of Default shall occur and the Series 2014-3 Notes have been accelerated in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 of the Indenture and (y) the Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date.
Section 205.    Prepayment of Principal on the Series 2014-3 Notes
.
(a)    The Issuer shall be required to prepay the Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance on any Payment Date in the amount of, and to the extent that, on such Payment Date the Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance (calculated after giving effect to all Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amounts and Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts actually paid on such Payment Date) exceeds an amount equal to the Series 2014-3 Class A Asset Base (determined as of the last day of the month immediately preceding such Payment Date). Such Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount shall be paid in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 303 hereof. The provision of this Section 205(a) shall be applied before any payments are made pursuant to Section 205(b). The calculation of such Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount shall be evidenced by the Asset Base Certificate received by the Indenture Trustee on or before the applicable Determination Date.
(b)    The Issuer shall be required to prepay the Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance on any Payment Date in the amount of, and to the extent that, on such Payment Date the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance (calculated after giving effect to all Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amounts, Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts, Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts, Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amounts and Class B Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts actually paid on such Payment Date) exceeds the Series 2014-3 Asset Base (measured as of the last day of the immediately preceding month). Such Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount shall be paid in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 303 hereof. The calculation of such Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount shall be evidenced by the Asset Base Certificate received by the Indenture Trustee on or before the applicable Determination Date.
(c)    On the Payment Date occurring in November 2016 and on each Payment Date thereafter, the Issuer will have the option to prepay, all, or a portion of, the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance of the Series 2014-3 Notes in a minimum amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); provided, however, that no such optional prepayment shall be made with respect to (i) the Class B Notes so long as any Class A Notes are Outstanding, or (ii) any Series 2014-3 Notes prior to the Payment Date occurring in November 2016. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit the payment on any Payment





Date of any Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount or Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount in accordance with the terms of this Supplement on any Payment Date. Any such Prepayment of all, or a portion of, the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance shall also include accrued interest to the date of Prepayment on the principal balance being prepaid. The Issuer may not make such Prepayment from funds in the Trust Account, the Series 2014-3 Series Account or the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, except to the extent that funds in any such account would otherwise be payable to the Issuer or available to prepay the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplement.
(d)    Any optional Prepayments, Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts, Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts or accelerated principal payments received during the continuation of an Early Amortization Event (if such Early Amortization Event is subsequently cured and/or waived) applied to the Series 2014-3 Notes will be applied to reduce, on a prorated basis, the Class A Minimum Targeted Principal Balances, Class A Scheduled Targeted Principal Balances, Class B Minimum Targeted Principal Balances and/or Class B Scheduled Targeted Principal Balances in respect of each subsequent Payment Date.
(e)    The Issuer shall provide not less than two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice of any Prepayment to the Indenture Trustee (which notice shall be included as part of the applicable Manager Report), and the Indenture Trustee shall promptly forward a copy of such notice to the Series 2014-3 Noteholders (which may consist of posting such Manager Report to the Indenture Trustee password-protected website in accordance with Section 304 of the Indenture).
Restrictions on Transfer. (a) On the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, the Issuer shall sell the Series 2014-3 Notes to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement and deliver such Series 2014-3 Notes in accordance herewith and therewith. Thereafter, no Series 2014-3 Note may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of except in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture and except as follows:
(i)    to Persons that the transferring Person reasonably believes are Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A promulgated thereunder (“Rule 144A”);
(ii)    in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”);
(iii)    to institutional “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (“Institutional Accredited Investors”) that take delivery of such Series 2014-3 Note in an amount of at least $100,000 and that deliver an investment letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture to the Indenture Trustee; or
(iv)    to a Person who is taking delivery of such Series 2014-3 Notes pursuant to a transaction that is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as confirmed in an Opinion of Counsel by such Person or its transferor addressed to the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, which counsel and opinion are satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer.
The Indenture Trustee shall have no obligations or duties with respect to determining whether any transfers of the Series 2014-3 Notes are made in accordance with the Securities Act or any other law; provided that





with respect to Definitive Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall enforce the applicable transfer restrictions in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 206(a).
(b)    Each purchaser (other than the Initial Purchasers) of the Series 2014-3 Notes (including any purchaser, other than the Initial Purchasers, of an interest in the Series 2014-3 Notes which are Global Notes) shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed as follows:
(I)    It is (A) a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A (“Qualified Institutional Buyer”) and is acquiring such Series 2014-3 Notes for its own institutional account or for the account or accounts of a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (B) purchasing such Series 2014-3 Notes in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act and in compliance with the provisions of this Supplement and in compliance with the legend set forth in clause (VI) below or (C) not a U.S. Person as defined in Regulation S (a “U.S. Person”) and is acquiring such Series 2014-3 Notes outside of the United States.
(II)    It is purchasing one or more Series 2014-3 Notes in an amount of at least $100,000 and it understands that such Series 2014-3 Notes may be resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in an amount of at least $100,000.
(III)    It represents and warrants to the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Initial Purchasers, that either (i) it is not acquiring any Series 2014-3 Note with the plan assets of a Benefit Plan or any other plan that is subject to a law that is similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) (a) the Series 2014-3 Notes are rated investment grade or better and such person believes that such Series 2014-3 Notes are properly treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, and agrees to so treat such Notes and (b) the acquisition, holding and disposition of the applicable Series 2014-3 Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar applicable law. Alternatively, regardless of the rating of the Series 2014-3 Notes, such Person may provide the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer with an Opinion of Counsel, which Opinion of Counsel will not be at the expense of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager which opines that the purchase, holding and transfer of such Series 2014-3 Note or interest therein is permissible under applicable law, will not constitute or result in a non exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar applicable law, and will not subject the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager to any obligation in addition to those undertaken in the Indenture.
(IV)    It understands that the Series 2014-3 Notes are being transferred to it in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act, and that, if in the future it decides to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer any Series 2014-3 Notes, such Series 2014-3 Notes may be resold, pledged or transferred only in accordance with applicable state securities laws and (1) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, to a Person that the seller reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer that purchases for its own account (or for the account or accounts of a Qualified Institutional Buyer) and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, or (2) (A) to a Person that is an Institutional Accredited Investor, is taking delivery of such Series 2014-3 Notes in an amount of at least $100,000, and delivers an investment letter to the Indenture Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture or (B) to a Person that is taking delivery of such Series 2014-3 Notes pursuant to a transaction that is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as confirmed in an opinion of counsel addressed to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the transferor, which counsel and opinion are satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the transferor, or (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S.
(V)    It is not a Competitor.





(VI)    It understands that each Series 2014-3 Note shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect:
[For Book‑Entry Notes Only: UNLESS THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRANSFEROR OF SUCH NOTE (THE “TRANSFEROR”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SERIES 2014-3 NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR THE USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]
THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (1) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THAT THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER) AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO A PERSON (A) THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE IN AN AMOUNT OF AT LEAST $100,000 AND DELIVERS A PURCHASER LETTER TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE OR (B) THAT IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE PURSUANT TO A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AS CONFIRMED IN AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.
EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF A NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THE NOTE WITH THE PLAN ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE





“CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR ANY OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (ii) (A) THE SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE RATED INVESTMENT GRADE OR BETTER AND SUCH PERSON BELIEVES THAT SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE PROPERLY TREATED AS INDEBTEDNESS WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL EQUITY FEATURES FOR PURPOSES OF THE PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS, AND AGREES TO SO TREAT SUCH NOTES ACCORDINGLY AND (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW. ALTERNATIVELY, REGARDLESS OF THE RATING OF SERIES 2014-3 NOTES, SUCH PERSON MAY PROVIDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION OF COUNSEL WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER WHICH OPINES THAT THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND TRANSFER OF SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTE OR INTEREST THEREIN IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW, AND WILL NOT SUBJECT THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE INDENTURE
THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.
(VII)    Each investor described in Section 206(a)(ii) understands that the Series 2014-3 Notes have not and will not be registered under the Securities Act, that any offers, sales or deliveries of the Series 2014-3 Notes purchased by it in the United States or to U.S. Persons prior to the date that is 40 days after the later of (i) the commencement of the distribution of the Series 2014-3 Notes and (ii) the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, may constitute a violation of United States law, and that distributions of principal and interest will be made in respect of such Notes only following the delivery by the holder of a certification of non-U.S. beneficial ownership or the exchange of beneficial interest in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes for beneficial interests in the related Permanent Regulation S Global Notes (which in each case will itself require a certification of non-U.S. beneficial ownership), at the times and in the manner set forth in this Supplement.
(VIII)        The Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing the Series 2014-3 Notes sold to each investor described in Section 206(a)(B) will bear a legend to the following effect, unless the Issuer determines otherwise consistent with Applicable Law:
[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES ONLY:
EACH INVESTOR PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN RELIANCE UPON REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE NOTES HAVE NOT AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES, THAT ANY OFFERS, SALES OR DELIVERIES OF THE NOTES PURCHASED BY IT IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S





UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES AND (ii) THE CLOSING DATE, MAY CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF UNITED STATES LAW, AND THAT DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST WILL BE MADE IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTES ONLY FOLLOWING THE DELIVERY BY THE HOLDER OF A CERTIFICATION OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OR THE EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTES FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE RELATED UNRESTRICTED BOOK ENTRY NOTES (WHICH IN EACH CASE WILL ITSELF REQUIRE A CERTIFICATION OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP), AT THE TIMES AND IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE.]
(IX)    The Indenture Trustee shall not permit the transfer of any Series 2014-3 Notes unless such transfer complies with the terms of the foregoing legends and, in the case of a transfer (i) to an Institutional Accredited Investor (other than a Qualified Institutional Buyer), the transferee delivers a completed investment letter to the Indenture Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture, or (ii) to a Person other than a Qualified Institutional Buyer or an Institutional Accredited Investor, upon delivery of an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Transferor, to the effect that the transferee is taking delivery of the Series 2014-3 Notes in a transaction that is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which counsel and opinion are satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Transferor.
(c)    A document substantially in the form of Exhibit(s) B through F hereto, as appropriate, shall be completed in connection with any transfer of the Series 2014-3 Notes.
Section 207.    Grant of Security Interest
. (a) In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Series 2014-3 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or accrued): (i) the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account; (ii) all funds on deposit Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and Series 2014-3 Series Account and all Security Entitlements credited thereto from time to time; (iii) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, such Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (items described in clauses (i) through (vi) collectively, the “Series 2014-3 Collateral”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in and to all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall be the only person authorized to originate Entitlement Orders with respect thereto.
(a)    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 802(b) of the Indenture, the Control Party for Series 2014-3 shall direct the exercise of remedies with respect to the Series 2014-3 Collateral.





(b)    The Control Party (or other specified percentage of Series 2014-3 Noteholders) make direct a partial sale of Managed Containers and Leases included in the Collateral in accordance with the provision of Article VIII of the Indenture.
Article III
Series 2014-3 Series Account and
Allocation and Application of Amounts Therein

Series 2014-3 Series Account. The Issuer shall establish on the Series 2014-3 Closing Date and maintain, so long as any Series 2014-3 Note is Outstanding, an Eligible Account in the name of the Issuer with the Indenture Trustee which shall be designated as the Series 2014-3 Series Account, which account shall be pledged to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture and this Supplement. All deposits of funds by, or for the benefit, of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders from the Trust Account and the Excess Funding Account, shall be accumulated in, and withdrawn from, the Series 2014-3 Series Account in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplement.
Investment of Funds. Any funds on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account and the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account shall be invested in the same manner as the funds deposited and held in the Trust Account and the Excess Funding Account and in any event in accordance with the provisions of Section 303 of the Indenture.
Distributions from Series 2014-3 Series Account. On each Payment Date and on each other date on which any payment is to be made with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes in accordance with Sections 203, 204 or 205 hereof, based on the Manager Report (upon which the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely) the Indenture Trustee shall distribute the Series 2014-3 Available Funds then on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account in accordance with the provisions of either subsection (I), (II) or (III) of this Section 303.
(I)    If neither an Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 nor an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 shall have occurred and shall then be continuing:
(1)
To the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Indenture Trustee’s Fees then due and payable for the Series 2014-3 Notes (subject to a per annum dollar limitation of $58,000) and (B) an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) any amounts payable to the Indenture Trustee on such Payment Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 403(e) of the Indenture;
(2)
To the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid fees (to the extent not previously paid) owing pursuant to the Director Services Agreement (not to exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) $25,000 per annum);
(3)
To the Manager, (i) an amount equal to the Management Fee then due and payable with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, (ii) the amount of any Management Fee Arrearage then due and payable with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, and (iii) any Excess Deposit then due and payable, but in each case only to the extent not previously withheld by the Manager in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents;





(4)
To the Manager, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) any unreimbursed Manager Advances made in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement;
(5)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any Transition Agent Fees then due and payable (not to exceed $6,000 per annum for the Series 2014-3 Notes) and the payment of (or reimbursement for) any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Transition Agent including those related to the actual transfer from the Manager to a Back-up Manager and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any Back-up Management Fees then due and payable;
(6)
To the Persons entitled thereto: (i) any auditing, accounting and related fees then due and payable which are classified as an Issuer Expense and (ii) any other Issuer Expenses then due and payable, so long as the aggregate amount paid pursuant to this clause (6) in any calendar year would not exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in aggregate;
(7)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class A Note Interest Payment (exclusive of Default Fees on the Class A Notes) for such Payment Date;
(8)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class B Note Interest Payment (exclusive of Default Fees on the Class B Notes) for such Payment Date;
(9)
To the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, an amount sufficient so that the total amount on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, is equal to the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount for such Payment Date;
(10)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class A Minimum Principal Payment Amount for the Class A Notes on such Payment Date;
(11)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class A Scheduled Principal Payment Amount for the Class A Notes on such Payment Date;
(12)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class A Supplemental Principal Payment Amount for the Class A Notes on such Payment Date;
(13)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class B Minimum Principal Payment Amount for the Class B Notes on such Payment Date;
(14)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class B Scheduled Principal Payment Amount for the Class B Notes on such Payment Date;





(15)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class B Supplemental Principal Payment Amount for the Class B Notes on such Payment Date;
(16)
To the Series Account for each other Series of Notes then Outstanding (excluding the Series 2014-3 Notes), all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds to be allocated to such other Series of Notes in accordance with Section 305 of this Supplement;
(17)
To each Class A Noteholder on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis an amount equal to Default Fees (if any) on the Class A Notes and all indemnities, costs (including increased costs and capital adequacy charges), expenses and other amounts then due and payable to the Class A Noteholders pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents;
(18)
To each Class B Noteholder on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis an amount equal to Default Fees on the Class B Notes (if any) and all indemnities, costs (including increased costs and capital adequacy charges), expenses and other amounts then due and payable to the Class B Noteholders pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents;
(19)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any amounts then due and payable thereto and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any amounts then due and payable thereto, in each case in accordance with the Transaction Documents and after giving effect to the payment made pursuant to clause (5) above;
(20)
To the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the Indenture Trustee’s Fees and indemnified amounts then due and payable to the Indenture Trustee, after giving effect to the payment made pursuant to clause (1) above;
(21)
To the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid indemnification amounts owing pursuant to the Director Services Agreement;
(22)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (A) to the Issuer, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the amount of any indemnity payments payable to the officers, directors and/or managers of the Issuer required to be made by the Issuer, and (B) to the Manager, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the amount of any officer and director indemnity payments required to be made by the Manager;
(23)
If the Aggregate Required Asset Base exceeds the Aggregate Asset Base (determined prior to giving effect to any deposits to the Excess Funding Account made pursuant to this clause (23), any remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds will be deposited into the Excess Funding Account until such condition is remedied; and
(24)
To the Issuer, any remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds.





(II)    If an Early Amortization Event for Series 2014-3 shall then be continuing, but no Event of Default for Series 2014-3 shall then be continuing (or an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 is continuing but the Series 2014-3 Notes have not been accelerated in accordance with Section 802 of the Indenture):
(1)
To the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Indenture Trustee’s Fees then due and payable for the Series 2014-3 Notes (subject to a per annum dollar limitation of $58,000) and (B) an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) any amounts payable to the Indenture Trustee on such Payment Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 403(e) of the Indenture;
(2)
To the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid fees (to the extent not previously paid) owing pursuant to the Director Services Agreement (not to exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) $25,000 per annum);
(3)
To the Manager, (i) an amount equal to the Management Fee then due and payable with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, (ii) the amount of any Management Fee Arrearage then due and payable with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, and (iii) any Excess Deposit then due and payable, but in each case only to the extent not previously withheld by the Manager in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents;
(4)
To the Manager, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) any unreimbursed Manager Advances made in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement;
(5)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any Transition Agent Fees then due and payable (not to exceed $6,000 per annum for the Series 2014-3 Notes) and the payment of (or reimbursement for) any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Transition Agent including those related to the actual transfer from the Manager to a Back-up Manager and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any Back-up Management Fees then due and payable;
(6)
To the Persons entitled thereto: (i) any auditing, accounting and related fees then due and payable which are classified as an Issuer Expense and (ii) any other Issuer Expenses then due and payable, so long as the aggregate amount paid pursuant to this clause (6) in any calendar year would not exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in aggregate;
(7)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class A Note Interest Payment (exclusive of any Default Fees on the Class A Notes) for such Payment Date;
(8)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class B Note





Interest Payment (exclusive of any Default Fees on the Class B Notes) for such Payment Date;
(9)
To the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, an amount sufficient so that the total amount on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, is equal to the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount for such Payment Date;
(10)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds until the Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance is reduced to zero;
(11)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds until the Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance is reduced to zero;
(12)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all Default Fees on the Class A Note and all indemnities, costs (including increased costs and capital adequacy charges), expenses and other amounts then due and payable to the Class A Noteholders pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents;
(13)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all Default Fees and all indemnities, costs (including increased costs and capital adequacy charges), expenses and other amounts then due and payable to the Class B Noteholders pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents;
(14)
To the Series Account for each other Series of Notes then Outstanding (excluding the Series 2014-3 Notes), all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds to be allocated to such other Series of Notes in accordance with Section 305 of this Supplement; and
(15)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any amounts then due and payable thereto and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any amounts then due and payable thereto, in each case in accordance with the Transaction Documents and after giving effect to the payment made pursuant to clause (5) above;
(16)
To the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the Indenture Trustee’s Fees and indemnified amounts then due and payable to the Indenture Trustee, after giving effect to the payment made pursuant to clause (1) above;
(17)
To the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid indemnification amounts owing pursuant to the Director Services Agreement;
(18)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Issuer, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the amount of any indemnity payments payable to the officers, directors and/or managers of the Issuer required to be made by the Issuer, and (ii) to the Manager, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation





Percentage and (ii) the amount of any officer and director indemnity payments required to be made by the Manager;
(19)
If the Aggregate Required Asset Base exceeds the Aggregate Asset Base (determined prior to giving effect to any deposits to the Excess Funding Account pursuant to this clause (19)), any remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds will be deposited into the Excess Funding Account until such condition is remedied; and
(20)
To the Issuer, any remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds.
(III)    If an Event of Default for Series 2014-3 shall have occurred and then be continuing and the Series 2014-3 Notes have been accelerated in accordance with Section 802 of the Indenture and such consequence shall not have been rescinded or annulled:
(1)
To the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the fee payable to the Indenture Trustee with respect to Series 2014-3, (ii) all out of pocket expenses owing to the Indenture Trustee, and indemnification payments owing to the Indenture Trustee, to the extent directly attributable by the Indenture Trustee to Series 2014-3, and (iii) the product of (x) the Series 2014-3 Indenture Trustee Default Expense Allocation Percentage and (y) an amount equal to the excess of (A) all out of pocket expenses owing to the Indenture Trustee, and indemnification payments owing to the Indenture Trustee, to the extent not directly attributed by the Indenture Trustee to a specific Series, minus (B) all expenses and indemnification described in clause (A) that have been paid from the Series Account for Series 2013-1, Series 2013-2, Series 2014-1 and Series 2014-2;
(2)
To the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid fees (to the extent not previously paid) owing pursuant to the Director Services Agreement (not to exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) $25,000 per annum);
(3)
To the Manager, (i) an amount equal to the Management Fee then due and payable with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, (ii) the amount of any Management Fee Arrearage then due and payable with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes, and (iii) any Excess Deposit then due and payable, but in each case only to the extent not previously withheld by the Manager in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents;
(4)
To the Manager, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) any unreimbursed Manager Advances made in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement;
(5)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any Transition Agent Fees then due and payable (not to exceed $6,000 per annum for the Series 2014-3 Notes) and the payment of (or reimbursement for) any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Transition Agent including those related to the actual transfer from the Manager to a Back-up Manager and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any Back-up Management Fees then due and payable;





(6)
To the Persons entitled thereto: (i) any auditing, accounting and related fees then due and payable which are classified as an Issuer Expense and (ii) any other Issuer Expenses then due and payable, so long as the aggregate amount paid pursuant to this clause (6) in any calendar year would not exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);
(7)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class A Note Interest Payment (exclusive of any Default Fees on the Class A Notes) for such Payment Date;
(8)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis an amount equal to its pro rata portion of the Class B Note Interest Payment (exclusive of any Default Fees on the Class B Notes) for such Payment Date;
(9)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds until the Aggregate Class A Note Principal Balance is reduced to zero;
(10)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds until the Aggregate Class B Note Principal Balance is reduced to zero;
(11)
To each Holder of a Class A Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all Default Fees on the Class A Note and all indemnities, costs (including increased costs and capital adequacy charges), expenses and other amounts then due and payable to the Class A Noteholders pursuant to the terms of the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents;
(12)
To each Holder of a Class B Note on the immediately preceding Record Date, on a pro rata basis, all Default Fees on the Class B Notes and all indemnities, costs (including increased costs and capital adequacy charges), expenses and other amounts then due and payable to the Class B Noteholders pursuant to the terms of the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents;
(13)
To the Series Account for each other Series of Notes then Outstanding (excluding the Series 2014-3 Notes), all remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds to be allocated to such other Series of Notes in accordance with Section 305 of this Supplement;
(14)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any amounts then due and payable thereto and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any amounts then due and payable thereto, in each case in accordance with the Transaction Documents and after giving effect to the payment made pursuant to clause (5) above;
(15)
To the Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the Indenture Trustee’s Fees and





indemnified amounts then due and payable to the Indenture Trustee, after giving effect to the payment made pursuant to clause (1) above;
(16)
To the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid indemnification amounts owing pursuant to the Director Services Agreement;
(17)
To each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Issuer, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the amount of any indemnity payments payable to the officers, directors and/or managers of the Issuer required to be made by the Issuer, and (ii) to the Manager, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage and (ii) the amount of any officer and director indemnity payments required to be made by the Manager;
(18)
If the Aggregate Required Asset Base exceeds the Aggregate Asset Base (determined prior to giving effect to any deposits to the Excess Funding Account pursuant to this clause (18)), any remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds will be deposited into the Excess Funding Account until such condition is remedied; and
(19)
To the Issuer, any remaining Series 2014-3 Available Funds.
Any amounts payable to a Series 2014-3 Noteholder pursuant to this Section 303 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account that such Series 2014-3 Noteholder has designated to the Indenture Trustee in writing at least five Business Days prior to the applicable Payment Date. Any amounts payable by the Issuer hereunder are contingent upon the availability of funds to make such payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 303 and, to the extent such funds are not available, shall not constitute a “Claim” (as defined in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code) against the Issuer in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings involving the Issuer in the event that such amounts are not paid in accordance with Section 303 of this Supplement.
Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account. (a) The Issuer shall establish on or prior to the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, and shall thereafter maintain so long as any Series 2014-3 Note remains Outstanding, an Eligible Account in the name of the Issuer with the Indenture Trustee which shall be designated as the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, which account shall be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders pursuant to the terms of this Supplement. On the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, the Issuer will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account an amount equal to the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount, and amounts thereafter shall be deposited in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account in accordance with Section 303 of this Supplement. The Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account shall only be relocated to another financial institution in accordance with the express provisions of Section 303(c) of the Indenture. Any and all monies on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments in accordance with Section 303 of the Indenture and shall be distributed in accordance with this Section 304.
(a)    On each Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee will, in accordance with the Manager Report (or, in the absence of any Manager Report, in accordance with written instructions from the Control Party), withdraw from the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and deposit into the Series 2014-3 Series Account an amount equal to the Permitted Payment Date Withdrawal (determined after giving effect to all other deposits to the Series 2014-3 Series Account (other than funds transferred from the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account)) on or prior to such Determination Date. If the amounts on deposit in the Series





2014-3 Restricted Cash Account are not sufficient to pay in full the Permitted Payment Date Withdrawals for any Payment Date, the amounts available shall be allocated first to pay the amounts owing to the Class A Noteholders before any payments are made to the Class B Noteholders. Amounts transferred to the Series 2014-3 Series Account pursuant to the provisions of this Section 304(b) may only be used to pay amounts specified in the definition of “Permitted Payment Date Withdrawal”.
(b)    On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with the Manager Report (or, in the absence of any Manager Report, in accordance with written instructions from the Control Party), deposit in the Series 2014-3 Series Account for distribution in accordance with the terms of this Supplement the excess, if any, of (i) the amounts then on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account (after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such Payment Date), over (ii) an amount equal to the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Amount for such Payment Date. On the Series 2014-3 Legal Final Maturity Date or, at the direction of the Control Party upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, any remaining funds in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account will be deposited in the Series 2014-3 Series Account and be distributed in accordance with Section 303 of this Supplement.
(c)    If on any Payment Date the aggregate amount of cash and Eligible Investments then on deposit in the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account is equal to, or greater than, the Aggregate Series 2014-3 Note Principal Balance (determined after giving effect to (A) if neither an Early Amortization Event nor an Event of Default has occurred, the priority of payments set forth in clauses (1) - (15) of Part (I) of Section 303 paid on such date; or (B) if an Early Amortization Event is occurring, the priority of payments set forth in clauses (1) - (13) of Part (II) of Section 303 paid on such date), the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with the Manager Report, make part of Available Funds all amounts in the Restricted Cash Account and prepay in full on such Payment Date the then unpaid principal balance of, and accrued interest on, all Series 2014-3 Notes.
Allocation of Shared Available Funds. (a) All Shared Available Funds for Series 2014-3 that are available for distribution to other Series of Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 303 shall be allocated by the Manager to all Series of Notes then Outstanding (other than (i) the Series 2014-3 Notes and (ii) Liquidation Deficiency Series) that have a Required Payment Deficiency on such Determination Date. Allocation of Shared Available Funds for Series 2014-3 to Liquidation Deficiency Series shall be made in accordance with Section 305(b) and only after all distributions shall have been made pursuant to this Section 305(a). Allocations shall be made to each such Series having a Required Payment Deficiency in accordance with the following order of priorities, with no payment being made at any level of priority until all prior priorities have been paid in full:
First, to each Series that has not paid in full the Indenture Trustee's Fees payable by, or allocable to, such Series, the amount of such unpaid Indenture Trustee's Fees or equivalent amounts paid to the Indenture Trustee (subject to any dollar limitation for any particular Series set forth in the Supplement for such Series);
Second, to each Series that has not paid in full the fees of the Director Service Provider payable by, or allocation to, such Series, the amount of such unpaid fees (subject to a dollar limitation of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) in any calendar year in the aggregate for all Series);
Third, to each Series that has not paid in full the Excess Deposits, Management Fee and Management Fee Arrearages payable by, or allocable to, such Series, the amount of such unpaid Excess Deposits, Management Fee and Management Fee Arrearages;
Fourth, to each Series that has not paid in full the Manager Advances payable by, or allocable to, such Series, the amount of such unpaid Manager Advances;





Fifth, to each Series that has not paid in full the Transition Agent Fees (not to exceed $6,000 per annum per Series) and Back-up Management Fees payable by, or allocable to, such Series, the amount of such unpaid Transition Agent Fees and Back-up Management Fees;
Sixth, to each Series that has not paid in full the Issuer Expenses payable by, or allocable to, such Series, the amount of such unpaid Issuer Expenses;
Seventh, to each Series that has not paid in full all interest payments (excluding Default Fees) payable with respect to the Senior Notes of such Series and all commitment fees payable with respect to the Senior Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid interest payments and commitment fees;
Eighth, to each Series that has not paid in full all regularly scheduled payments (excluding termination payments) owing to each Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty that has entered into an Interest Rate Hedge Agreement with respect to one or more of the Classes of Senior Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid regularly scheduled payments;
Ninth, to each Series that has not paid in full all interest payments (excluding Default Fees) payable with respect to the Subordinated Notes of such Series and all commitment fees payable with respect to the Subordinated Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid interest payments and commitment fees;
Tenth, to each Series that has not paid in full all Minimum Principal Payment Amounts for the Senior Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid Minimum Principal Payment Amounts;
Eleventh, to each Series that has not paid in full all Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts for the Senior Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts;
Twelfth, to each Series (A) that has not paid in full all Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts for the Senior Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts and (B) for which an Early Amortization Event has occurred and is then continuing, all remaining amounts until the aggregate unpaid principal balance for the Senior Notes of such Series is reduced to zero;
Thirteenth, to each Series that has not paid in full all regularly scheduled payments (excluding termination payments) owing to each Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty that has entered into an Interest Rate Hedge Agreement with respect to the Subordinated Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid regularly scheduled payments;
Fourteenth, to each Series that has not paid in full all Minimum Principal Payment Amounts for the Subordinated Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid Minimum Principal Payment Amounts;
Fifteenth, to each Series that has not paid in full all Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts for the Subordinated Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts;
Sixteenth, to each Series that has not paid in full all Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts for the Subordinated Notes of such Series, the amount of such unpaid Supplemental Principal Payment Amounts;
Seventeenth, to each of the following on a pro rata basis: (i) to the Transition Agent, any amounts then due and payable thereof and (ii) to the Back-up Manager, any amounts then due and payable thereto;





Eighteenth, to the Indenture Trustee, any amounts then due and payable to the Indenture Trustee;
Nineteenth, to the Director Services Provider in the amount of any unpaid indemnification amounts then due and payable pursuant to the Director Services Agreement;
Twentieth, (i) to the Issuer, the amount of indemnity payments, payable to the officers, directors and/or managers of the Issuer required to be made by the Issuer, and (ii) to the Manager, the amount of officer and director indemnity payments required to be made by the Manager; and
Twenty-First, to each Series of Notes that has not been paid in full, all other amounts owing to the Noteholders of such Series.
If more than one Series shall be entitled to a distribution pursuant to a particular priority set forth in Section 305(a), funds shall be allocated among each such entitled Series on a pro rata basis based on the relative amount owing to each such Series pursuant to such payment priority.
(a)    After the application of the allocation set forth in Section 305(a), any remaining Shared Available Funds shall be allocated in accordance with the following order of priorities, with no payment being made at any level of priority until all prior priorities have been paid in full:
First, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full the Indenture's Trustee Fees and expenses payable by, or allocable to, such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Indenture's Trustee Fees and expenses;
Second, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full the fees of the Director Service Provider payable by, or allocation to, such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid fees;
Third, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full the Excess Deposits, Management Fee and Management Fee Arrearages payable by, or allocable to, such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Excess Deposits, Management Fee and Management Fee Arrearages;
Fourth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full the Manager Advances payable by, or allocable to, such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Manager Advances;
Fifth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full the Transition Agent Fees and Back-up Management Fees payable by, or allocable to, such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Transition Agent Fees and Back-up Management Fees;
Sixth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all interest payments (excluding Default Fees) and commitment fees payable with respect to the Senior Notes of such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid interest payments and commitment fees;
Seventh, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all regularly scheduled payments (excluding termination payments) owing to each Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty that has entered into an Interest Rate Hedge Agreement with respect to such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid regularly scheduled payments;





Eighth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all Minimum Principal Payment Amounts to the Senior Notes of such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Minimum Principal Payment Amounts;
Ninth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts to the Senior Notes of such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts;
Tenth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all termination and all other payments owing to each Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty that has entered into an Interest Rate Hedge Agreement with respect to such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid termination and other payments;
Eleventh, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all interest payments (excluding Default Fees) and commitment fees payable with respect to the Subordinated Notes of such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid interest payments and commitment fees;
Twelfth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all Minimum Principal Payment Amounts to the Subordinated Notes of such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Minimum Principal Payment Amounts; and
Thirteenth, to each Liquidation Deficiency Series that has not paid in full all Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts to the Subordinated Notes of such Liquidation Deficiency Series, the amount of such unpaid Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts.
If more than one Liquidation Deficiency Series shall be entitled to a distribution pursuant to a particular priority set forth in Section 305(b), funds shall be allocated among each such entitled Liquidation Deficiency Series on a pro rata basis based on the relative amount owing to each such Liquidation Deficiency Series pursuant to such payment priority.

Article IV
Early Amortization Events, Manager Defaults and Covenants for the Series 2014-3 Notes
Early Amortization Events. As of any date of determination, the existence of any one of the following events or conditions shall constitute an Early Amortization Event for the Series 2014-3 Notes (each, a “Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event”):
(1)
as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, the Series 2014-3 EBIT to Series 2014-3 Cash Interest Expense Ratio is less than 1.1 to 1.0; or
(2)
as of any Payment Date, the Weighted Average Age of the Eligible Containers shall be greater than eight and one-half (8.5) years.
If a Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event described in either of clauses (1) or (2) occurs, such condition shall be deemed cured if it does not exist on any subsequent Payment Date. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, if a Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event exists on any Payment Date, then such Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event shall, be deemed to continue until the Business Day on





which the Control Party for the Series 2014-3 Notes waives, in writing, such Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event. The Indenture Trustee shall promptly provide notice of any such waiver to each Hedge Counterparty for the Series 2014-3 Notes and the Rating Agency for the Series 2014-3 Notes.
The existence of a Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event will (i) alter the calculation of the Series Invested Amount for the Series 2014-3 Notes and the allocation of funds from the Series Account for such Series of Notes and each other Series of Notes and (ii) determine the method in which cash flows will be allocated and distributed from the Series 2014-3 Series Account. The occurrence of a Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event will not in and of itself result in the occurrence of a Trust Early Amortization Event or a Series Specific Early Amortization Event for any other Series.
If a Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and then be continuing, the Indenture Trustee shall have in addition to the rights provided in the Transaction Documents, all rights and remedies provided under all applicable laws.
Series 2014-3 Manager Defaults and Series 2014-3 Back-up Manager Events.
(i)    As of any date of determination, the existence of any one of the following events or conditions shall constitute a Manager Default with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes (each, a “Series 2014-3 Manager Default”):
(1)
the Leverage Ratio of TAL International Group as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of TAL International Group shall be in excess of 4.75 to 1.00;
(2)
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio of TAL International Group is less than 1.10 to 1.00;
(3)
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of TAL International Group, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2014, the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of TAL International Group is less than the sum of (i) $321,351,326 plus (ii) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the cumulative sum of the aggregate net income of TAL International Group and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP for the period commencing on January 1, 2006 and terminating on such date of determination; or
(4)
A Change of Control shall have occurred.
If a Series 2014-3 Manager Default described in either of clauses (1), (2) or (3) occurs, such condition shall be deemed cured if a subsequently delivered Manager Report indicates that such condition does not exist on any subsequent Payment Date. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, if a Series 2014-3 Manager Default exists on any Payment Date, then such Series 2014-3 Manager Default shall, be deemed to continue until the Business Day on which the Control Party for the Series 2014-3 waives, in writing, such Series 2014-3 Manager Default. The Indenture Trustee shall promptly provide notice of any such waiver of a Series 2014-3 Manager Default to each Hedge Counterparty for the Series 2014-3 Notes and each Rating Agency for the Series 2014-3 Notes.
(ii)    As of any date of determination, the existence of any one of the following events or conditions shall constitute a Back-up Manager Event with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes (each, a “Series 2014-3 Back-up Manager Event”):





(1)
The Leverage Ratio of TAL International Group as of the last day of any fiscal quarter shall be in excess of 4.50 to 1.00; or
(2)
As of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the Consolidated EBIT to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense Ratio of TAL International Group is less than 1.30 to 1.00.
Section 403.    Additional Events of Default
. There are no Series Specific Events of Default for the Series 2014-3 Notes.
Section 404.    Additional Covenants
. There are no additional covenants of the Issuer applicable to the Series 2014-3 Notes.
Article V
Conditions to Issuance
Conditions to Issuance. The Indenture Trustee shall not authenticate the Series 2014-3 Notes unless (i) all conditions to the issuance of the Series 2014-3 Notes under the Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied, and (ii) the Issuer shall have delivered a certificate to the Indenture Trustee to the effect that all conditions set forth in the Series 2014-3 Note Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied.
Article VI
Representations and Warranties
To induce the Series 2014-3 Noteholders to purchase the Series 2014-3 Notes hereunder, the Issuer hereby represents and warrants as of the Series 2014-3 Closing Date to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders that:
Existence. The Issuer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in compliance under the laws of Delaware. The Issuer is in good standing and is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Issuer, and has all licenses, permits, charters and registrations the failure to hold which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer.
Authorization. The Issuer has the power and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Supplement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which it is a party; the Issuer is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies hereunder and under the Indenture; and the Issuer is and will continue to be authorized to perform its obligations under the Indenture, this Supplement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents. The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Supplement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the borrowings hereunder do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, stockholder or any other Person which has not already been obtained.
No Conflict; Legal Compliance. The execution, delivery and performance of this Supplement and each of the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents by the Issuer and the execution, delivery and payment of the Series 2014-3 Notes will not: (a) contravene any provision of the Issuer’s charter documents,





by-laws or other organizational documents; (b) contravene, conflict with or violate any Applicable Law or regulation, or any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority; or (c) violate or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under the Indenture, this Supplement, the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, any other indenture or other loan or credit agreement, or other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer, or its property and assets may be bound or affected. The Issuer is not in violation or breach of or default under any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award or any contract, agreement, lease, license, indenture or other instrument to which it is a party, in each case, in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
Validity and Binding Effect. This Supplement is, and each Series 2014-3 Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party, when duly executed and delivered, will be, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.
Financial Conditions. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Issuer delivered pursuant to Section 625 of the Indenture, there has been no Material Adverse Change in the financial condition of the Issuer.
Place of Business. The Issuer’s only “place of business” (within the meaning of Section 9-307 of the UCC) is located at its address determined in accordance with Section 1307 of the Indenture.
No Agreements or Contracts. The Issuer is not now and has not been a party to any contract or agreement (whether written or oral) other than the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents and the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Indenture).
Consents and Approvals. No approval, authorization or consent of any trustee or holder of any Indebtedness or obligation of the Issuer or of any other Person under any agreement, contract, lease or license or similar document or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound, is required to be obtained by the Issuer in order to make or consummate the transactions contemplated under the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, except for those approvals, authorizations and consents that have been obtained on or prior to the Series 2014-3 Closing Date or which the failure to obtain would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. All consents and approvals of, filings and registrations with, and other actions in respect of, all Governmental Authorities required to be obtained by the Issuer in order to make or consummate the transactions contemplated under the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents have been, or prior to the time when required will have been, obtained, given, filed or taken and are or will be in full force and effect other than any such consents, approvals, filings or registrations the failure to so obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
Margin Regulations. The Issuer does not own any “margin security”, as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board, and the proceeds of the Series 2014-3 Notes issued under this Supplement will be used only for the purposes contemplated hereunder. None of such proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the loans under this Supplement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X. The Issuer will not take or permit any agent acting on its behalf to take any action which might cause this Supplement or any document or instrument delivered by the Issuer pursuant hereto to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.





Taxes. All federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, reports and statements required to be filed by the Issuer have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authorities, and all taxes and other impositions shown thereon to be due and payable by the Issuer have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof, or any such fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss has been paid, or the Issuer is contesting its liability therefor in good faith and has fully reserved all such amounts according to GAAP in the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 625 of the Indenture. The Issuer has paid when due and payable all material charges upon the books of the Issuer and no Governmental Authority has asserted any Lien against the Issuer with respect to unpaid taxes. Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Issuer from its employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local and foreign law and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities.
Other Regulations. The Issuer will be relying on an exemption or exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act contained in Section 3(a)(1), although there may be additional exemptions or exclusions available to the Issuer. The Issuer is not relying on the exemptions set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. The issuing entity is being structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the Volcker Rule under the Dodd-Frank Act.
Solvency and Separateness.
(i)    The capital of the Issuer is adequate for the business and undertakings of the Issuer.
(ii)    Other than with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and by the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents and the Transaction Documents, the Issuer is not engaged in any business transactions with the Manager except as permitted by the Management Agreement or with the Seller except as permitted by the Contribution and Sale Agreement.
(iii)    At all times, at least one (1) manager of the Issuer shall qualify as an Independent Manager (as defined in the Issuer’s limited liability company agreement).
(iv)    The Issuer’s funds and assets are not, and will not be, commingled with those of the Manager, except as permitted by the Management Agreement.
(v)    The Issuer shall maintain (A) correct and complete books and records of account, and (B) minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its board of managers.
(vi)    The Issuer is not insolvent under the Insolvency Law and will not be rendered insolvent by the transactions contemplated by the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents and after giving effect to such transactions, the Issuer will not be left with an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to engage in its business nor will the Issuer have intended to incur, or believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. The Issuer does not contemplate the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation Proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, bankruptcy trustee or similar official in respect of the Issuer or any of its assets.





Survival of Representations and Warranties. So long as any of the Series 2014-3 Notes shall be Outstanding and until payment and performance in full of the Outstanding Obligations, the representations and warranties contained herein shall have a continuing effect as having been true when made.
No Default. No Event of Default or Early Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing. No event or condition that with notice or the passage of time (or both) could reasonably be expected to constitute an Event of Default or Early Amortization Event has occurred or is continuing.
Litigation and Contingent Liabilities. No claims, litigation, arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings by any Governmental Authority are pending or threatened against or are affecting the Issuer the results of which will materially and adversely interfere with the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture, this Supplement or any document issued or delivered in connection therewith or herewith.
Title; Liens. The Issuer has good, legal and marketable title to each of its respective assets, and none of such assets is subject to any Lien, except for Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created or permitted pursuant to the Indenture.
Subsidiaries. The Issuer has no subsidiaries.
No Partnership. The Issuer is not a partner or joint venturer in any partnership or joint venture.
Pension and Welfare Plans. During the twelve-consecutive-month period prior to the date of the execution and delivery of this Supplement, no steps have been taken to terminate any Plan, and no contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Plan, sufficient to give rise to a lien under section 302(f) of ERISA. No condition exists or event or transaction, has occurred with respect to any Plan which could result in the Issuer or any ERISA Affiliate of the Issuer incurring any material liability, fine or penalty. As of the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, the Issuer is not a Benefit Plan or any other plan that is subject to a law that is similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
Ownership of the Issuer. On the Series 2014-3 Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Issuer are owned by TAL.
Security Interest Representations.
(a)    This Supplement and the Indenture create a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in the Collateral in favor of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders and any Hedge Counterparty, which security interest is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.
(b)    The Containers constitute “goods” within the meaning of the applicable UCC. The Leases constitute “tangible chattel paper” within the meaning of the UCC. The lease receivables constitute “accounts” or “proceeds” of the Leases within the meaning of the UCC. The Trust Account, the Excess Funding Account, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account constitute “securities accounts” within the meaning of the UCC. The Issuer’s contractual rights under any Hedge Agreements, the Contribution and Sale Agreement and the Management Agreement constitute “general intangibles” within the meaning of the UCC.
(c)    The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of any Lien (whether senior, junior or pari passu), claim or encumbrance of any Person, except for Permitted Encumbrances.





(d)    The Issuer has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements or documents of similar import in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under Applicable Law in order to perfect the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Indenture Trustee in this Supplement and the Indenture and such security interest constitutes a perfected security interest in favor of the Indenture Trustee. All financing statements filed against the Issuer in favor of the Indenture Trustee in connection herewith describing the Collateral contain a statement substantially to the following effect: “A purchase or acquisition of a security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Secured Party.”
(e)    Other than the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Supplement and the Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Collateral, except as permitted pursuant to the Indenture. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of, and is not aware of, any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than any financing statement or document of similar import (i) relating to the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee in this Supplement or the Indenture or (ii) that has been terminated. The Issuer has no actual knowledge of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Issuer.
(f)    Pursuant to Section 3.3.5 of the Management Agreement, the Manager has acknowledged that it is holding the Leases, to the extent they relate to the Managed Containers, on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Indenture Trustee. None of the Leases that constitute or evidence the Collateral has any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person. The Seller has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements or documents of similar import in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under Applicable Law in order to perfect the ownership interest of the Issuer (and the Indenture Trustee as its assignee) in the Leases (to the extent that such Leases relate to the Managed Containers) arising under the Contribution and Sale Agreement.
(g)    The Issuer has received all necessary consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge to the Indenture Trustee of its interest and rights in such Collateral hereunder or under the Indenture.
(h)    Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (in its capacity as securities intermediary) has identified in its records the Indenture Trustee as the Person having a Security Entitlement in each of the Trust Account, the Excess Funding Account, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account.
(i)    The Trust Account, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account, the Excess Funding Account, and the Series 2014-3 Series Account are not in the name of any Person other than the Issuer. The Issuer has not consented for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as the securities intermediary of the Trust Account, the Excess Funding Account, the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account and the Series 2014-3 Series Account) to comply with Entitlement Orders of any Person other than the Indenture Trustee.
(j)    No creditor of the Issuer (other than (x) with respect to the Managed Containers, the related lessee and (y) the Manager in its capacity as Manager under the Management Agreement) has in its possession any goods that constitute or evidence the Collateral, other than for purposes of repair, refurbishment, painting, positioning, storage and other similar matters with respect to Managed Containers.
Original Issue Discount. The Issuer will supply to the Indenture Trustee, at the time and in the manner required by applicable Treasury regulations, for further distribution to such persons, and to the





extent, required by applicable Treasury regulations, information with respect to any original issue discount, as defined in section 1273(a) of the Code, accruing on the Series 2014-3 Notes.
The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 621 shall survive until this Supplement is terminated in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Indenture. Any breaches of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 621 may be waived by the Indenture Trustee, only with the prior written consent of the Control Party and with the prior written notice to the Rating Agency.
Article VII
Miscellaneous Provisions
Ratification of Indenture. As supplemented by this Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.
Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Supplement by facsimile or by electronic means shall be equally effective as of the delivery of an originally executed counterpart.
Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW, AND THE RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Notices to the Rating Agency. Whenever any notice or other communication is required to be given to the Rating Agency pursuant to the Indenture or this Supplement, such notice or communication shall be delivered to S&P at Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, 55 Water Street, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10041, Attention: Asset-Backed Surveillance Group - phone: (212/438-2435), fax: (212/438-2664). Any rights to notices conveyed to the Rating Agency pursuant to the terms of this Supplement shall terminate immediately if the Rating Agency no longer has a rating outstanding with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes.
Amendments and Modifications. (a) The terms of this Supplement may be waived, modified or amended in accordance with the provisions of this Section 705 in a written instrument signed by each of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.
(a)    Without the consent of any Series 2014-3 Noteholder and based on an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer to the effect that such amendment, modification or waiver of this Supplement is for one of the purposes set forth in clauses (i) through (vii) below, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more amendments, modifications or waivers of this Supplement for any of the following purposes:
(i)    to add to the covenants of the Issuer in this Supplement for the benefit of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer in this Supplement;





(ii)    to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in this Supplement that may be inconsistent with any other provision in this Supplement, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Supplement;
(iii)    to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the Lien created pursuant to Section 207 of this Supplement, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the Lien created pursuant to Section 207 of this Supplement, or to subject additional property to the Lien of this Supplement;
(iv)    to add to the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms and purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of the Series 2014-3 Notes, or additional conditions, limitations and restrictions thereafter to be observed by the Issuer with respect to the Series 2014-3 Notes;
(v)    to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any additional property to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders;
(vi)    to decrease any component of Series 2014-3 Advance Rate; or
(vii)    to add any additional Series 2014-3 Events of Default, Series 2014-3 Early Amortization Events or Series 2014-3 Manager Defaults that will apply only to the Series 2014-3 Notes.
(b)    If Section 705(b) does not apply to an amendment, modification or waiver of this Supplement, then the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (acting at the direction of, and with the consent of, the Control Party for Series 2014-3 Notes) may enter into an amendment, modification or waiver for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of, the provisions of this Supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Series 2014-3 Noteholders under this Supplement; provided, however, that no such amendment, modification or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Series 2014-3 Note adversely affected thereby:
(i)    reduce the principal amount of any Series 2014-3 Note, lengthen the Legal Final Maturity Date of any Series 2014-3 Notes, reduce the rate of interest payable on any Series 2014-3 Note, amend the allocation methodology set forth in Section 303 hereof (other than to increase the amount of the allocation to the Series 2014-3 Notes) or change the date on which or the amount of which, or the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Series 2014-3 Note or the interest thereon, is payable or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Legal Final Maturity Date of the Series 2014-3 Notes;
(ii)    modify any provision of this Supplement which specifies that such provision cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Series 2014-3 Noteholder affected thereby;
(iii)    modify or alter Section 705 of this Supplement; or
(iv)    amend the definitions of “Series 2014-3 Asset Base”, “Series 2014-3 Asset Allocation Percentage”, “Series 2014-3 Required Overcollateralization Percentage” or “Control Party” or to increase any Series 2014-3 Advance Rate; or





(v)    permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to, or on a parity with, the Lien created pursuant to Section 207 or terminate the Lien of this Supplement on any property at any time subject to the Lien created pursuant to Section 207 or deprive in any material respect the Series 2014-3 Noteholders of the security afforded by the Lien created pursuant to Section 207, except as otherwise permitted in this Supplement;
(c)    The obligation of the Indenture Trustee to execute and deliver a waiver, modification or amendment created pursuant to Section 705(b) or Section 705(c) is subject to the satisfaction of all of the following conditions:
(i)    the Issuer shall have given the Indenture Trustee and the Manager not less than five days’ notice of such amendment and a copy of such proposed amendment, it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Manager from time to time may waive the right to receive such notice;
(ii)    such amendment either (A) will not result in a Trust Early Amortization Event or a Trust Event of Default or cause the Aggregate Required Asset Base to exceed the Aggregate Asset Base (in each case calculated after giving effect to such proposed amendment) or (B) in all other cases shall have been approved in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and in either case the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the foregoing;
(iii)    such other conditions as shall be specified in such amendment; and
(iv)    the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate that all of the conditions specified in clauses (i) through (iii) have been satisfied.
(d)    Prior to the execution of any written instrument pursuant to this Section 705, the Issuer shall provide a written notice to the Rating Agency setting forth in general terms the substance of any such written instrument.
(e)    Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee of any written instrument pursuant to this Section 705, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to the Series 2014-3 Noteholders, the Rating Agency, and, if applicable, each Hedge Counterparty for Series 2014-3, a copy of the text of such written instrument. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such copy, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such written instrument.
Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT, OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, MAY BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND, SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ENFORCING THIS SUPPLEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.
Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AS AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY HERETO, ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT OF ANY CIVIL ACTION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING ANY COUNTERCLAIM, ARISING UNDER





OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT OR ANY OTHER SERIES 2014-3 TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, INCLUDING IN RESPECT OF THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR THEREOF.
No Petition. The Indenture Trustee, on its own behalf, hereby covenants and agrees, and each Noteholder by its acquisition of a Series 2014-3 Note shall be deemed to covenant and agree, that it will not institute against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any Insolvency Law or any other federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, at any time other than on a date which is at least one year and one day after the last date on which any Series 2014-3 Note is Outstanding. The provisions of this Section 708 shall survive the repayment of the Notes and any termination of this Supplement.
Noteholder Information. Each Noteholder or holder of an interest in a Note, by acceptance of such Series 2014-3 Note or such interest in such Series 2014-3 Note, will be deemed to have agreed to provide the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee with such Noteholder Tax Identification Information as requested from time to time by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee. Each Noteholder or holder of an interest in a Note will be deemed to understand that each of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee has the right to withhold tax on interest and other applicable amounts under the Code including under FATCA (without any corresponding gross-up) payable with respect to each holder of a Series 2014-3 Note, or to any beneficial owner of an interest in a Series 2014-3 Note, that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements.
[Signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered all as of the day and year first above written.
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC, as Issuer
By:    TAL International Container Corporation,
its Manager
By:                            
Name:                            
Title:                            
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee
By:                            
Name:                            
Title:                            
The undersigned hereby consents and agrees to the additional Manager Defaults set forth in Section 402 hereof.





TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION
By:                            
Name:                            
Title:                            




EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF 144A GLOBAL NOTE
UNLESS THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRANSFEROR OF SUCH NOTE (THE “TRANSFEROR”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SERIES 2014-3 NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR THE USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (1) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THAT THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER) AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO A PERSON (A) THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE IN AN AMOUNT OF AT LEAST $100,000 AND DELIVERS A PURCHASER LETTER TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE OR (B) THAT IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE PURSUANT TO A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AS CONFIRMED IN AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.
EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF A NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THE NOTE WITH THE PLAN ASSETS





OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR ANY OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (ii) (A) THE SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE RATED INVESTMENT GRADE OR BETTER AND SUCH PERSON BELIEVES THAT SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE PROPERLY TREATED AS INDEBTEDNESS WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL EQUITY FEATURES FOR PURPOSES OF THE PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS, AND AGREES TO SO TREAT SUCH NOTES ACCORDINGLY AND (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW. ALTERNATIVELY, REGARDLESS OF THE RATING OF SERIES 2014-3 NOTES, SUCH PERSON MAY PROVIDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION OF COUNSEL WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER WHICH OPINES THAT THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND TRANSFER OF SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTE OR INTEREST THEREIN IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW, AND WILL NOT SUBJECT THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE INDENTURE.
THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC FIXED RATE ASSET-BACKED [CLASS A][CLASS B] NOTE, SERIES 2014-3
$[XX]    CUSIP No.: _____________
No. 1
_____________ ___, 20___
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, at the principal corporate trust office of the Indenture Trustee named below, (i) the principal sum of up to XX.00 Dollars ($XX.00), which sum shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”) and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2014-3 Supplement”), each between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), and (ii) interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.





Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal balance of, and interest on this Note is payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date.
This Note is one of the authorized notes identified in the title hereto and issued in the aggregate principal amount of up to [ ] Million Dollars ($[ ],000,000) pursuant to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Notes shall be an obligation of the Issuer and shall be secured by the Collateral, all as defined in, and subject to limitations set forth in, the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
This Note is transferable as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein contained, only upon the books for registration and transfer kept by the Indenture Trustee, and only upon surrender of this Note for transfer to the Indenture Trustee duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the registered Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. The Indenture Trustee or the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax expense or other governmental charge payable in connection with any transfer or exchange of the Notes.
The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any other agent of the Issuer shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, nor any other such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Notes are subject to Prepayment, at the times and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the issuance of supplemental indentures with the consent of the Requisite Global Majority, in certain specifically described instances. Any consent given by the Requisite Global Majority shall be conclusive and binding upon the Holder of this Note and on all future holders of this Note and of any Note issued in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Note. Supplements and amendments to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement may be made only to the extent and in circumstances permitted by the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Holder of this Note shall have no right to enforce the provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement or to institute action to enforce the covenants, or to take any action with respect to a default under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other proceedings with respect thereto, except as provided under certain circumstances described in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement shall affect or impair any right of enforcement conferred on the Holder hereof to enforce any payment of the principal of and interest on this Note on or after the due date thereof; provided further, however, that by acceptance hereof the Holder is deemed to have covenanted and agreed that it will not institute against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or





liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable bankruptcy or similar law, at any time other than at such time as permitted by Section 1311 of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Each purchaser and transferee of a Series 2014-3 Note will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring the Series 2014-3 Note with the plan assets of an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, a “plan” described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” of any of the foregoing by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in such entity, or any other plan that is subject to a law that is similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) (a) the Series 2014-3 Notes are rated investment grade or better and such person believes that such Series 2014-3 Notes are properly treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, and agrees to so treat such Notes and (b) the acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2014-3 Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar applicable law. Alternatively, regardless of the rating of Series 2014-3 Notes, such Person may provide the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer with an Opinion of Counsel, which Opinion of Counsel will not be at the expense of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager which opines that the purchase, holding and transfer of such Series 2014-3 Note or interest therein is permissible under Applicable Law, will not constitute or result in a non exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar Applicable Law, and will not subject the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager to any obligation in addition to those undertaken in the Indenture.
Each Holder of a Series 2014-3 Note (i) agrees to treat this Series 2014-3 Note for United States federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness, (ii) agrees that the duties of the Transition Agent are not to be construed as a replacement Manager, (iii) agrees that the Series 2014-3 Note shall not have any interest in any Series Account of any other Series or Class and (iv) ratifies and confirms the terms of the Indenture and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.
This Note, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
All terms and provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement are herein incorporated by reference as if set forth herein in their entirety. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture or the Series 2014-3 Supplement, the provisions of the Indenture and/or Series 2014-3 Supplement, as applicable, shall govern and be controlling.
IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, RECITED AND DECLARED, that all acts, conditions and things required to exist, happen and be performed precedent to the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement and the issuance of this Note and the issue of which it is a part, do exist, have happened and have been timely performed in regular form and manner as required by law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee by manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC has caused this Note to be duly executed by its duly authorized representative, on this ____ day of ______________, 20___.
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
By:    TAL International Container Corporation,
its Manager
By:                             
Its:

This Note is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee
By: ____________________________________
Its:





EXHIBIT A-2
FORM OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
UNLESS THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRANSFEROR OF SUCH NOTE (THE “TRANSFEROR”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SERIES 2014-3 NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR THE USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (1) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THAT THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER) AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO A PERSON (A) THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE IN AN AMOUNT OF AT LEAST $100,000 AND DELIVERS A PURCHASER LETTER TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE OR (B) THAT IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE PURSUANT TO A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AS CONFIRMED IN AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.
EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF A NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THE NOTE WITH THE PLAN ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR ANY OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (ii) (A) THE SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE RATED INVESTMENT GRADE OR BETTER AND SUCH PERSON BELIEVES THAT SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE PROPERLY TREATED AS INDEBTEDNESS WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL EQUITY FEATURES FOR PURPOSES OF THE PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS,





AND AGREES TO SO TREAT SUCH NOTES ACCORDINGLY AND (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW. ALTERNATIVELY, REGARDLESS OF THE RATING OF SERIES 2014-3 NOTES, SUCH PERSON MAY PROVIDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION OF COUNSEL WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER WHICH OPINES THAT THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND TRANSFER OF SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTE OR INTEREST THEREIN IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW, AND WILL NOT SUBJECT THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE INDENTURE.
EACH INVESTOR PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN RELIANCE UPON REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE NOTES HAVE NOT AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, THAT ANY OFFERS, SALES OR DELIVERIES OF THE NOTES PURCHASED BY IT IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES AND (ii) THE CLOSING DATE, MAY CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF UNITED STATES LAW, AND THAT DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST WILL BE MADE IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTES ONLY FOLLOWING THE DELIVERY BY THE HOLDER OF A CERTIFICATION OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OR THE EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTES FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE RELATED UNRESTRICTED BOOK ENTRY NOTES (WHICH IN EACH CASE WILL ITSELF REQUIRE A CERTIFICATION OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP), AT THE TIMES AND IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE.
THIS NOTE IS NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OF THE UNITED STATES.





TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC FIXED RATE ASSET-BACKED [CLASS A][CLASS B] NOTE, SERIES 2014-3
$[XX]    CUSIP No.: _____________
No. 1
_____________ ___, 20___
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that TAL Advantage V LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, at the principal corporate trust office of the Indenture Trustee named below, (i) the principal sum of up to XX Dollars ($xx.00), which sum shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”) and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2014-3 Supplement”), each between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), and (ii) interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal balance of, and interest on this Note is payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date.
This Note is one of the authorized notes identified in the title hereto and issued in the aggregate principal amount of up to [ ] Million Dollars ($[ ],000,000) pursuant to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Notes shall be an obligation of the Issuer and shall be secured by the Collateral, all as defined in, and subject to limitations set forth in, the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
This Note is transferable as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein contained, only upon the books for registration and transfer kept by the Indenture Trustee, and only upon surrender of this Note for transfer to the Indenture Trustee duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the registered Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. The Indenture Trustee or the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax expense or other governmental charge payable in connection with any transfer or exchange of the Notes.
The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any other agent of the Issuer shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, nor any other such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Notes are subject to Prepayment, at the times and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.





The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the issuance of supplemental indentures with the consent of the Requisite Global Majority, in certain specifically described instances. Any consent given by the Requisite Global Majority shall be conclusive and binding upon the Holder of this Note and on all future holders of this Note and of any Note issued in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Note. Supplements and amendments to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement may be made only to the extent and in circumstances permitted by the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Holder of this Note shall have no right to enforce the provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement or to institute action to enforce the covenants, or to take any action with respect to a default under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other proceedings with respect thereto, except as provided under certain circumstances described in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement shall affect or impair any right of enforcement conferred on the Holder hereof to enforce any payment of the principal of and interest on this Note on or after the due date thereof; provided further, however, that by acceptance hereof the Holder is deemed to have covenanted and agreed that it will not institute against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable bankruptcy or similar law, at any time other than at such time as permitted by Section 1311 of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Each purchaser and transferee of a Series 2014-3 Note will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring the Series 2014-3 Note with the plan assets of an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, a “plan” described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any other plan that is subject to a law that is similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) (a) the Series 2014-3 Notes are rated investment grade or better and such person believes that such Series 2014-3 Notes are properly treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, and agrees to so treat such Notes and (b) the acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2014-3 Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar applicable law. Alternatively, regardless of the rating of Series 2014-3 Notes, such Person may provide the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer with an Opinion of Counsel, which Opinion of Counsel will not be at the expense of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager which opines that the purchase, holding and transfer of such Series 2014-3 Note or interest therein is permissible under Applicable Law, will not constitute or result in a non exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar Applicable Law, and will not subject the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager to any obligation in addition to those undertaken in the Indenture.
Each Holder of a Series 2014-3 Note (i) agrees to treat this Series 2014-3 Note for United States federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness, (ii) agrees that the duties of the Transition Agent are not to be construed as a replacement Manager, (iii) agrees that the Series 2014-3 Note shall not have any interest in any Series Account of any other Series or Class and (iv) ratifies and confirms the terms of the Indenture and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.
This Note, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
All terms and provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement are herein incorporated by reference as if set forth herein in their entirety. To the extent any provision of this Note





conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture or the Series 2014-3 Supplement, the provisions of the Indenture and/or Series 2014-3 Supplement, as applicable, shall govern and be controlling.
IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, RECITED AND DECLARED, that all acts, conditions and things required to exist, happen and be performed precedent to the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement and the issuance of this Note and the issue of which it is a part, do exist, have happened and have been timely performed in regular form and manner as required by law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee by manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TAL Advantage V LLC has caused this Note to be duly executed by its duly authorized representative, on this ___ day of ______________, 20___.
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
By:    TAL International Container Corporation,
its Manager
By:                             
Its:

This Note is one of the Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee
By: ____________________________________
Its:







EXHIBIT A-3
FORM OF PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
UNLESS THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE TRANSFEROR OF SUCH NOTE (THE “TRANSFEROR”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SERIES 2014-3 NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR THE USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (1) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THAT THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER) AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO A PERSON (A) THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE IN AN AMOUNT OF AT LEAST $100,000 AND DELIVERS A PURCHASER LETTER TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE OR (B) THAT IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE PURSUANT TO A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AS CONFIRMED IN AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.
EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF A NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THE NOTE WITH THE PLAN ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR ANY OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (ii) (A) THE SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE RATED INVESTMENT GRADE OR BETTER AND SUCH PERSON BELIEVES THAT SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE PROPERLY TREATED AS





INDEBTEDNESS WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL EQUITY FEATURES FOR PURPOSES OF THE PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS, AND AGREES TO SO TREAT SUCH NOTES ACCORDINGLY AND (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW. ALTERNATIVELY, REGARDLESS OF THE RATING OF SERIES 2014-3 NOTES, SUCH PERSON MAY PROVIDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION OF COUNSEL WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER WHICH OPINES THAT THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND TRANSFER OF SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTE OR INTEREST THEREIN IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW, AND WILL NOT SUBJECT THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE INDENTURE.
EACH INVESTOR PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN RELIANCE UPON REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE NOTES HAVE NOT AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES, THAT ANY OFFERS, SALES OR DELIVERIES OF THE NOTES PURCHASED BY IT IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF (i) THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES AND (ii) THE CLOSING DATE, MAY CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF UNITED STATES LAW, AND THAT DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST WILL BE MADE IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTES ONLY FOLLOWING THE DELIVERY BY THE HOLDER OF A CERTIFICATION OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OR THE EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTES FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE RELATED UNRESTRICTED BOOK ENTRY NOTES (WHICH IN EACH CASE WILL ITSELF REQUIRE A CERTIFICATION OF NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP), AT THE TIMES AND IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE.
THIS NOTE IS NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OF THE UNITED STATES.





TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC FIXED RATE ASSET-BACKED CLASS A NOTE, SERIES 2014-3
$[XX]    CUSIP No.: _____________
No. 1
_____________ ___, 20___
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that TAL Advantage V LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, at the principal corporate trust office of the Indenture Trustee named below, (i) the principal sum of up to XX Dollars ($xx.00), which sum shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”) and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2014-3 Supplement”), each between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), and (ii) interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal balance of, and interest on this Note is payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date.
This Note is one of the authorized notes identified in the title hereto and issued in the aggregate principal amount of up to [ ] ($[ ]) pursuant to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Notes shall be an obligation of the Issuer and shall be secured by the Collateral, all as defined in, and subject to limitations set forth in, the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
This Note is transferable as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein contained, only upon the books for registration and transfer kept by the Indenture Trustee, and only upon surrender of this Note for transfer to the Indenture Trustee duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the registered Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. The Indenture Trustee or the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax expense or other governmental charge payable in connection with any transfer or exchange of the Notes.
The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any other agent of the Issuer shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, nor any other such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Notes are subject to Prepayment, at the times and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.





The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the issuance of supplemental indentures with the consent of the Requisite Global Majority, in certain specifically described instances. Any consent given by the Requisite Global Majority shall be conclusive and binding upon the Holder of this Note and on all future holders of this Note and of any Note issued in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Note. Supplements and amendments to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement may be made only to the extent and in circumstances permitted by the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Holder of this Note shall have no right to enforce the provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement or to institute action to enforce the covenants, or to take any action with respect to a default under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other proceedings with respect thereto, except as provided under certain circumstances described in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement shall affect or impair any right of enforcement conferred on the Holder hereof to enforce any payment of the principal of and interest on this Note on or after the due date thereof; provided further, however, that by acceptance hereof the Holder is deemed to have covenanted and agreed that it will not institute against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable bankruptcy or similar law, at any time other than at such time as permitted by Section 1311 of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Each purchaser and transferee of a Series 2014-3 Note will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring the Series 2014-3 Note with the plan assets of an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, a “plan” described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any other plan that is subject to a law that is similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) (a) the Series 2014-3 Notes are rated investment grade or better and such person believes that such Series 2014-3 Notes are properly treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, and agrees to so treat such Notes and (b) the acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2014-3 Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar applicable law. Alternatively, regardless of the rating of Series 2014-3 Notes, such Person may provide the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer with an Opinion of Counsel, which Opinion of Counsel will not be at the expense of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager which opines that the purchase, holding and transfer of such Series 2014-3 Note or interest therein is permissible under Applicable Law, will not constitute or result in a non exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar Applicable Law, and will not subject the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager to any obligation in addition to those undertaken in the Indenture.
Each Holder of a Series 2014-3 Note (i) agrees to treat this Series 2014-3 Note for United States federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness, (ii) agrees that the duties of the Transition Agent are not to be construed as a replacement Manager, (iii) agrees that the Series 2014-3 Note shall not have any interest in any Series Account of any other Series or Class and (iv) ratifies and confirms the terms of the Indenture and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.
This Note, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
All terms and provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement are herein incorporated by reference as if set forth herein in their entirety. To the extent any provision of this Note





conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture or the Series 2014-3 Supplement, the provisions of the Indenture and/or Series 2014-3 Supplement, as applicable, shall govern and be controlling.
IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, RECITED AND DECLARED, that all acts, conditions and things required to exist, happen and be performed precedent to the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement and the issuance of this Note and the issue of which it is a part, do exist, have happened and have been timely performed in regular form and manner as required by law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee by manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TAL Advantage V LLC has caused this Note to be duly executed by its duly authorized representative, on this __ day of __________, 20__.
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
By:    TAL International Container Corporation,
its Manager
By:                             
Its:

This Note is one of the Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee
By: ____________________________________
Its:







EXHIBIT A-4
FORM OF NOTE ISSUED TO INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (1) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THAT THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER) AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (3) TO A PERSON (A) THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE IN AN AMOUNT OF AT LEAST $100,000 AND DELIVERS A PURCHASER LETTER TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE OR (B) THAT IS TAKING DELIVERY OF SUCH NOTE PURSUANT TO A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AS CONFIRMED IN AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.
EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF A NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THE NOTE WITH THE PLAN ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR ANY OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (ii) (A) THE SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE RATED INVESTMENT GRADE OR BETTER AND SUCH PERSON BELIEVES THAT SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTES ARE PROPERLY TREATED AS INDEBTEDNESS WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL EQUITY FEATURES FOR PURPOSES OF THE PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS, AND AGREES TO SO TREAT SUCH NOTES ACCORDINGLY AND (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW. ALTERNATIVELY, REGARDLESS OF THE RATING OF SERIES 2014-3 NOTES, SUCH PERSON MAY PROVIDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION OF COUNSEL WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER WHICH OPINES THAT THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND TRANSFER OF SUCH SERIES 2014-3 NOTE OR INTEREST THEREIN IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON EXEMPT PROHIBITED





TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW, AND WILL NOT SUBJECT THE ISSUER, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE MANAGER OR ANY SUCCESSOR MANAGER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE INDENTURE.
THIS SERIES 2014-3 NOTE IS NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.





TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC FIXED RATE ASSET-BACKED CLASS B NOTE,
SERIES 2014-3
$[XX]    CUSIP No.: _____________
No. 1
_____________ ___, 20___
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that TAL Advantage V LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to _______, or registered assigns, at the principal corporate trust office of the Indenture Trustee named below, (i) the principal sum of up to XX Dollars ($XX), which sum shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”) and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2014-3 Supplement”), each between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), and (ii) interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal balance of, and interest on this Note is payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the Indenture and the 2014-3 Supplement by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date.
This Note is one of the authorized notes identified in the title hereto and issued in the aggregate principal amount of up to [ ] Dollars ($[ ]) pursuant to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Notes shall be an obligation of the Issuer and shall be secured by the Collateral, all as defined in, and subject to limitations set forth in, the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
This Note is transferable as provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein contained, only upon the books for registration and transfer kept by the Indenture Trustee, and only upon surrender of this Note for transfer to the Indenture Trustee duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the registered Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. The Indenture Trustee or the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax expense or other governmental charge payable in connection with any transfer or exchange of the Notes.
The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any other agent of the Issuer shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, nor any other such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Notes are subject to Prepayment, at the times and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.





If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the issuance of supplemental indentures with the consent of the Requisite Global Majority, in certain specifically described instances. Any consent given by the Requisite Global Majority shall be conclusive and binding upon the Holder of this Note and on all future holders of this Note and of any Note issued in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Note. Supplements and amendments to the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement may be made only to the extent and in circumstances permitted by the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
The Holder of this Note shall have no right to enforce the provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement or to institute action to enforce the covenants, or to take any action with respect to a default under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other proceedings with respect thereto, except as provided under certain circumstances described in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement shall affect or impair any right of enforcement conferred on the Holder hereof to enforce any payment of the principal of and interest on this Note on or after the due date thereof; provided further, however, that by acceptance hereof the Holder is deemed to have covenanted and agreed that it will not institute against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable bankruptcy or similar law, at any time other than at such time as permitted by Section 1311 of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Each purchaser and transferee of a Series 2014-3 Note will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring the Series 2014-3 Note with the plan assets of an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, a “plan” described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any other plan that is subject to a law that is similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) (a) the Series 2014-3 Notes are rated investment grade or better and such person believes that such Series 2014-3 Notes are properly treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, and agrees to so treat such Notes and (b) the acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2014-3 Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar applicable law. Alternatively, regardless of the rating of Series 2014-3 Notes, such Person may provide the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer with an Opinion of Counsel, which Opinion of Counsel will not be at the expense of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager which opines that the purchase, holding and transfer of such Series 2014-3 Note or interest therein is permissible under Applicable Law, will not constitute or result in a non exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar Applicable Law, and will not subject the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Manager or any successor Manager to any obligation in addition to those undertaken in the Indenture.
Each Holder of a Series 2014-3 Note (i) agrees to treat this Series 2014-3 Note for United States federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness, (ii) agrees that the duties of the Transition Agent are not to be construed as a replacement Manager, (iii) agrees that the Series 2014-3 Note shall not have any interest in any Series Account of any other Series or Class and (iv) ratifies and confirms the terms of the Indenture and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.





This Note, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
All terms and provisions of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement are herein incorporated by reference as if set forth herein in their entirety. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture or the Series 2014-3 Supplement, the provisions of the Indenture and/or Series 2014-3 Supplement, as applicable, shall govern and be controlling.
IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, RECITED AND DECLARED, that all acts, conditions and things required to exist, happen and be performed precedent to the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement and the issuance of this Note and the issue of which it is a part, do exist, have happened and have been timely performed in regular form and manner as required by law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee by manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TAL Advantage V LLC has caused this Note to be duly executed by its duly authorized representative, on this __ day of __________ __, 20__.
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
By:    TAL International Container Corporation,
its Manager
By:                             
Its:

This Note is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee
By: ____________________________________
Its:






EXHIBIT B
FORM OF
CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY NOTEHOLDERS
[Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator
of the Euroclear System
1 Boulevard du Roi Albert II
B‑1210 Brussels, Belgium]
[Clearstream Banking, société anonyme
f/k/a CedelBank, société anonyme
67 Boulevard Grand-Duchesse Charlotte
L-1331 Luxembourg]
Re:
Fixed Rate Asset-Backed [Class A][Class B] Notes, Series 2014-3 (the “Offered Notes”) issued pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014, between TAL Advantage V LLC (the “Issuer”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Indenture Trustee”) to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.
This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, the beneficial interest in the Offered Notes held by you for our account is owned by persons that are not U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
The undersigned undertakes to advise you promptly by facsimile on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Offered Notes held by you in which the undersigned has acquired, or intends to acquire, a beneficial interest in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date. In the absence of any such notification, it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.
[This certification excepts beneficial interests in and does not relate to U.S. $_________ principal amount of the Offered Notes appearing in your books as being held for our account but that we have sold or as to which we are not yet able to certify.]
We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws in the United States of America. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.
Dated:* ______________________________
By: ________________________,
Account Holder
*Certification must be dated on or after the 15th day before the date of the Euroclear or Clearstream certificate to which this certification relates.






EXHIBIT C
FORM OF
CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as Indenture Trustee and Note Registrar
MAC N9311-161
Sixth Street and Marquette Ave
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Re:
Fixed Rate Asset-Backed [Class A][Class B] Notes, Series 2014-3 (the “Offered Notes”) issued pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014, between TAL Advantage V LLC (the “Issuer”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Indenture Trustee”) to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.
This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by facsimile or by electronic transmission from member organizations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “Member Organizations”) as of the date hereof, $__________ principal amount of the Offered Notes is owned by persons (a) that are not U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or (b) who purchased their Offered Notes (or interests therein) in a transaction or transactions that did not require registration under the Securities Act.
We further certify (a) that we are not making available herewith for exchange any portion of the related Temporary Regulation S Book‑Entry Note excepted in such certifications and (b) that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by them with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States of America. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification or a copy hereof to any interested party in such proceedings.
Date: ____________________________
Yours faithfully,
By:
[Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System] [Clearstream, société anonyme]







EXHIBIT D
FORM OF
CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY TRANSFEREE OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
[Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator
of the Euroclear System
1 Boulevard du Roi Albert II
B-1210 Brussels, Belgium]
[Clearstream Banking, société anonyme
f/k/a CedelBank, société anonyme
67 Boulevard Grand-Duchesse Charlotte
L-1331 Luxembourg]
Re:
Fixed Rate Asset-Backed [Class A][Class B] Notes, Series 2014-3 (the “Offered Notes”) issued pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014, between TAL Advantage V LLC (the “Issuer”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Indenture Trustee”) to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.
This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, for purposes of acquiring a beneficial interest in the Offered Notes, the undersigned certifies that it is not a U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
The undersigned undertakes to advise you promptly by facsimile on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Offered Notes held by you in which the undersigned intends to acquire a beneficial interest in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date. In the absence of any such notification, it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.
We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws in the United States of America. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.
Dated: ______________________________
By: _________________________







EXHIBIT E
FORM OF
TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR
TRANSFER FROM 144A NOTE
TO REGULATION S NOTE
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as Indenture Trustee and Note Registrar
MAC N9311-161
Sixth Street and Marquette Ave
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Re:
Fixed Rate Asset-Backed [Class A][Class B] Notes, Series 2014-3 (the “Offered Notes”) issued pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014, between TAL Advantage V LLC (the “Issuer”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Indenture Trustee”) to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended or supplemented, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
This letter relates to U.S. $___________ principal amount of Offered Notes that are held as a beneficial interest in the 144A Book‑Entry Note (CUSIP No. _______) with DTC in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of the beneficial interest for an interest in the Regulation S Book‑Entry Note (CUSIP No. _______) to be held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] through DTC.
In connection with the request and in receipt of the Offered Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that the exchange or transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offered Notes and:
(a)    pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify that:
(i)    the offer of the Offered Notes was not made to a person in the United States of America,
(ii)    either (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States of America or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States of America, or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States of America,





(iii)    no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S, as applicable, and the other conditions of Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, as applicable, have been satisfied and
(iv)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and
(b)    with respect to transfers made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
This certification and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit, the benefit of the Issuer, and the benefit of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, ABN Amro Securities (USA) LLC, Nomura Securities International, Inc. and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. as the Initial Purchasers.
[Insert name of Transferor]
Dated: ______________________________
By: _________________________
Title: _______________________________






EXHIBIT F
FORM OF
INITIAL PURCHASER EXCHANGE INSTRUCTIONS
Depository Trust Company
55 Water Street, 50th Floor
New York, New York 10041
Re:
Fixed Rate Asset-Backed [Class A][Class B] Notes, Series 2014-3 (the “Offered Notes”) issued pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November [__], 2014, between TAL Advantage V LLC (the “Issuer”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Indenture Trustee”) to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.
Pursuant to Section 206(c) of the Series 2014-3 Supplement, [RBC Capital Markets, LLC] [Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated] [Wells Fargo Securities, LLC] [ABN Amro Securities (USA) LLC] [Nomura Securities International, Inc.] [Mizuho Securities USA Inc.] (the “Initial Purchaser”) hereby requests that $[ ],000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Offered Notes held by you for our account and represented by the Temporary Regulation S Book‑Entry Note (CUSIP No. ________) (as defined in the Series 2014-3 Supplement) be exchanged for an equal principal amount represented by the 144A Book‑Entry Note (CUSIP No. _________) to be held by you for our account.
Dated:    
[________________],
as the Initial Purchaser
By:    
Title:    








SCHEDULE 1
Minimum Targeted Principal Balance by Period






SCHEDULE 2
Scheduled Targeted Principal Balance by Period






SCHEDULE 3
Maximum Concentrations of Lessees
 
 
Lessee
Concentration Limit
Maersk
30%
APL
30%
COSCO
15%
China Shipping
15%
CMA CGM
25%
Evergreen
15%
Hamburg Sud
15%
Hanjin
20%
Hapag-Lloyd
20%
Horizon Lines
15%
K-Line
20%
Mediterranean Shipping
30%
Mitsui O.S.K.
20%
NYK
30%
OOCL
30%
Sinotrans
15%
United Arab Shipping
20%
All Other Top 25
15%
All Other Non Top 25
7%







Exhibit 4.64 TAL V 2014-3 Series Note Purchase Agreement









    
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated as of November 18, 2014
among
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
as Issuer
TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION
as Manager
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
ABN AMRO SECURITIES (USA) LLC
NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
MIZUHO SECURITIES USA INC.
as Initial Purchasers
    
(TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC -
Fixed Rate Asset-Backed NOTES, SERIES 2014-3)








 
 
Page
SECTION 1.
Definitions
2
SECTION 2.
The Notes
5
SECTION 3.
Representations and Warranties of the Issuer
6
SECTION 3A.
Representations and Warranties of the Manager
11
SECTION 4.
Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Notes
12
SECTION 5.
Offering by the Initial Purchasers
12
SECTION 6.
Covenants of the Issuer
13
SECTION 7.
Expenses; Fees
15
SECTION 8.
Conditions of the Initial Purchasers' Obligation
16
SECTION 9.
Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Initial Purchasers
20
SECTION 10.
Indemnification and Contribution
22
SECTION 11.
Survival; Scope of Liability
25
SECTION 12.
Termination
25
SECTION 13.
Supplied Information
26
SECTION 14.
Notices
26
SECTION 15.
Successors
28
SECTION 16.
Counterparts
28
SECTION 17.
Governing Law
28
SECTION 18.
Submission to Jurisdiction
28
SECTION 19.
Waiver of Jury Trial
29
SECTION 20.
Negotiations
29
SECTION 21.
Amendments, Etc
29
SECTION 22.
Severability of Provisions
29
SECTION 23.
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
29
SECTION 24.
Integration
29
SECTION 25.
Nonpetition Covenant
29
SECTION 26.
USA Patriot Act
30
 
 
 
Schedule I
Initial Purchasers and Principal Amount of Notes
 
Schedule II
Initial Purchasers Information
 
Exhibit A-1
Investor Presentations
 
Exhibit A-2
Investor Cash Flow Reports
 
 
 
 





NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Agreement”), dated as of November 18, 2014, by and among:
(1)    TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as issuer under the Indenture (defined below) and the Series 2014-3 Supplement (defined below) (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Issuer”);
(2)    TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Manager”);
(3)    RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, as an Initial Purchaser (together with its successors and assigns, “RBC”);
(4)    MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation, as an Initial Purchaser (together with its successors and assigns, “MLPFS”);
(5)    WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as an Initial Purchaser (together with its successors and assigns, “WFS”);
(6)    ABN AMRO SECURITIES (USA) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as an Initial Purchaser (together with its successors and assigns, “ABN”);
(7)    NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC. a New York corporation, as an Initial Purchaser (together with its successors and assigns, “NSI”); and
(8)    MIZUHO SECURITIES USA INC., a Delaware corporation, as an Initial Purchaser (together with its successors and assigns, “MSU”, and, collectively with RBC, MLPFS, WFS, ABN and NSI, the “Initial Purchasers”).
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1.    Definitions.
(a)    Certain capitalized terms used throughout this Agreement are defined above or in this Section 1(a). In addition, capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or, if not defined therein, as defined in Appendix A to the Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Indenture”), by and between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”).
(b)    As used in this Agreement and its exhibits, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Additional Disclosure Document: Any written information prepared by, or on behalf of, the Issuer for delivery to prospective Series 2014-3 Noteholders, other than the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum. None of the Transaction Documents shall be deemed to constitute an Additional Disclosure Document. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the roadshow information





attached as Exhibit A-1 and the investor cash flow reports described on Exhibit A-2 hereto shall constitute an Additional Disclosure Document.
Affiliate: This term has the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
Assets: The Containers and Related Assets owned, or to be acquired by, the Issuer on the Closing Date.
Authorized Signatories: Any Person designated by written notice delivered to the Indenture Trustee as authorized to execute documents and instruments on behalf of a Person.
Class A Notes: The $247,650,000 Fixed Rate Asset-Backed Notes, Series 2014-3 Class A, issued by the Issuer pursuant to the terms of the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Class B Notes: The $18,350,000 Fixed Rate Asset-Backed Notes, Series 2014-3 Class B, issued by the Issuer pursuant to the terms of the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
Closing Date: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.
Code: Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commission: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Container: This term has the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
Definitive Note: This term has the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
Early Amortization Event: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 1201 of the Indenture.
ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Event of Default: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 801 of the Indenture.
Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Indenture: This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.
Indenture Trustee: This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.
Initial Purchasers Indemnitees: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 10 hereof.
Initial Purchasers Information: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.
Initial Purchasers: This term has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Initial Resale Purchaser: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 10 hereof.
Institutional Accredited Investors: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f) hereof.
Investment Company Act: The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.





Loss: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 10 hereof.
Manager Report: This term has the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
Material Adverse Change: This term has the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
Material Adverse Effect: A material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities or prospects of either (a) the TAL Persons and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, before and after giving effect to the Transaction or (b) the Assets.
Noteholder: The Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register maintained by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 205 of the Indenture.
Notes: The Class A Notes and the Class B Notes.
Offering Memorandum: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
Person: An individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, a joint venture, an unincorporated association, a joint-stock company, a trust, or other entity or a Governmental Authority.
Preliminary Offering Memorandum: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
Proceeding: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 10 hereof.
Qualified Institutional Buyer: This term has the meaning set forth in Rule 144A.
Rating Agency: S&P and any other rating agency that has been requested to issue a rating with respect to the Notes.
Regulation S: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f) hereof.
Related Assets: This term has the meaning set forth in Appendix A to the Indenture.
Rule 144A: Rule 144A under the Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time.
S&P: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
Series 2014-3 Supplement: The Series 2014-3 Supplement, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms), issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
TAL Person: This term has the meaning set forth in Section 8(f) hereof.
Transaction: The transaction described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
UCC: The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.
United States: The United States of America.





(c)    All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in the UCC in effect in the State of New York and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined therein.
(d)    Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”.
SECTION 2.    The Notes. (a)    Subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, the Issuer proposes to sell to the Initial Purchasers Class A Notes in the initial principal balance of Two Hundred Forty Seven Million, Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($247,650,000) and with a stated interest rate of three and twenty seven hundredths of one percent (3.27%), and Class B Notes in the initial principal balance of Eighteen Million, Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($18,350,000) and with a stated interest rate of four and fifteen hundredths of one percent (4.15%) per annum as more fully described in Section 4. The terms of the Notes are more fully set forth in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
(a)    the Notes are to be issued under the Series 2014-3 Supplement issued pursuant to the Indenture.
(b)    The Notes shall be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Act, in reliance on exemptions thereunder.
(c)    In connection with the sale of the Notes, the Issuer has prepared a Preliminary Offering Memorandum, dated November 12, 2014 (the “Preliminary Offering Memorandum”) and a final Offering Memorandum, dated November 19, 2014 (the “Offering Memorandum”), which shall each be in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers. All references to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to include all attachments thereto.
(d)    The Issuer hereby expressly authorizes the Initial Purchasers to use the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as it may at any time have been or may be amended or supplemented by the Issuer, in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes. The Issuer hereby ratifies and affirms all distributions of the Additional Disclosure Documents and the Preliminary Offering Memorandum by the Initial Purchasers prior to the date of this Agreement and authorizes the Initial Purchasers to distribute the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes, provided that, in each case, such distributions were made only to Persons reasonably believed by the Initial Purchasers to be (i) Qualified Institutional Buyers, (ii) Institutional Accredited Investors that deliver a Purchaser Letter in the form of Annex A to the Offering Memorandum, or (iii) certain Persons to whom the offer and sale of the Notes may be made without registration under the Act in reliance upon Regulation S. The Issuer also hereby expressly authorizes the Initial Purchasers to distribute to Persons with the aforementioned qualifications copies of the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents and of opinion letters and other documents delivered in connection with the execution of the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes if requested by such Persons.
(e)    The Issuer understands that the Initial Purchasers propose to resell the Notes, as soon as the Initial Purchasers deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered, on the terms and in the manner set forth in the Offering Memorandum to Persons that the Initial Purchasers reasonably believe to be (i) Qualified Institutional Buyers, in transactions under Rule 144A, (ii) institutional “accredited investors” (“Institutional Accredited Investors”), as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D of the Act that deliver a Purchase Letter in the form of Annex A to the Offering Memorandum in private sales exempt from registration under the Act, or (iii) certain Persons to whom the offer and sale of the Notes





may be made without registration under the Act in reliance upon Regulation S under the Act (“Regulation S”). Any Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors shall be represented by one or more Definitive Notes.
SECTION 3.    Representations and Warranties of the Issuer. The Issuer represents and warrants to the Initial Purchasers that as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:
(a)    (A) At 4:30 p.m. on November 18, 2014, the time of the first contract of sale by the Initial Purchasers for any notes (the “Time of Sale”) and as of its date, each Additional Disclosure Documents and the Preliminary Offering Memorandum did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (B) the Offering Memorandum, as of its date and as of the Closing Date, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the foregoing does not apply to information contained in or omitted from the Initial Purchasers Information (as defined in Section 13).
(b)    The statements in the Offering Memorandum under the captions “Description of the Management Agreement,” “Description of the Contribution and Sale Agreement,” “Description of the Series 2014-3 Notes and the Series 2014-3 Supplement”, “Description of the Indenture” and “Description of the Transition Agent Agreement,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the principal terms of the Notes and the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents conform in all material respects to the terms of the Notes and the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.
(c)    The Issuer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware. The Issuer is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform any of its obligations under any Series 2014-3 Transaction Document to which it is a party.
(d)    The Issuer has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver the Class A and Class B Notes. Each Class A and Class B Note has been duly and validly authorized by the Issuer and, from and after the date on which such Class A or Class B Note, as the case may be, is executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Series 2014-3 Supplement and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be validly issued and outstanding and shall constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
(e)    The Issuer has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and the Issuer is and will continue to be authorized to perform its obligations under the Indenture, this Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents. The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions thereunder do not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, stockholder or any other





Person, other than any such consents or approvals that have been obtained on or prior to the 2014-3 Closing Date or which the failure to obtain would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(f)    This Agreement is, and each Series 2014-3 Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party, when duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, will be, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.
(g)    This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Issuer.
(h)    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents by the Issuer and the execution, delivery and payment of the Notes by the Issuer will not: (a) contravene any provision of the Issuer’s certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement; or (b) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the other parties (other than the TAL Persons) hereto or thereto and the performance by those parties of their agreements and obligations herein or therein, contravene, conflict with or violate any Applicable Law or regulation, or any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Issuer; or (c) violate or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under the Indenture, the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents or the Transaction Documents, executed in connection with Series 2013-1, Series 2013-2, Series 2014-1, Series 2014-2, any other indenture or other loan or credit agreement, or other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer, or its property and assets may be bound or affected; except for, in the cases of clauses (a), (b) or (c) above, any such contravention, conflict, violation, breach or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(i)    Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best knowledge of the Issuer, threatened against it before any court, regulatory body, arbitrator, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) that asserts the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Series 2014-3 Transaction Document, or (ii) if determined adversely to the Issuer would individually or in the aggregate is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(j)    The Issuer does not own any “margin security”, as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board. None of the proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the loans under the Series 2014-3 Supplement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X. The Issuer will not take or permit any agent acting on its behalf to take any action which might cause the Notes or any document or instrument delivered by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Supplement to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.
(k)    The Issuer is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act. The Issuer will be relying on an exemption or exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act contained in Section 3(a)(i), although there may be additional exemptions or exclusions available to the Issuer. The Issuer is not relying on the exemptions set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. The Issuer is structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the Volcker Rule under the Dodd-Frank Act.





(l)    None of the Issuer, any of its Affiliates or any Person acting on its or their behalf has engaged in any directed selling efforts (as that term is defined in Regulation S) with respect to any Notes (provided that no representation is made as to the actions of the Initial Purchasers or any Person acting on their behalf). The Issuer, its Affiliates and any Person acting on its or their behalf (provided that no representation is made as to the actions of the Initial Purchasers or any Person acting on their behalf) have complied with the offering restrictions and the requirements of Regulation S in connection with any offering of Notes outside the United States. There is no “substantial U.S. market interest” as defined in Rule 902(j) of Regulation S in the Issuer’s debt securities.
(m)    Assuming the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 9 are true and assuming the compliance by the Initial Purchasers with its covenants and agreements set forth herein, it is not necessary to register any of the Notes under the Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in connection with the initial sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement or for the initial resale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
(n)    On the date hereof and the Closing Date, (i) each of the representations and warranties of the Issuer that is set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents is and shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that such representations or warranties specifically relate to an earlier date), and (ii) the Issuer is not and shall not be in breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Series 2014-3 Transaction Document.
(o)    No Event of Default or Early Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing. No event or condition that with notice or the passage of time (or both) could reasonably be expected to constitute an Event of Default or Early Amortization Event has occurred or is continuing.
(p)    The Notes meet the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) of the Act.
(q)    Neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates has purchased, or is purchasing, any of the Series 2014-3 Notes.
(r)    The Issuer has not engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the offer or sale of the Notes (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Act). None of the Issuer, any of its Affiliates or their respective agents or representatives, have offered the Notes for sale to investors.
(s)    As of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties made by the Issuer in the Transaction Documents or made by the Issuer in any certificate delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects unless such representation or warranty relates solely to an earlier date in which case such information shall be true and correct on such earlier date.
(t)    Except for the Initial Purchasers, neither the Issuer nor the Manager has employed or retained a broker, finder, commission agent or other person in connection with the sale of the Notes, and neither the Issuer nor the Manager is under any obligation to pay any broker’s fee or commission in connection with such sale.
(u)    The Issuer agrees that it and each of its Affiliates will not offer or sell the Notes in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act, including, but not limited to (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication





published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising. The Issuer agrees, with respect to resales made in reliance on Rule 144A of any of the Notes, to deliver either with the confirmation of such resale or otherwise prior to settlement of such resale a notice to the effect that the resale of such Notes has been made in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A.
(v)    Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer has good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by it, free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by it; and except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer holds any leased real or personal property held by it under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by it.
(w)    The Issuer possesses all material certificates, authorities or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by it and has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit that, if determined adversely to the Issuer, would result in a Material Adverse Change.
(x)    Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer is not in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “environmental laws”), nor owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would result in a Material Adverse Change; and the Issuer is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.
(y)    Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges that would be incurred by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Series 2014-3 Transaction Document or the execution, delivery and sale of the Notes and that would be due and payable as of the Closing Date have been or will be paid prior to the Closing Date.
(z)    None of the Issuer or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, any director, officer, agent or employee acting on behalf of the Issuer has violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.
(aa)    The operations of the Issuer are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Issuer with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened.
(bb)    None of the Issuer or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, any director, officer, agent or employee acting on behalf of the Issuer is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Issuer will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Notes hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such





proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
(cc)    The operations of the Issuer are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with the USA Patriot Act of 2001, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
SECTION 3A.    Representations and Warranties of the Manager
(a)    The Manager represents and warrants to the Initial Purchasers that as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date: (i) each of the representations and warranties of the Manager that is set forth in the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which it is a party is and shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representation or warranty specifically relates to an earlier date in which case it will be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and (ii) the Manager is not and shall not be in breach, in any material respect, of any of its covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any other Series 2014-3 Transaction Document to which it is a party.
(b)    In its capacity as sponsor, the Manager has provided a written representation (the "17g-5 Representation") to each nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in the Exchange Act) hired by the Manager to rate the Notes (collectively, the "Hired NRSROs"), which satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of Rule 17g-5 of the Exchange Act ("Rule 17g-5"). The Manager has complied with, and has caused the Issuer to comply with, and will comply with, and will cause the Issuer to comply with, the 17g-5 Representation. The Issuer and the Manager shall be solely responsible for compliance with Rule 17g-5 in connection with the issuance, monitoring and maintenance of the credit rating on the Notes. The Initial Purchasers are not responsible for compliance with any aspect of Rule 17g-5 in connection with the Notes.
(c)    This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Manager.
(d)    This Agreement, when delivered by each of the parties hereto, will be the legal valid and binding obligations of the Manager, enforceable against the Manager in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.
SECTION 4.    Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Notes. On the basis of the representations, warranties, agreements and covenants herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, Issuer agrees to sell to the Initial Purchasers, and the Initial Purchasers agree to purchase from the Issuer, on the Closing Date, the principal amount of the Notes set forth on Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser. The Class A Notes are to be purchased by the Initial Purchasers at a purchase price equal to 99.96602% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and the Class B Notes are to be purchased by Initial Purchasers at a purchase price equal to 99.72454% of the aggregate principal amount thereof. Except for any Notes issued to Institutional Accredited Investors which Notes shall be issued as Definitive Notes, the Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes, and shall be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company. Each of the Notes shall include the applicable legend regarding restrictions on transfer set forth under “Restrictions on Transfers and Notice to Investors” in the Offering Memorandum. The delivery of and payment for the Notes shall be made at the offices of Dentons US LLP, by 6:00 p.m., New York time on November 25, 2014 or at such other place, time or date as the Initial Purchasers and the Issuer may agree upon, such time and date of delivery against payment being herein referred to as the “Closing Date”. The Issuer shall make copies of the Notes available for checking by the Initial Purchasers at the offices





of the Initial Purchasers at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date. The purchase price of the Notes paid by the Initial Purchasers shall be remitted by wire transfer to the Indenture Trustee.
SECTION 5.    Offering by the Initial Purchasers.
(a)    The Initial Purchasers propose to make an offering of the Notes, upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, as soon as practicable after this Agreement is entered into and as in its judgment is advisable. During the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Initial Purchasers shall have completed the initial resale of all of the Notes and (ii) 90 days after the date of this Agreement, the Issuer agrees to reasonably assist the Initial Purchasers in any marketing of the Notes and (promptly upon request) to provide all information reasonably deemed necessary by the Initial Purchasers in such marketing. In addition, during such period the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate officers and representatives of the Issuer available to participate in information meetings for potential investors at such times and places as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request.
(b)    The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Purchasers are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Issuer with respect to the offering of the Notes contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Issuer or any other Person. Additionally, the Initial Purchasers are not advising the Issuer or any other Person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Issuer shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Initial Purchasers shall have no responsibility or liability to the Issuer with respect thereto. Any review by the Initial Purchasers of the Issuer, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and shall not be on behalf of the Issuer.
(c)    The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that:
(i)    the Issuer has been advised that the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Issuer and that the Initial Purchasers have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Issuer by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and
(ii)    the Issuer waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Initial Purchasers for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Initial Purchasers shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Issuer in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any Person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Issuer, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Issuer.
SECTION 6.    Covenants of the Issuer. The Issuer covenants and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that:
(a)    The Issuer shall not amend or supplement the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto unless the Initial Purchasers previously shall have been advised thereof and been furnished a copy thereof prior to the proposed amendment or supplement and shall not have reasonably objected in writing within five (5) Business Days after being furnished a copy thereof. If, at any time during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which Initial Purchasers shall have completed the initial resale of all of the Notes and (ii) ninety (90)





days after the date of this Agreement, any event occurs as a result of which the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any such time to amend or supplement the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum to comply with any Applicable Law, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Initial Purchasers thereof and shall prepare and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, at the expense of the Issuer, an amendment of or supplement to the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.
In the event that the Initial Purchasers shall incur any costs in connection with the reformation of a contract of sale with any investor that received a Preliminary Offering Memorandum or an Offering Memorandum that contains or contained any untrue statement of material fact or failed to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the Issuer and the Manager jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Initial Purchasers for such costs, provided that the untrue statement or omission in such Preliminary Offering Memorandum or Offering Memorandum did not relate solely to Initial Purchasers Information (as defined in Section 13 hereof).
(b)    The Issuer will use its reasonable efforts to arrange for qualification or exemption of the Notes for sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of any state that the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably request and shall pay all reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with the qualification or exemption and in connection with the determination of the eligibility of the Notes for investment under the laws of the jurisdictions that the Initial Purchasers may reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications or exemptions in effect in such jurisdictions until the earlier of (x) the date on which the Initial Purchasers shall have completed the initial resale of all of the Notes and (y) 90 days after the date of this Agreement, provided that the Issuer will not be required to (i) qualify to do business in any jurisdiction it is not now so qualified, (ii) take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits (other than those suits arising out of the offering or sale of the Notes) in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject or (iii) subject it to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.
(c)    The Issuer shall, without charge, provide to the Initial Purchasers as many copies of the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request.
(d)    The Issuer (or any of its “affiliates” as defined in Regulation D under the Act), directly or through any agent, shall not sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any “security” (as defined in the Act) that is integrated with the sale of the Notes hereunder in a manner that would cause the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Act or the safe harbor of Regulation S thereunder to cease to be applicable to the offer and sale of the Notes hereunder.
(e)    Neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates shall contact or solicit potential investors to purchase any Note, engage any Person to assist in the placement or sale of the Notes or sell any Notes to any Person, in the case of each of the foregoing, other than the Initial Purchasers except as consented to in writing by the Initial Purchasers.
(f)     The Issuer shall cause the Class A Notes to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company and Euroclear.





(g)    Neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates shall sell or otherwise transfer any Notes that have been acquired by any of them until the date on which the Initial Purchasers shall have resold of all of the Class A Notes. The Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer may be a Holder of the Class B Notes and, in such case, the Class B Notes may be resold by the Issuer or its Affiliate at a later date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Series 2014-3 Supplement.
(h)    Except with respect to the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date on which the Initial Purchasers shall have completed the resale of all of the Class A Notes, neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates shall issue any U.S. dollar denominated debt securities similar to the Notes which are either placed or syndicated by the Issuer, any of its Affiliates or any of its assets in the international or U.S. capital markets, directly or on their behalf, in any manner which could in the sole judgment of the Initial Purchasers have a detrimental effect on the successful offering, sale or resale of the Notes unless mutually agreed to in writing by the Initial Purchasers and the Issuer.
(i)    If the rating assigned to the Notes require the delivery to the Rating Agency of the executed Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, the Issuer shall deliver such documents to the Rating Agency within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date.
(j)    The Issuer agrees that, in order to render the Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Act, while any of the Notes remain outstanding, to make available, upon request, to any Noteholder or prospective purchasers of Notes the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) (unless the Issuer is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act). Any such additional information delivered to any holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(k)    Neither the Issuer nor the Manager will take or permit, or cause any of their Affiliates to take, any action whatsoever which would have the effect of requiring the registration under the Act of the offering or sale of the Notes contemplated by the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.
(l)    So long as any of the Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Initial Purchasers, by first-class mail, as soon as practicable: (i) copies of all documents required to be distributed to the Noteholders; (ii) copies of any reports and financial statements, if any, furnished to or filed with the Commission, any governmental or regulatory authority or any national securities exchange by the Seller or the Issuer; (iii) copies of each report furnished to the Seller or the Issuer pursuant to any Series 2014-3 Transaction Document; and (iv) from time to time, such other information concerning the Issuer or the Manager as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request.
SECTION 7.    Expenses; Fees. (a) Each of the Manager and the Issuer jointly and severally agrees to pay all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incident to the purchase and resale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein or therein are consummated or this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 12, including all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incident to (i) the preparation, printing, word processing, distribution or other production of documents with respect to such transactions, including any costs in respect of the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and any “Blue Sky” memorandum, (ii) all arrangements relating to the delivery to the Initial Purchasers of copies of the foregoing documents, (iii) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel, accountants and other consultants, experts





and advisors retained by the Initial Purchasers or any of its Affiliates (including, but not limited to the fees, costs and expenses described under Section 7(b) herein) (provided that the fees of counsel to the Initial Purchasers shall not exceed ($200,000), (iv) preparation, issuance, transfer and delivery of the Notes, (v) the Indenture Trustee’s reasonable and documented fees and expenses, including reasonable and documented expenses of counsel retained by the Indenture Trustee, (vi) the qualification of the Notes under state securities and “Blue Sky” laws (including filing fees and fees) to the extent such qualification is required by this Agreement, (vi) reasonable and documented expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with any meetings with prospective investors in the Notes, (vii) all reasonable and documented expenses and fees incurred in connection with causing the Notes to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company, and (viii) fees charged by S&P for the rating of the Notes. The Issuer acknowledges that the Initial Purchasers are not responsible for any of the fees, costs and expenses contemplated by this subsection.
(a)    Each of the Manager and Issuer, jointly and severally, agree to pay or reimburse, on a timely basis, the Initial Purchasers for all reasonable and documented out of pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Initial Purchasers or third parties selected by the Initial Purchasers (which may include an Affiliate of such Initial Purchaser) in connection with the conduct of a due diligence examination of the Containers and the Related Assets, and of the activities of the Issuer and any of its Affiliates with respect to the Managed Containers and the Related Assets whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated. The Issuer agrees that these fees may include reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred in connection with time spent at the offices of the Issuer, the Manager, or any of their Affiliates and in preparation of reports relating thereto.
(b)    The amounts payable under each clause of this section shall be cumulative and payment of amounts referred to in one clause shall not reduce amounts payable under another clause.
SECTION 8.    Conditions of the Initial Purchasers' Obligation. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount set forth on Schedule I hereto opposite its name shall, in its sole discretion, be subject to the following conditions:
(a)    The Issuer shall have caused all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or documents of similar import) required to perfect the first priority security interest of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture in the Collateral and related items, in each case, to be duly filed in the manner required by the laws of each appropriate jurisdiction.
(b)    All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents and all documents and Notes incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received any other documents incident to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents that the Initial Purchasers or their counsel shall reasonably request. The Initial Purchasers or their counsel shall have received on the Closing Date certified copies of all documents evidencing corporate or other organizational action taken by the Issuer, the Manager and the Indenture Trustee to approve the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which they are a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
(c)    Immediately prior to the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers, the Notes shall have been executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, and this Agreement and each of the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents that are to be executed and delivered on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been executed and delivered. The Initial Purchasers and the Indenture Trustee shall





have received on the Closing Date a fully executed counterpart original and any required conformed copies of all Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents delivered on or prior to the Closing Date, and the Indenture Trustee shall have received the Notes.
(d)    The Initial Purchasers or their counsel shall have received on the Closing Date signature and incumbency certificates executed by Authorized Signatories of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee certifying the identities and signatures of those officers who executed each of this Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents delivered in connection with Series 2014-3 to which the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, is a party.
(e)    The Class A Notes shall have been rated “A (sf)” by S&P and the Class B Notes shall have been rated “BBB (sf)” by S&P, such ratings shall be in full force and effect and the Initial Purchasers shall have received letter(s) from S&P dated on or before the Closing Date to such effect.
(f)    Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise) or in the business, properties or operations of the Issuer or the Manager (each, a “TAL Person” and collectively “TAL Persons”), or the assets, (ii) a material suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, or the establishment of minimum prices on the New York Stock Exchange, (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by any state of the United States or United States authorities, (iv) any material outbreak or material escalation of hostilities, insurrection or armed conflict in which the United States of America is involved, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency that in the sole judgment of the Initial Purchasers makes it impractical or inadvisable to purchase the Notes or to proceed with the offering, sale, resale or delivery of the Notes, or (v) any material adverse change in financial, political or economic conditions that in the sole judgment of the Initial Purchasers makes it impractical or inadvisable to purchase the Notes or to proceed with the offering, sale, resale or delivery of the Notes.
(g)    On the Closing Date, the Initial Purchasers shall have received opinions, dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to its counsel, of (i) Vedder Price P.C., counsel to the Issuer and the Manager, as to (A) perfection of the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the Collateral and other UCC matters, (B) “true sale”, substantive consolidation, (C) corporate, tax and other matters, and (D) securities laws matters; (ii) internal counsel of the Manager as to certain matters relating to the Manager; (iii) counsel to the Indenture Trustee, as to certain matters relating to the Indenture Trustee; and (iv) such opinion letters, if any, as shall be delivered to the Rating Agency with respect to matters not addressed in clauses (i) through (iv) above. In addition to the matters set forth above, the opinion letter of Vedder Price P.C. shall also include a statement to the effect that, during the preparation of the Offering Memorandum, such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the independent public accountants for the Issuer, representatives of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, at which conferences the content of the Offering Memorandum and related matters were discussed and that based upon such participation but without independent review or verification, and without passing upon, and without assuming responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Offering Memorandum, no facts have come to such counsel’s attention which leads it to believe that, at the Time of Sale and the date of the Offering Memorandum (except as to financial statements and related notes, structuring assumptions, financial, accounting and other statistical data and supported schedules included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) contained any untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.





(h)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received a letter from an Independent Accountant dated the date of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum (with respect to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum) and the Closing Date (with respect to the Offering Memorandum), in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” with respect to information contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.
(i)    The representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Manager contained in this Agreement and in the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which it is a party shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date; each of the Issuer and the Manager shall have performed in all material respects all covenants and agreements and satisfied in all material respects all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder and under the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents on or prior to the Closing Date.
(j)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received a certificate of each TAL Person, dated the Closing Date, signed on behalf of each TAL Person (as applicable) by its President or any Vice President and its Chief Financial Officer or if such entity has none, its Treasurer, to the effect that, to the actual knowledge of such person after reasonable inquiry:
(i)    The representations and warranties of such TAL Person contained in this Agreement and in the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents to which such TAL Person is a party are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if made on such date, such TAL Person has performed in all material respects all covenants and agreements and satisfied in all material respects all conditions on its respective part to be performed or satisfied hereunder and under the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents on or prior to the Closing Date, and since the date of this Agreement, there has been no material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of such TAL Person.
(ii)    Except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, since the date of this Agreement, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise) or in the business, properties or operations of such TAL Person.
(k)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received confirmation that the Notes have been accepted for clearance of secondary market trading by The Depository Trust Company.
(l)    The Offering Memorandum shall have been printed and an electronic copy distributed to the Initial Purchasers not later than 2:00 p.m., New York time on November 19, 2014, with paper copies distributed to the Initial Purchasers promptly thereafter, but not later than 5:00 p.m. on November 19, 2014.
(m)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received from the Issuer a completed and executed Asset Base Certificate as of the Closing Date, evidencing that no Asset Base Deficiency shall exist on such date (after giving effect to the transactions occurring on the Closing Date pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents).
(n)    Any Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents which are required to be executed on or prior to the Closing Date that have not been executed by the date of this Agreement will be subject to a condition precedent that requires such agreements to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers.





(o)    On or prior to the Closing Date (i) the Issuer or the Seller shall have caused each lender or lenders, or any agent, trustee or similar authorized representative thereof, in any such case that is the named grantee or beneficiary of a consensual security interest in the Managed Containers, related Leases and/or other related assets and property being conveyed by the Seller to the Issuer on the Closing Date, to have executed and delivered to the Seller for the benefit of the Seller and its assignees, a written contractual release of such security interest, in a form satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, conditioned in each case solely upon the Seller’s delivering or causing to be delivered a wire transfer of immediately available funds to a specified payment account of such lender or lenders or agent, trustee or similar authorized representative of a specified payoff amount and (ii) the Issuer or the Seller on or prior to the Closing Date shall have delivered or caused to be delivered each such specified payoff amount in such immediately available funds to the specified payment account so as to effect the release of security interest described in such applicable contractual release, and which delivery of funds may be made or caused to be made from funds paid by the Issuer to the Seller as consideration for the conveyance of such Managed Containers, related Leases and other related assets and property on the Closing Date.
(p)    On or before to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall have funded the Series 2014-3 Restricted Cash Account in the amount required by the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.
(q)    On or before the Closing Date, the Issuer or the Seller shall have paid or caused to be paid to the Initial Purchasers the fee compensation and expense amounts and reimbursements described in Section 7 hereof and/or any other fee letters between the Issuer and/or the Seller, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, in each case as directed by the Initial Purchasers in writing.
(r)    The Closing Date shall have occurred.
(s)    This Agreement has not terminated pursuant to Section 12.
The Issuer shall furnish to the Initial Purchasers and the Rating Agency (i) such other agreements, instruments, documents, opinions, certificates, letters and schedules as the Initial Purchasers or their counsel or any Rating Agency or its counsel reasonably may request, and (ii) originals and conformed copies of all opinions, certificates, letters, schedules, agreements, documents and instruments delivered pursuant to this Agreement in the quantities that the Initial Purchasers or the Rating Agencies, as the case may be, may reasonably request.
SECTION 9.    Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Purchasers represents and warrants and covenants to the Issuer that:
(a)    Each Initial Purchaser is an Institutional Accredited Investor.
(b)    Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges that the Notes have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that it has offered and sold the Notes, and will offer and sell the Notes only (i) as part of its distribution at any time and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 144A or to Institutional Accredited Investors pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. Accordingly, neither each Initial Purchaser nor its Affiliates, nor any persons acting on its or their behalf, have engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Notes, and each Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates and all persons acting on its or their behalf have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S, Rule 144A and will otherwise only offer and sell the Notes pursuant to an exemption from the





registration requirements of the Act. Each Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell, and has not offered or sold any Notes except (x) within the United States to persons reasonably believed by it to be (i) Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A or (ii) Institutional Accredited Investors that deliver a Purchaser Letter in the form of Annex A to the Offering Memorandum and (y) to certain non-U.S. persons outside the United States within the meaning of, and in compliance with, Regulation S. Each Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sale of the Notes, other than a sale pursuant to Rule 144A, each Initial Purchaser will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases the Notes from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice (which notice may be contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum) to substantially the following effect:
“The Series 2014-3 Notes are being transferred to the purchaser in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, and that, if in the future the purchaser decides to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer any Series 2014-3 Notes, such Series 2014-3 Notes may be resold, pledged or transferred only in accordance with applicable state securities laws and (i) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, to a person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer that purchases for its own account (or for the account or accounts of a Qualified Institutional Buyer) and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (ii) (a) to a person that is an Institutional Accredited Investor (other than a Qualified Institutional Buyer), is taking delivery of such Note in an amount of at least $100,000 and delivers a Purchase Letter in the form of Annex A to the Offering Memorandum to the Indenture Trustee, or (b) to a person that is taking delivery of such Note pursuant to a transaction that is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as confirmed in an opinion of counsel addressed to the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, which counsel and opinion are satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, or (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S.
(c)    Each Initial Purchaser agrees that it and each of its Affiliates will not offer or sell the Notes in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act, including, but not limited to (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising. Each Initial Purchaser agrees, with respect to resales made in reliance on Rule 144A of any of the Notes, to deliver either with the confirmation of such resale or otherwise prior to settlement of such resale a notice to the effect that the resale of such Notes has been made in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A.
(d)    Each Initial Purchaser has not engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the offering or sale of the Notes (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Act).
(e)    Each Initial Purchaser is not acquiring the Notes with the assets of an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the ERISA or a plan as defined in Section 4975 of the Code.
(f)    The acquisition and holding of the Note will not give rise to a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406(a) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.





(g)    Each Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any Note except on the terms contemplated by the Offering Memorandum and in accordance with all Applicable Laws.
(h)    Each Initial Purchaser agrees that it and each of its Affiliates has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Notes except with the prior written consent of the Issuer.
SECTION 10.    Indemnification and Contribution. (a) Each of the Manager and the Issuer will jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and the Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) each Initial Purchaser (collectively the “Initial Purchaser Indemnitee”) against any losses, claims, damages or other liabilities, costs and expenses (any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses being referred to collectively as “Losses” and individually as a “Loss”) to which any Initial Purchaser Indemnitee may become subject, insofar as any Losses (or claims, actions, suits or proceedings in respect thereof) relate to, arise out of or are based upon:
(i)    any breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Issuer or the Manager contained herein;
(ii)    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing, or
(iii)    any omission or alleged omission to state, in the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
and in each case shall reimburse, as incurred, each Initial Purchaser Indemnitee for any legal or other out-of-pocket fees, charges or expenses, in each case, reasonably incurred by any Initial Purchaser Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any Loss, litigation, claim, suit, proceeding or action, whether commenced or threatened (any such litigation, claims, suits, proceedings, and actions being referred to collectively as “Proceedings” and individually as a “Proceeding”); provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Manager shall be liable in any case under this Section 10 to the extent that any Loss (or claims, actions, suits or proceedings in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in, or omission or alleged omission from, the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto that, in the case of each of the foregoing, is made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Initial Purchasers Information (as such term is defined in Section 13(a)); provided, further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any Loss (or claims, actions, suits or proceedings in respect thereof) shall not inure to the benefit of the Initial Purchaser Indemnitee with respect to any Loss (or claims, actions, suits or proceedings in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing, or (y) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if: (1) the Issuer furnished sufficient copies of the Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto on a timely basis to permit delivery of the





Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto to all Persons purchasing notes from each Initial Purchaser in the initial resale of such notes (such Persons “Initial Resale Purchasers”) at or prior to the binding confirmation of the sale of the Notes to such Person; (2) the Initial Resale Purchaser asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Notes in the initial resale from each Initial Purchaser and a copy of the Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was not sent or given by or on behalf of each Initial Purchaser to such Initial Resale Purchaser; and (3) the Offering Memorandum or such amendment thereof or supplement thereto would have cured the defect giving rise to such Loss (or claims, actions, suits or proceedings in respect thereof).
(b)    Each Initial Purchaser severally (and not jointly) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Issuer, the Manager, their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuer or the Manager against any reasonable and documented Losses to which the Issuer, the Manager or any other such indemnified party may become subject, insofar as the Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:
(i)    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing to the extent, but only to the extent, that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement was made in reliance upon and in conformity with each Initial Purchaser Information provided by each Initial Purchaser, or
(ii)    the omission or alleged omission to state in the Additional Disclosure Documents, the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that the omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Initial Purchasers Information provided by each Initial Purchaser,
and in each case shall reimburse, as incurred, each indemnified party for any legal or other out-of-pocket fees, charges or expenses, in each case, reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any Loss or Proceeding, whether commenced or threatened.
(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Initial Purchaser’s indemnification obligations shall be limited in amount to the aggregate of total compensation received by it in connection with its duties as each Initial Purchaser of the Notes, excluding any amounts received by each Initial Purchaser pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 10.
(d)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 10 of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding for which an indemnified party is entitled to indemnification under this Section 10, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 10, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 10 (as applicable) unless and except to the extent that the failure to notify results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses. If any Proceeding is brought that involves any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory





to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 10 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable and documented costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an indemnifying party, in connection with any one such Proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related Proceedings arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all indemnified parties, together with any necessary local counsel. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of any Proceeding, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel therein, and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of its counsel shall be borne exclusively by the indemnified party without any right or entitlement to reimbursement by an indemnifying party except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence and in the preceding paragraph. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes (i) an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(e)    In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding subsections is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Losses or Proceedings, each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of Losses or Proceedings in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by Applicable Law, not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in Losses or Proceedings. It is the parties’ intention that, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, (A) the relative benefits received by the Issuer on the one hand and each Initial Purchaser on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Notes bear to the total compensation received by each Initial Purchaser with respect to the offering, and (B) the relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer on the one hand, or each Initial Purchaser on the other, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances.
The Issuer and each Initial Purchaser agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of contribution pursuant to this section were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Initial Purchaser shall not be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate exceed the total compensation received by it in connection with its duties as each Initial Purchaser of the Notes, less the aggregate amount of any damages that it otherwise have been required to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements, or the omissions or alleged omissions to state, a material fact. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this subsection, each Affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent and representative of each Initial Purchaser and the Person who controls each Initial Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) shall have the same rights to contribution as





each Initial Purchaser, and each Affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent and representative of the Issuer and each Person who controls the Issuer (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuer.
SECTION 11.    Survival; Scope of Liability. The respective representations (as of the date made), warranties (as of the date made), agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements of the Issuer, Initial Purchasers and their respective officers set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of any of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of (a) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Initial Purchasers or any of their respective officers or directors, or any controlling Person referred to in Section 10 and (b) delivery of and payment for the Notes or resale thereof. The respective agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements set forth in this Section 11 and in Sections 7, 10, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 25 shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
SECTION 12.    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers by notice to the Issuer given on or prior to the Closing Date in the event that (A) any TAL Person shall have, in any material respect, failed, refused or been unable to perform, all obligations on its part to be performed hereunder at or prior thereto or (B) if, on or prior to the Closing Date, there shall have occurred any of the events or conditions set forth in Section 8(f) hereof.
Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the Initial Purchasers shall be entitled to any fees, costs and expenses payable, in each case in accordance with Section 7.
SECTION 13.    Supplied Information. The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the information described in Schedule II hereto constitutes the only information furnished by the Initial Purchasers to the Issuer for purposes of inclusion in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum or any amendment or supplement of or to any of the foregoing. “Initial Purchasers Information” means the information described in Schedule II hereto, but only to the extent that such information relates to the Initial Purchasers.
SECTION 14.    Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices required under the terms and provisions hereof shall be in writing and either delivered by hand, by mail or by facsimile, and any notice shall be effective when received at the address or facsimile number (as applicable) specified below:
If to the Issuer:
TAL Advantage V LLC
100 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577-2135
Attention: Andrew Greenberg
Email: andrew.greenberg@talinternational.com
Facsimile Number: (914) 697-2526

With a copy to:
TAL International Container Corporation
100 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577-2135
Attention: Andrew Greenberg
Email: andrew.greenberg@talinternational.com
Facsimile Number: (914) 697-2526





If to the Manager:
TAL International Container Corporation
100 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577-2135
Attention: Andrew Greenberg
Facsimile Number: (914) 697-2526



If to RBC:
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Three World Financial Center
200 Vesey Street, 8th Floor
New York, NY 10281
Attention: Joseph Lau
Facsimile Number: (212) 658-6137
Telephone Number: (212) 266-4082
If to MLPFS:
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
One Bryant Park, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attention: Bill Heskett
Fascicle Number: (646) 855-5076
Telephone Number: (646) 855-0232
 
 
If to WFS:
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Duke Energy Center
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28202
D1086-051
Attention: Jerri Kallam
Facsimile Number: (704) 410-0234
Telephone Number: (704) 410-2456


If to ABN:
ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC
100 Park Avenue, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Eric Altmann
Facsimile Number: (646)-434-0191
Telephone Number: (917) 284-6951
 
 
If to NSI:
Nomura Securities International, Inc.
309 West 49th Street
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Michael Rogoziwski
Facsimile Number: (646) 587-1582

If to MSU:
Mizuho Securities USA Inc.
320 Park Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Debt Capital Markets - ABS
Facsimile Number: 212-205-7812

or at such other address or facsimile number as any party may designate from time to time by notice duly given to the other parties in accordance with the terms of this section.





SECTION 15.    Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Initial Purchasers, the Issuer, the Manager and their respective successors and legal representatives. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and the controlling Persons, Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives referred to in Section 10 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and such controlling Persons, Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other Person. No purchaser of a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note from the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed a successor because of such purchase.

SECTION 16.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts (which may include facsimile), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
SECTION 17.    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAWS BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 18.    Submission to Jurisdiction. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY (A) IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK OVER ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, (B) IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH STATE OR FEDERAL COURT, AND (C) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES OF THE PROCESS TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS SPECIFIED HEREIN. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY OR ALL OF THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
SECTION 19.    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR THAT MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), ACTIONS OF ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OTHER RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT





ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.
SECTION 20.    Negotiations. This Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents are the result of negotiations among the parties hereto, and have been reviewed by the respective counsel to the parties hereto, and are the products of all parties hereto. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents shall not be construed against the Initial Purchasers merely because of the Initial Purchasers' involvement in the preparation of this Agreement and the other Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents.
SECTION 21.    Amendments, Etc. This Agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified or waived at any time but only upon the written consent of each of the parties hereto.
SECTION 22.    Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then the unenforceable agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement.
SECTION 23.    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and are not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
SECTION 24.    Integration. This Agreement contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement between or among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
SECTION 25.    Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Initial Purchasers and the Manager agrees that it shall not, with respect to the Issuer, institute or join any other Person in instituting any proceeding of the type referred to in the definition of “Bankruptcy Event” against or with respect to the Issuer or so long as any Notes issued by the Issuer shall be outstanding and there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the last day on which any such Notes shall have been Outstanding and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents have been paid in full. The foregoing shall not limit the right of any such Person to file any claim in or otherwise take any action with respect to any such proceeding that was instituted against Issuer by any Person other than the Initial Purchasers or the Manager. In addition, the Initial Purchasers and the Manager agree that all amounts owed to it by the Issuer shall be payable solely from amounts that become available for such payment pursuant to the Series 2014-3 Transaction Documents, and no such amounts shall constitute a claim against Issuer to the extent that they are in excess of the amounts available for their payment.
Bankruptcy Event” means, for any Person, any of the following events:
(a)    a case or other proceeding shall be commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or any substantial part of its assets, or any similar





action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such case or proceeding shall continue undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 days; or any order for relief in respect of such Person shall be entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect, or
(b)    such Person shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or the like, for such Person or any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail to, or admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts generally as they become due.
SECTION 26.    USA Patriot Act. Each of the Issuer and the Manager acknowledges that the Initial Purchasers are required by U.S. Federal law, in an effort to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account or enters into a business relationship with a financial institution.
SECTION 27.    Titles. RBC is hereby designated as Structuring Agent and Joint Bookrunner. Each of MLPFS and WFS is hereby designated as a Joint Bookrunner. The Issuer has designated each of ABN, NSI and MSU as a Co-Manager.





[Signature pages follows]





If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a binding agreement between the Issuer, the Manager and the Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours,
TAL ADVANTAGE V LLC
By:TAL International Container Corporation,
 its manager
By:   
Name:   
Title:








TAL INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER CORPORATION
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 







Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
as an Initial Purchaser
By:
Authorized Signatory
Name:
Title:
Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,
as an Initial Purchaser
By:
Authorized Signatory
Name:
Title:







Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,
as an Initial Purchaser
By:
Authorized Signatory
Name:
Title:

































Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
ABN AMRO SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
as an Initial Purchaser
By:
Authorized Signatory
Name:
Title:

































Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
 
NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
as an Initial Purchaser
By:
 
Authorized Signatory
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

































Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
 
MIZUHO SECURITIES USA INC.,
as an Initial Purchaser
By:
 
Authorized Signatory
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

































SCHEDULE I
to Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2014-3)
Initial Purchasers
Principal Amount of Class A Notes
Principal Amount of Class B Notes
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
$ 111,940,000
$8,290,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
$62,190,000
$4,610,000
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
$62,190,000
$4,610,000
ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC
$4,530,000
$340,000
Nomura Securities International, Inc.
$4,530,000
$340,000
Mizuho Securities USA Inc.
$2,270,000
$160,000






SCHEDULE II
to Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2014-3)
The information contained in the first, second, fifth, ninth and tenth paragraphs and the third and fourth sentences of the eighth paragraph under the heading “PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION” and the information contained under the heading “GENERAL INFORMATION” in the Offering Memorandum.




Exhibit 21.1 List of Subsidiaries


EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF TAL INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2014
Name
 
Jurisdiction
TAL International Container Corporation
 
Delaware
Trans Ocean Ltd.
 
Delaware
Trans Ocean Container Corporation
 
Delaware
Spacewise Inc.
 
Delaware
TAL Advantage I LLC
 
Delaware
TAL Advantage III LLC
 
Delaware
TAL Advantage IV LLC
 
Delaware
TAL Advantage V LLC
 
Delaware
TAL International Container Pty. Limited
 
Australia
TAL Sales & Marketing Planning (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
 
China
TAL International Container (HK) Limited
 
Hong Kong
TAL International Container PTE Ltd.
 
Singapore
Box Rent, Inc.
 
Delaware
Intermodal Equipment Inc.
 
Delaware
TAL International Container NV
 
Belgium
TAL International Container SRL
 
Italy
Greybox Services I Ltd.
 
United Kingdom
ICS Terminals (UK) Limited
 
United Kingdom
TAL International Structured Inc.
 
Delaware




Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (1)


Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-179771) of TAL International Group, Inc.,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-170169) of TAL International Group, Inc.

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-142074) pertaining to the TAL International Group, Inc. 2004 Management Stock Plan and 2005 Management Omnibus Incentive Plan, and

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-197722) pertaining to the TAL International Group, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan;

of our reports dated February 19, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of TAL International Group, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of TAL International Group, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of TAL International Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
 
New York, New York
 
February 19, 2015
 




Exhibit 31.1 12-31-2014

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Brian M. Sondey, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TAL International Group, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 19, 2015
 
/s/ BRIAN M. SONDEY

Brian M. Sondey
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 31.2 12-31-2014

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, John Burns, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TAL International Group, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 19, 2015
 
/s/ JOHN BURNS

John Burns
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer



Exhibit 32.1 12-31-2014

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of TAL International Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian M. Sondey, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: February 19, 2015
/s/ BRIAN M. SONDEY

Brian M. Sondey
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 



Exhibit 32.2 12-31-2014

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of TAL International Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John Burns, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: February 19, 2015
/s/ JOHN BURNS

John Burns
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer




tal-20141231.xml
Attachment: XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT


tal-20141231.xsd
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA DOCUMENT


tal-20141231_cal.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


tal-20141231_def.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


tal-20141231_lab.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE DOCUMENT


tal-20141231_pre.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT